Close

Form 485APOS Equitable America Variab

February 3, 2023 9:19 AM EST

Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 3, 2023.

REGISTRATION NO. 333-248907

REGISTRATION NO. 811-23609

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

    
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 5       
and/or   

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

      
AMENDMENT NO. 13   

 

 

EQUITABLE AMERICA VARIABLE ACCOUNT NO. 70A

(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT)

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

(NAME OF DEPOSITOR)

 

 

525 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, NJ 07310

(Address of Depositor’s Principal Executive Offices)

Depositor’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: 212-554-1234

 

 

Shane Daly

Vice President and Associate General Counsel

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America

525 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, NJ 07310

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

 

APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING: Continuous

It is proposed that this filing will become effective: (check appropriate box)

 

immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485

 

on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485

 

60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(l) of Rule 485

 

on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(l) of rule 485

 

75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

 

on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

 

TITLE OF SECURITIES BEING   

Units of interest in Equitable America Variable

REGISTERED:   

Account No. 70A

 

 

 


Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company

 

Rate Sheet Supplement dated May 1, 2023 to the current prospectuses for:

 

Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19  

 

 

 

This Rate Sheet Supplement (this “Supplement”) updates certain information in the prospectus dated May 1, 2023 you received and in any supplements to the prospectus (collectively, the “Prospectus”). You should read this Supplement in conjunction with the Prospectus and retain it for future reference. Unless otherwise indicated, all other information included in the Prospectus remains unchanged. The terms and section headings we use in this Supplement have the same meaning as in the Prospectus. We will send you another copy of any prospectus or supplement without charge upon request. Please contact the customer service group referenced in the Prospectus.

 

Under the Guaranteed minimum income benefit, we will apply an initial Annual Roll-up rate and an initial Deferral Roll-up rate during the first seven years of your contract, beginning on the date your contract is issued. For more information, see “Annual Roll-up rate” and “Deferral Roll-up rate” in the “Benefits available under the contract” section of the Prospectus. The effective date of the following rates is May 1, 2023 (the “Rate effective date”) until superseded as described below.

 

Initial Annual Roll-up rate: 6.0% — See the “Important note for owners age 54 or younger” below.

 

Initial Deferral Roll-up rate: 6.0% See the “Important note for owners age 54 or younger” below.

 

Guaranteed Roll-up floor: 5.0%

 

Funding Age for GMIB: 55

 

If the contract is jointly owned, the GMIB can only be elected and funded if both owners are ages 55 through 80 (ages 55-70 for Series CP®).

 

Important note for owners age 54 or younger:  Funding of the Guaranteed minimum income benefit and any guaranteed minimum death benefit you elect if you also have the Guaranteed minimum income benefit is only permitted starting at age 55. If you are between the ages of 48 and 54 at the time your contract is issued, the initial Roll-up rates specified in this Supplement will only apply after you attain age 55 for the amount of time then remaining in your first seven contract years. If you are age 47 or younger at the time your contract is issued, the initial Roll-up rates will never apply to your contract, as illustrated in the following chart:

 

Age at time of contract purchase

   Contract years for which the initial Roll-up rates will apply(1)
55 or older    Full first 7 contract years
54    Portion of 1st contract year plus contract years 2-7
53    Portion of 2nd contract year plus contract years 3-7
52    Portion of 3rd contract year plus contract years 4-7
51    Portion of 4th contract year plus contract years 5-7
50    Portion of 5th contract year plus contract years 6-7
49    Portion of 6th contract year plus contract year 7
48    Portion of contract year 7
47 or younger    Never

 

(1)

For contract owners age 54 or younger at time of contract purchase, your birthday will determine the size of the portion of the contract year during which the Initial Roll-up rates apply. For example, if you signed your contract at age 51 on March 1 and your birthdate is April 1, the Initial Roll-up rates will apply for eleven months of your fourth contract year, starting on April 1 of that year.

 

IM-03-19 (5/23)   Cat. #159939 (5/23)
RC 19 EFLOA/RC 19 EFLIC NB   #413015


GMIB Charge (as a percentage of the GMIB benefit base): 1.40%

 

GMDB Charges (as a percentage of the benefit base):

 

Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit

   Current Charge
RMD Wealth Guard death benefit   

Age Band on Contract Date 20-64 — 0.60%

Age Band on Contract Date 65-68 — 1.00%

Highest Anniversary Value death benefit    0.35%

 

The rates, funding age and charges in this Supplement can be superseded.  The rate effective date of a subsequent Rate Sheet Supplement will be at least 10 days after it is filed.

 

If you sign your application on or after the above rate effective date and we issue you a contract based on that application during the Rate lock-in period (generally 75 days after the application is signed):

 

  If a subsequent Rate Sheet Supplement with a lower initial Annual or Deferral Roll-up rate, lower guaranteed Roll-up floor, higher GMIB funding age and/or higher charge(s) becomes effective and remains effective through your contract issue date, then your initial Annual or Deferral Roll-up rate, guaranteed Roll-up floor, GMIB funding age and/or charge(s) will not change.

 

  If a subsequent Rate Sheet Supplement becomes effective and remains effective through your contract issue date where #1 above is not applicable and the subsequent Rate Sheet Supplement has a higher initial Annual or Deferral Roll-up rate, higher guaranteed Roll-up floor, lower GMIB funding age and/or lower charge(s), your initial Annual or Deferral Roll-up rate, guaranteed Roll-up floor, GMIB funding age and/or charge(s) will change to match the better terms on the subsequent Rate Sheet Supplement, as applicable.

 

Please note: The above numbered rules are based solely on the benefit(s) applicable to your contract.

 

If we issue you a contract based on that application after the Rate lock-in period ends, the initial Annual Roll-up or Deferral rate, guaranteed Roll-up floor, GMIB funding age and/or charge(s) applicable to your contract will be those in effect on the date your contract is issued.

 

See “Rate lock-in period” in the “Benefits available under the contract” section of the Prospectus. The Rate lock-in period may vary in some states. See Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits” in the Prospectus.

 

For information about the GMIB and GMDB rider fees, the GMIB funding age, initial Annual Roll-up rate, initial Deferral Roll-up rate, and guaranteed Roll-up floor applicable to you, please contact the customer service group toll-free at 1-800-789-7771. You can also visit www.equitable.com to view the current rates. Historical initial Annual and Deferral Roll-up rates and guaranteed Roll-up floors may be found in Appendix “Historical Rate Sheet Supplement Information” to the Prospectus, as well as on the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (www.sec.gov) by searching for File Nos. 333-248907 (Series 19 EFLOA) or 333-229766 (Series 19 EFLIC).

 

2


Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19

 

A combination variable and fixed individual and group flexible premium deferred annuity contract

 

Prospectus dated May 1, 2023

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America

Equitable America Variable Account No. 70A

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company

Separate Account No. 70

Please read and keep this Prospectus for future reference. It contains important information that you should know before purchasing or taking any other action under your contract. You should read the prospectuses for each Trust, which contain important information about the portfolios.

 

 

 

 

What is the Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19?

 

The Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 (“Retirement Cornerstone® 19”) are variable and fixed individual and group flexible premium deferred annuity contracts issued by Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America or Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”). This Prospectus only describes Retirement Cornerstone® Series B (“Series B”), and Retirement Cornerstone® Series CP® (“Series CP®”). The contracts provide for the accumulation of retirement savings and for income. The contracts offer income and death benefit protection as well. They also offer a number of payout options. You invest to accumulate value on a tax-deferred basis in one or more of our investment options: (i) variable investment options listed in Appendix “Portfolio Companies available under the contract”, (ii) the guaranteed interest option, or (iii) the account for dollar cost averaging.

 

This Prospectus is a disclosure document and describes all of the contract’s material features, benefits, rights and obligations, as well as other information. The description of the contract’s material provisions in this Prospectus is current as of the date of this Prospectus. If certain material provisions under the contract are changed after the date of this Prospectus in accordance with the contract, those changes will be described in a supplement to this Prospectus. You should carefully read this Prospectus in conjunction with any applicable supplements. When delivered in connection with the sale of a new contract, this Prospectus must be accompanied by the applicable Rate Sheet Supplements that specify the current initial Annual Roll-up rate, initial Deferral Roll-up rate and guaranteed Roll-up floor.

 

Types of contracts.   We offer the contracts for use as:

  A nonqualified annuity (“NQ”) for after-tax contributions only.
  An individual retirement annuity (“IRA”), either traditional IRA or Roth IRA.
  Traditional and Roth Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract (“Inherited IRA”) (direct transfer and specified direct rollover contributions only).
  An annuity that is an investment vehicle for a qualified plan (“QP”) (whether defined contribution or defined benefit; transfer contributions only).
  An employer-funded traditional IRA for a simplified employee pension plan (“SEP”) sponsored by the contract owner’s employer.

 

Not all types of contracts are available with each Series of the Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contracts. See Appendix “Rules regarding contributions to your contract” for more information.

 

If you purchase a Series CP® contract, we will add a credit to your contributions and may add a bonus to your earnings. Fees and charges for a Series CP® contract are higher than for a Series B contract and the amount of the credit may be more than offset by these higher fees and charges. Credits may be recaptured upon free look, annuitization and death.

 

We reserve the right to stop accepting any application or contribution from you at any time, including after you purchase the contract. If you have one or more Guaranteed benefits and we exercise our right to discontinue the acceptance of, and/or place additional limitations on, contributions to the contract and/or contributions and/or transfers into the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, you may no longer be able to fund your Guaranteed benefit(s). This means that if you have not yet allocated amounts to the Protected Benefit account variable investment

 

 

If you are a new investor in the contract, you may cancel your contract within 10 days of receiving it without paying fees or penalties. In some states, this cancellation period may be longer. Upon cancellation, you will receive either a full refund of the amount you paid with your application or your total account value. You should review this prospectus, or consult with your financial professional, for additional information about the specific cancellation terms that apply.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. The contracts are not insured by the FDIC or any other agency. They are not deposits or other obligations of any bank and are not bank guaranteed. They are subject to investment risks and possible loss of principal. Additional information about certain investment products, including variable annuities, has been prepared by the SEC’s staff and is available at Investor.gov.

 

 

(RC 19)

#392406


options, you may not be able to fund your Guaranteed benefit(s) at all. This also means that if you have already funded your Guaranteed benefits, you may no longer be able to increase your Protected Benefit account value and the benefit bases associated with your Guaranteed benefits through contributions and transfers.

    

 


Contents of this Prospectus

 

 

Definitions of key terms

   5

Important information you should consider about the contract

   9

Overview of the contract

   12

Fee table

   14

The Company

   17

How to reach us

   18
  
1. Purchasing the Contract   

20

How you can purchase and contribute to your contract

   20

Owner and annuitant requirements

   21

How you can make your contributions

   21

What are your investment options under the contract?

   22

Portfolios of the Trusts

   23

Allocating your contributions

   25

Credits and Earnings bonus (for Series CP® contracts)

   26

Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract

   27

Your right to cancel within a certain number of days

   29
  
2. Benefits available under the contract   

30

Summary of Benefits

   30

Death Benefits

   31

Payment of Death Benefits

   36

Non-spousal joint owner contract continuation

   37

Spousal continuation

   37

Beneficiary continuation option

   40

Living Benefits

   42

Guaranteed minimum income benefit

   42

Series CP® and your Guaranteed benefit bases

   56

How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits

   56

Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits

   57

Guaranteed benefit offers

   58

Other Benefits

   58

Dollar cost averaging

   58

Rebalancing among your Investment account variable investment options and guaranteed interest option

   62

Rebalancing among your Protected Benefit account variable investment options

   62
 

 

 

When we address the reader of this Prospectus with words such as “you“ and “your,“ we mean the person who has the right or responsibility that the Prospectus is discussing at that point. This is usually the contract owner.

When we use the word “contract“ it also includes certificates that are issued under group contracts in some states.

 

 

3


3. Principal risks of investing in the contract   

64

Risks associated with variable investment options

   64

Insurance Company risk

   64

Possible fees on access to total account value

   64

Possible adverse tax consequences

   64

Not a short-term investment

   64

Risk of loss

   64

Optional Benefits

   64

Series CP® Contracts

   64

Limitations on access to cash value through withdrawals

   65

Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events

   65

COVID-19

   65
  
4. Determining your contract’s value   

67

Your account value and cash value

   67

Your contract’s value in the variable investment options

   67

Your contract’s value in the guaranteed interest option

   67

Your contract’s value in the account for special dollar cost averaging

   67

Effect of your account values falling to zero

   67
  

5. Transferring your money among investment options

  

69

Transferring your account value

   69

Disruptive transfer activity

   70

Systematic transfer program

   71
  

6. Accessing your money

  

74

Withdrawing your account value

   74

Maximum payment plan

   75

Customized payment plan

   75

How withdrawals are taken from your Total account value

   80

Withdrawals treated as surrenders

   81

Surrendering your contract to receive its cash value

   81

When to expect payments

   81

Signature guarantee

   81

Your annuity payout options

   82
  
7. Charges and expenses   

85

Charges that the Company deducts

   85

Charges that the Trusts deduct

   90

Group or sponsored arrangements

   90

Other distribution arrangements

   90
  
8. Tax information   

91

Overview

   91

CARES Act

   91

Contracts that fund a retirement arrangement

   91

Transfers among investment options

   91

Taxation of nonqualified annuities

   91

Individual retirement arrangements (IRAs)

   94

Traditional individual retirement annuities (traditional IRAs)

   95

Simplified Employee Pensions (SEPs)

   100

Roth individual retirement annuities (Roth IRAs)

   101

Tax withholding and information reporting

   104

Special rules for contracts funding qualified plans

   105

Impact of taxes to the Company

   105
  
9. More information   

106

About The Separate Account

   106

About the Trusts

   106

About the general account

   107

About other methods of payment

   107

Dates and prices at which contract events occur

   108

About your voting rights

   108

Misstatement of age

   109

Statutory compliance

   109

About legal proceedings

   109

Financial statements

   109

Transfers of ownership, collateral assignments, loans and borrowing

   109

About Custodial IRAs

   110

How divorce may affect your contract and Guaranteed benefits

   110

Distribution of the contracts

   111
  
Appendices     

Portfolio Companies available under the contract

   115

Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits

   119

Purchase considerations for QP contracts

   122

Guaranteed benefit base examples

   124

Hypothetical illustrations

   126

State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits

   129

Examples of how withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefit bases

   138

Rules regarding contributions to your contract

   144

Historical Rate Sheet Supplement Information

   150

GMIB Annuity purchase factors

   151
 

 

4


Definitions of key terms

 

 

 

Annual Roll-up amount — The “Annual Roll-up amount” is the amount credited to your GMIB benefit base during the GMIB Roll-up period if you have ever taken a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account.

 

Annual Roll-up rate — The “Annual Roll-up rate” is the rate used to calculate the Annual withdrawal amount and the Annual Roll-up amount.

 

Annual withdrawal amount — The “Annual withdrawal amount” is the amount that can be withdrawn from your Protected Benefit account value without reducing your GMIB benefit base during the GMIB Roll-up period. It is equal to the Annual Roll-up rate in effect on the first day of the contract year, multiplied by the GMIB benefit base as of the most recent contract date anniversary.

 

Annuitant — The “annuitant” is the person who is the measuring life for determining the contract maturity date. The annuitant is not necessarily the contract’s owner. Where the owner of the contract is non-natural, the annuitant is the measuring life for determining benefits under the contract.

 

Automatic investment program (“AIP”) — The “Automatic investment program” allows you to make on-going contributions to your contract through electronic fund transfers from your financial institution.

 

Business day — Our “business day” is generally any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). If the SEC determines the existence of emergency conditions on any day, and consequently, the NYSE does not open, then that day is not a business day.

 

Cash value — At any time before annuity payments begin, your contract’s “cash value” is equal to the Total account value, less: (i) the total amount or a pro rata portion of the annual administrative charge, as well as any Guaranteed benefit charges; and (ii) any applicable withdrawal charges.

 

Company — Refers to Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America (“Equitable America”) or Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (“Equitable Financial”). The terms “we”, “us”, and “our” are also used to identify the issuing Company. Equitable America does not do business or issue contracts in the state of New York. Generally, Equitable America will issue contracts in all states except New York and Equitable Financial will issue contracts in New York. However, if any selling agent is an Equitable Advisors financial professional who has a business address in the state of New York, the issuing Company will be Equitable Financial, even if the contract is issued in a state other than New York.

 

Contract date — The “contract date” is the effective date of the contract. This usually is the business day we receive the

properly completed and signed application, along with any other required documents, and your initial contribution. Your contract date will be shown in your contract.

 

Contract date anniversary — The end of each 12-month period is your “contract date anniversary.” For example, if your contract date is May 1st, your contract date anniversary is April 30th.

 

Contract maturity date — The contract’s “maturity date” is generally the contract date anniversary that follows the annuitant’s 95th birthday. For single-owned contracts, the contract maturity date is based on the owner’s age if the GMIB is elected and on the annuitant’s age if the GMIB is not elected. For jointly-owned contracts with the GMIB, the contract maturity date will be based on the older owner’s age.

 

Contract year — The “contract year” is the 12-month period beginning on your contract date and each 12-month period after that date.

 

Credit — For Series CP® contracts, a 3% credit is applied to eligible contributions.

 

Customized payment plan — For contracts with GMIB, our “Customized payment plan” allows you to request amounts up to your Annual withdrawal amount as scheduled payments to you through one of five customized options.

 

Deferral Roll-up amount — The “Deferral Roll-up amount” is the amount credited to your GMIB benefit base during the GMIB Roll-up period if you have never taken a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account.

 

Deferral Roll-up rate — The “Deferral Roll-up rate” is the rate used to calculate the Deferral Roll-up amount.

 

Earnings bonus — For Series CP® contracts, an amount equal to 5% of your annual investment gains will be added to your Total account value on each contract date anniversary.

 

Excess withdrawal — For contracts with the GMIB, an “Excess withdrawal” is the portion of a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account in excess of your Annual withdrawal amount and all subsequent withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account in that same contract year. An Excess withdrawal will always reduce your benefit bases on a pro rata basis. Excess withdrawals will also terminate the no-lapse guarantee, except for an Excess withdrawal in the contract year in which you first fund the Protected Benefit account that does not exceed the free withdrawal amount (described in “Charges and expenses”). Special rules apply to contract owners who are required to take RMD withdrawals and are enrolled in the Automatic RMD service. See “RMDs for contracts with GMIB” in “Accessing your money”.

 

 

5


Excess RMD withdrawal — For contracts with the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, an “Excess RMD withdrawal” is:

 

  the full amount of any withdrawal from your Protected Benefit Account taken before the calendar year in which you turn age 70½;

 

  the full amount of any withdrawal from your Protected Benefit Account taken during your first contract year, even if you turn age 70½ during that year; or

 

  the portion of a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account that exceeds the greater of your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount and Annual withdrawal amount for the calendar year.

 

Excess RMD withdrawals will reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base on a pro rata basis.

 

Free look — If for any reason you are not satisfied with your contract, you may exercise your cancellation right under the contract to receive a refund, but only if you return your contract within the prescribed period. This is your “Free look” right under the contract. Your refund will generally reflect any gain or loss in your investment options, although in some states different rules may apply.

 

Guaranteed Roll-up floor — At contract issue, the guaranteed Roll-up floor will apply during the life of your contract.

 

General dollar cost averaging — Our “General dollar cost averaging program” is a program that allows for the systematic transfers of amounts in the EQ/Money Market variable investment option to the Investment account variable investment options.

 

GMIB benefit base — The GMIB benefit base is an amount used to determine your Annual withdrawal amount and your Lifetime GMIB payments. Your GMIB benefit base is created and increased by allocations and transfers to your Protected Benefit account. The GMIB benefit base is not an account value or cash value. The GMIB benefit base is also used to calculate the charge for the GMIB.

 

GMIB Maximum Roll-up period(Applicable to the “Spousal Continuation” and “How divorce may affect your Guaranteed benefits” sections only) the maximum amount of time for which your GMIB benefit base is eligible to roll up. The GMIB Maximum Roll-up period commences on the date you first fund the Protected Benefit account and ends on the 20th contract date anniversary that occurs after the date you first fund the Protected Benefit Account. If you first fund the Protected Benefit account (a) on either the contract issue date or a subsequent contract date anniversary and (b) prior to your 76th birthday, the GMIB Maximum Roll-up period will be a full 20 years.

 

GMIB Roll-up period — the period during which the GMIB benefit base increases (or “rolls up”) annually by an amount determined by the Deferral Roll-up rate or Annual Roll-up rate, as applicable. The GMIB Roll-up period commences on the date you first fund the Protected Benefit account and ends on the date that is the earlier of (a) the 20th contract

date anniversary that occurs after the date you first fund the Protected Benefit account and (b) the contract maturity date. If you first fund the Protected Benefit account (a) on either the contract issue date or a subsequent contract date anniversary and (b) prior to your 76th birthday, the GMIB Roll-up period will be a full 20 years.

 

GMIB Roll-up period end date(Applicable to the “Spousal Continuation” and “How divorce may affect your Guaranteed benefits” sections only) the date that is the earlier of (a) the date on which the GMIB Maximum Roll-up period ends and (b) the contract maturity date.

 

Guaranteed minimum income benefit (“GMIB”) — The GMIB is a benefit that guarantees, subject to certain restrictions, annual lifetime payments or “Lifetime GMIB payments”. The GMIB also allows you to take certain withdrawals prior to the beginning of your Lifetime GMIB payments that do not reduce your GMIB benefit base (your “Annual withdrawal amount”). There is an additional charge for the GMIB under the contract.

 

Highest Anniversary Value death benefit — The “Highest Anniversary Value death benefit” is an optional Guaranteed minimum death benefit in connection with your Protected Benefit account value only. The death benefit is calculated using the highest value of your Protected Benefit account on your contract date anniversary. There is an additional charge for the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit under the contract.

 

Initial Roll-up rates — At contract issue, an initial Annual Roll-up rate and initial Deferral Roll-up rate will apply during your first seven contract years. These rates are specified in the respective Rate Sheet Supplements.

 

Investment account value — The “Investment account value” is the total value in: (i) the Investment account variable investment options, (ii) the Guaranteed interest option, and (iii) amounts in a Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Investment account variable investment options.

 

Investment Simplifier — Our “Investment simplifier” allows for systematic transfers of amounts in the Guaranteed interest option to the Investment account variable investment options. There are two options under the program — the Fixed dollar option and the Interest sweep option.

 

IRA — An individual retirement arrangement, including both an individual retirement account and an individual retirement annuity contract, whether traditional IRA or Roth IRA.

 

IRS — Internal Revenue Service.

 

Lifetime GMIB payments — For contracts with the GMIB, “Lifetime GMIB payments” are generally annual lifetime payments which are calculated by applying your GMIB benefit base, less any applicable withdrawal charge remaining, to the guaranteed GMIB annuity purchase factors specified in Appendix “GMIB Annuity purchase factors”. Lifetime GMIB payments will begin at the earliest of: (i) the next contract year following the date your Protected Benefit account value falls

 

 

6


to zero (provided the no-lapse guarantee is in effect); (ii) the contract date anniversary following your 95th birthday; or (iii) your election to exercise the GMIB.

 

Lifetime RMD payment — If you enroll in our Automatic RMD service, the payment we make to you each year to help you meet your lifetime required minimum distributions under federal income tax rules. We make Lifetime RMD payments on an annual basis.

 

Maximum payment plan — For contracts with GMIB, our “Maximum payment plan” allows you to request your Annual withdrawal amount as scheduled payments.

 

NQ contract — Nonqualified annuity contract.

 

Owner — The “owner” is the person who is the named owner in the contract and, if an individual, is the measuring life for determining contract benefits.

 

Protected Benefit account value — The “Protected Benefit account value” is the total value in: (i) the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, and (ii) amounts in a Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options.

 

QP contract — An annuity contract that is an investment vehicle for a qualified plan.

 

QPDB contract — An annuity contract that is an investment vehicle for a qualified defined benefit plan.

 

QPDC contract — An annuity contract that is an investment vehicle for a qualified defined contribution plan.

 

Rate effective date — as specified in the applicable Rate Sheet Supplement, the date on which an initial Annual Roll-up rate, Deferral Roll-up rate or guaranteed Roll-up floor becomes effective.

 

Rate Sheet Supplement — A supplement to the Prospectus that specifies the GMIB and GMDB rider fees, the GMIB funding age, the Annual Roll-up rate and Deferral Roll-up rate associated with the Guaranteed minimum income benefit that will apply for the first seven years of your contract and the guaranteed Roll-up floor that will apply for the life of your contract based on the date of your contract application. These items may be specified in separate Rate Sheet Supplement. We periodically file Rate Sheet Supplement with the SEC that disclose the items above that will apply beginning on a specified future date and remain in effect until we file subsequent Rate Sheet Supplement. The Rate effective date of a subsequent Rate Sheet Supplement will be at least 10 days after it is filed. You may contact us at 1-800-789-7771 for a copy of the Rate Sheet Supplement applicable to your contract. These items disclosed in our Rate Sheet Supplement may be found in Appendix “Historical Rate Sheet Supplement Information” to this Prospectus, as well as on the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov) by searching with File Number 333-229766.

 

Renewal rates — The Deferral Roll-up rate and Annual Roll-up rate that will apply to your contract once the initial Roll-up rates have expired.

RMD — Required minimum distributions, or RMDs, are distributions that must be made from traditional IRAs and other qualified retirement programs according to rules contained in the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Regulations. Under legislation enacted at the end of 2019:

 

  If your birthdate is June 30, 1949 or earlier, you must start taking annual distributions from your traditional IRAs for the year in which you turn age 7012.

 

  If your birthdate is July 1, 1949 or later, you must start taking annual distributions from your traditional IRAs for the year in which you turn age 72.

 

RMD Wealth Guard death benefit — The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit is an optional Guaranteed minimum death benefit in connection with the Protected Benefit account value only. The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is created and increased by allocations and any transfers to the Protected Benefit account. The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit also enables you to take withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account, other than Excess RMD withdrawals, without reducing your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base. The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is not an account value or cash value. There is an additional charge for the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit under the contract.

 

RMD withdrawal — a withdrawal that is intended to satisfy the lifetime required minimum distributions from certain tax-favored plans and arrangements such as traditional IRAs under federal income tax rules.

 

Return of Principal death benefit — The “Return of Principal” death benefit is a death benefit in connection with your Protected Benefit account value only. The benefit is calculated using the amounts of contributions and transfers to the Protected Benefit account, adjusted for withdrawals. There is no additional charge for this death benefit.

 

SAI — Statement of Additional Information.

 

SEP IRA — A traditional IRA used as a funding vehicle for a simplified employee pension plan established by the IRA owner’s employer.

 

Separate Account — Equitable America Variable Account No. 70A and Separate Account No. 70, separate accounts established and registered as unit investment trusts under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, to which contributions under the contracts may be allocated.

 

Special DCA Programs — We use the term “Special DCA Programs” to collectively refer to our special dollar cost averaging program and special money market dollar cost averaging program.

 

 

Special dollar cost averaging — Our “Special dollar cost averaging program” allows for systematic transfers of amounts in the account for special dollar cost averaging into the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, the Investment account variable investment options and the Guaranteed interest option. The account for special dollar cost averaging is part of our general account.

 

 

7


  Special money market dollar cost averaging — Our “Special money market dollar cost averaging program” allows for systematic transfers of amounts in the account for special money market dollar cost averaging into the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, the Investment account variable investment options and the Guaranteed interest option.

 

Systematic transfer program — Our “Systematic transfer program” is a program that allows you to have amounts in

the Investment account variable investment options and the Guaranteed interest option automatically transferred to your Protected Benefit account variable investment options.

 

Total account value — Your “Total account value” is the total of (i) your Protected Benefit account value and (ii) your Investment account value.

 

 

We sometimes use different words than in the contract or supplemental materials. This is illustrated below. Although we use different words, they have the same meaning in this Prospectus as in the contract or supplemental materials. Your financial professional can provide further explanation about your contract or supplemental materials.

 

Prospectus    Contract or Supplemental Materials
Total account value    Annuity Account Value
Unit    Accumulation Unit
Guaranteed minimum death benefit    Guaranteed death benefit
Protected Benefit account variable investment options and contributions to a Special DCA program designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options    Protected Benefit account
Initial Roll-up rates    Lock-in rates offered under the GMIB Multi-Year Lock feature
Investment account variable investment options, the guaranteed interest option and contributions to a Special DCA program designated for future transfers to the Investment account variable investment options    Investment account
Credit (for Series CP® contracts)    Match

 

8


Important information you should consider about the contract

 

 

 

FEES AND EXPENSES
Charges for Early Withdrawals  

Each series of the contract provides for different withdrawal charge periods and percentages.

 

Series B — If you surrender your contract, apply your cash value to a non-life contingent annuity payment option, or withdraw money from Series B of the contract within 7 years following your last contribution, you will be assessed a withdrawal charge of up to 7% of contributions withdrawn. For example, if you make a withdrawal in the first year, you could pay a withdrawal charge of up to $7,000 on a $100,000 investment.

 

Series CP® — If you surrender your contract, apply your cash value to a non-life contingent annuity payment option, or withdraw money from Series CP® of the contract within 9 years following your last contribution, you will be assessed a withdrawal charge of up to 8% of contributions withdrawn. For example, if you make a withdrawal in the first year, you could pay a withdrawal charge of up to $8,000 on a $100,000 investment.

 

For additional information about charges for surrenders and early withdrawals see “Withdrawal charge” in “Charges and expenses” in the Prospectus.

Transaction

Charges

 

In addition to withdrawal charges, you may also be charged for other transactions (for special requests such as wire transfers, express mail, duplicate contracts, preparing checks, third-party transfers or exchanges, or when you transfer between investment options in excess a certain number).

 

For additional information about transaction charges see “Charges that the Company deducts” in “Charges and expenses” in the Prospectus.

Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual charges)  

Each series of the contract provides for different ongoing fees and expenses. The table below describes the fees and expenses that you may pay each year under the contract, depending on the options you choose. Please refer to your contract specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.

 

Annual Fee    Minimum    Maximum
Base Contract (varies by contract series)(1)          %          %
Investment options (Portfolio fees and expenses)(2)    0.56%    2.14%
Optional benefits available for an additional charge (for a single optional benefit, if elected)(3)    0.60%    2.50%
 

(1) Expressed as an annual percent of daily net assets in the variable investment options.

(2) Expressed as an annual percentage of daily net assets in the Portfolio. This range is for the year ended December 31, 2022 and could change from year to year.

(3) Expressed as an annual percentage of the applicable benefit base.

 

 

Because your contract is customizable, the choices you make affect how much you will pay. To help you understand the cost of owning your contract, the following table shows the lowest and highest cost you could pay each year, based on current charges. This estimate assumes no credits and that you do not take withdrawals from the contract or make any other transactions, which could add withdrawal charges that substantially increase costs.

 

Lowest Annual Cost
$            
   Highest Annual Cost
$            

Assumes:

•   Investment of $100,000

•   5% annual appreciation

•   Least expensive combination of contract series and Portfolio fees and expenses

•   No optional benefits

•   No sales charges

•   No additional contributions, transfers or withdrawals

  

Assumes:

•   Investment of $100,000

•   5% annual appreciation

•   Most expensive combination of contract series (Series CP®), optional benefits (GMIB and Highest Anniversary Value death benefit) and Portfolio fees and expenses

•   No sales charges

•   No additional contributions, transfers or withdrawals

 

 

9


   
    For additional information about ongoing fees and expenses see “Fee Table” in the Prospectus.
RISKS
Risk of Loss  

The contract is subject to the risk of loss. You could lose some or all of your account value.

 

For additional information about the risk of loss see “Principal risks of investing in the contract” in the Prospectus.

Not a Short-Term Investment  

The contract is not a short-term investment and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash because the contract is designed to provide for the accumulation of retirement savings and income on a long-term basis. As such, you should not use the contract as a short-term investment or savings vehicle. A withdrawal charge may apply in certain circumstances and any withdrawals may also be subject to federal and state income taxes and tax penalties.

 

For additional information about the investment profile of the contract see “Fee Table” in the Prospectus.

Risks Associated with Investment Options  

An investment in the contract is subject to the risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the performance of the variable investment options available under the contract, (e.g., the Portfolios). Each investment option, including the guaranteed interest option, has its own unique risks. You should review the investment options available under the contract before making an investment decision.

 

For additional information about the risks associated with investment options see “Variable investment options”, “Guaranteed interest option” and “Portfolios of the Trusts” in ”Purchasing the Contract” in the Prospectus. See also Appendix “Portfolio Companies available under the contract” in the Prospectus.

Insurance Company Risks  

An investment in the contract is subject to the risks related to the Company. The Company is solely responsible to the contract owner for the contract’s account value and the Guaranteed benefits. The general obligations, including the guaranteed interest option, and any Guaranteed benefits under the contract are supported by our general account and are subject to our claims-paying ability. An owner should look solely to our financial strength for our claims-paying ability. More information about the Company, including our financial strength ratings, may be obtained at www.equitable.com/selling-life-insurance/financial-strength-ratings.

 

For additional information about insurance company risks see “About the general account” in “More information” in the Prospectus.

RESTRICTIONS
Investments  

We may, at any time, exercise our rights to limit or terminate your contributions, allocations and transfers to any of the variable investment options (including the Protected Benefit account variable investment options) and to limit the number of variable investment options which you may select. Such rights include, among others, combining any two or more variable investment options and transferring account value from any variable investment option to another variable investment option.

 

Credits under Series CP® contracts may be recaptured upon free look, annuitization, and death.

 

There are restrictions regarding investment options if Guaranteed benefits are elected, limits on contributions and transfers into and out of the guaranteed interest option, and restrictions or limitations with Special DCA programs. See “Allocating your contributions” in “Purchasing the Contract” and “Transferring your account value” in “Transferring your money among investment options” in the Prospectus for more information.

 

For more information see ”The Separate Account” in “More information” in the Prospectus.

 

Currently, we do not charge for transfers among investment options under the contract. However, we reserve the right to charge for any transfers in excess of 12 per contract year. We will provide you with advance notice if we decide to assess the transfer charge, which will never exceed $35 per transfer.

 

For additional information about the investment options, including information regarding volatility management strategies and techniques, see “Transfer charge” in “Charges and expenses” and “Portfolios of the Trusts” in “Purchasing the Contract” in the Prospectus.

 

10


Optional Benefits  

At any time, we have the right to limit or terminate your contributions, allocations and transfers to any of the variable investment options. If you have one or more Guaranteed benefits (which are also known as optional benefits) and we exercise our right to discontinue the acceptance of, and/or place additional limitations on, contributions to the contract and/or contributions and/ or transfers into the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, you may no longer be able to fund your Guaranteed benefit(s).

 

Investment options are limited if Guaranteed benefits are elected. Withdrawals that exceed limits specified by the terms of an optional benefit may affect the availability of the benefit by reducing the benefit by an amount greater than the value withdrawn, and/or could terminate the benefit.

 

For additional information about the optional benefits see “How you can purchase and contribute to your contract” in “Purchasing the Contract” in the Prospectus. See also “Death Benefits” and “Living Benefits” in “Benefits available under the contract” in the Prospectus.

TAXES
Tax Implications  

You should consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in, and payments received under, the contract. There is no additional tax benefit to you if the contract is purchased through a tax-qualified plan or individual retirement account (IRA). Withdrawals will be subject to ordinary income tax and may be subject to tax penalties. Generally, you are not taxed until you make a withdrawal from the contract.

 

For additional information about tax implications see “Tax information” in the Prospectus.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Investment Professional Compensation  

Some financial professionals may receive compensation for selling the contract to you, both in the form of commissions or in the form of contribution-based compensation. Financial professionals may also receive additional compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and other services (commonly referred to as “marketing allowances”). This conflict of interest may influence the financial professional to recommend this contract over another investment.

 

For additional information about compensation to financial professionals see “Distribution of the contracts” in “More information” in the Prospectus.

Exchanges  

Some financial professionals may have a financial incentive to offer a new contract in place of the one you already own. You should only exchange your contract if you determine, after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both contracts, that it is preferable to purchase the new contract rather than continue to own your existing contract.

 

For additional information about exchanges see “Charge for third-party transfer or exchange” in “Charges and expenses” in the Prospectus.

 

11


Overview of the Contract

 

 

 

Purpose of the Contract

 

The contract is designed to help you accumulate assets through investments in underlying Portfolios and the guaranteed interest option during the accumulation phase. It can provide or supplement your retirement income by providing a stream of income payments during the annuity phase. It also provides death benefits to protect your beneficiaries and living benefits to protect your access to income. The contract may be appropriate if you have a long-term investment horizon. It is not intended for people who may need to access invested funds within a short-term timeframe or frequently, or who intend to engage in frequent transfers of the underlying Portfolios.

 

Phases of the Contract

 

The contract has two phases: an accumulation (savings) phase and an income (annuity) phase.

 

Accumulation (Savings) Phase

 

During the accumulation phase, you can allocate your contributions to one or more of the available investment options, which include:

 

  Protected Benefit account variable investment options (used to fund Guaranteed benefits);

 

  Investment account variable investment options;

 

  Guaranteed interest option; and

 

  the account for dollar cost averaging.

 

For additional information about each underlying Portfolio see Appendix “Portfolio Companies available under the contract.”

 

Income (Annuity) Phase

 

You enter the income phase when you annuitize your contract. During the income phase, you will receive a stream of fixed income payments for the annuity payout period of time you elect. You can elect to receive annuity payments (1) for life; (2) for life with a certain minimum number of payments; or (3) for life with a certain amount of payment. Please note that when you annuitize, your investments are converted to income payments and you will no longer be able to make any additional withdrawals from your contract. All accumulation phase benefits terminate upon annuitization and the contract has a maximum annuity commencement date.

 

Contract Features

 

The contract provides for the accumulation of retirement savings and income. The contract offers income and death

benefit protection, offers various payout options and a credit and Earnings bonus (Series CP® contracts only).

Contract Classes

 

You can purchase one of two contract classes that have different ongoing fees and withdrawal charges. For example, the contract offers Series B with a 7 year withdrawal charge period and a 1.30% contract fee, and Series CP® with a 9 year withdrawal charge period and a 1.65% contract fee. If you purchase a Series CP® contract, we will add a credit to your contributions and may add a bonus to your earnings Fees and charges for the Series CP® contract are higher than for the Series B contract, the amount of the credits may be more than offset by these higher fees and charges, and credits may be recaptured upon free look, annuitization, and death.

 

Access to Your Money

 

During the accumulation phase you can take withdrawals from your contract. Withdrawals will reduce your account value and may be subject to withdrawal charges, income taxes and a tax penalty if you are younger than 5912. Withdrawals may also reduce (possibly on a greater than dollar-for-dollar basis) or terminate any guaranteed benefits.

 

Death Benefits

 

Your contract includes a standard death benefit that pays your beneficiaries an amount equal to your Investment account value. For an additional fee, you can purchase other death benefits called Guaranteed minimum death benefits (“GMDBs”) that provide different minimum payment guarantees.

 

Living Benefits

 

A living benefit called the Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit (“GMIB”) is automatically included with the contract for an additional charge, unless you decline it in the application. The GMIB is a benefit that guarantees, subject to certain restrictions, annual lifetime payments or “Lifetime GMIB payments”. The minimum guarantee provided by this benefit may never come into effect.

 

Rebalancing and Dollar Cost Averaging

 

You can elect to have your account value automatically rebalanced at no additional charge. We offer two rebalancing programs that you can use to automatically reallocate your Investment account value among your Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option. You can also elect to allocate your investments using a dollar cost averaging program at no additional charge. Generally, you may not elect both a dollar cost averaging program and a rebalancing option.

 

 

12


Other contracts

 

We offer a variety of fixed and variable annuity contracts. They may offer features, including investment options, and have fees and charges, that are different from those in the contracts offered by this Prospectus. Not every contract we issue, including some described in this Prospectus, is offered through every selling broker-dealer. Some selling brokerdealers may not offer and/or limit the offering of certain features or options, as well as limit the availability of the contracts, based on issue age or other criteria established by the selling broker-dealer. Upon request, your financial professional can show you information regarding our other annuity contracts that he or she distributes. You can also contact us to find out more about the availability of any of our annuity contracts.

 

You should work with your financial professional to decide whether one or more optional benefits are appropriate for you based on a thorough analysis of your particular insurance needs, financial objectives, investment goals, time horizons and risk tolerance.

    

 

 

13


Fee Table

 

 

 

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, surrendering or making withdrawals from the contract. Each of the charges and expenses is more fully described in “Charges and expenses” in the Prospectus. Please refer to your contract specifications page for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.

 

The first table describes fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you surrender the contract or if you make certain withdrawals, transfers or request special services. Charges designed to approximate certain taxes that may be imposed on us, such as premium taxes in your state, may also apply.

 

Transaction Expenses

     Series B      Series CP®  
Sales Load Imposed on Purchases      None      None  
Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of contributions withdrawn)(1)      7%      8%  
Transfer Fee(2)      $35      $35  
Third Party Transfer or Exchange Fee(3)      $125      $125  
Special Service Charges(4)      $90      $90    

 

(1)

The charge percentage we use is determined by the number of years since receipt of the contribution to which the charge relates if you make a withdrawal, surrender your contract to receive its cash value, or, if offered, surrender your contract to apply your cash value to a non-life contingent annuity payment option. For each contribution, we consider the year in which we receive that contribution to be “year 1”.

 

     charge as a % of contribution for each year following contribution
      1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9    10+
Series B    7%    7%    6%    6%    5%    3%    1%    0%    0%    0%
Series CP®    8%    8%    7%    6%    5%    4%    3%    2%    1%    0%

 

(2)

Currently, we do not charge for transfers among investment options under the contract. However, we reserve the right to charge for transfers in excess of 12 transfers per contract year. We will charge no more than $35 for each transfer at the time each transfer is processed. See “Transfer charge” under “Charges that the Company deducts” in “Charges and expenses” in the Prospectus.

 

(3)

Currently, we do not charge for third party transfers or exchanges. However, we reserve the right to discontinue this waiver at any time, with or without notice. The maximum third party transfer or exchange fee is $125. The current charge (which, as described above is waived) is $65. These charges may increase over time to cover our administrative costs. We may discontinue these services at any time.

 

(4)

Special service charges include (1) express mail charge; (2) wire transfer charge; (3) duplicate contract charge; and (4) check preparation charge. These charges may increase over time to cover our administrative costs. We may discontinue these services at any time.

 

14


The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay each year during the time that you own the contract (not including Portfolio fees and expenses). If you choose to purchase an optional benefit, you will pay additional charges, as shown below.

 

Annual Contract Expenses

     Series B        Series CP®  
Annual Administrative Charge(1)      $30(1)        $30(1)  
Base Contract Expenses (as a percentage of daily net assets in the variable investment options)      1.30%        1.65%  
Optional Benefit Expenses (as a percentage of the benefit base)(2)(3):          
Guaranteed minimum death benefit charges          

Return of Principal death benefit

     No additional charge        No additional charge  

Highest Anniversary Value death benefit

     0.75%(4)        0.75%(4)  

RMD Wealth Guard death benefit

     2.00%(5)        2.00%(5)  
Guaranteed minimum income benefit charge      2.50%(6)        2.50%(6)  

 

(1)

The annual administrative charge is deducted from your account value on each contract date anniversary. If the contract is surrendered or annuitized or a death benefit is paid on any date other than the contract date anniversary, we will deduct a pro rata portion of the administrative charge for that year. If your account value on a contract date anniversary is $50,000 or more there is no charge. During the first two contract years this charge, if applicable, is equal to the lesser of $30 or 2% of your Total account value. Thereafter, the charge, if applicable, is $30 for each contract year.

 

(2)

The benefit base is not an account value or cash value. Your initial benefit base is equal to your initial contribution or transfer to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and amounts in a Special DCA program designated for transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. For Series CP® contracts, your initial benefit base does not include the credit. Subsequent adjustments to the applicable benefit base and the investment performance of the Protected Benefit account may result in a benefit base that is significantly different from your total contributions or future transfers to, or account value in, the Protected Benefit account. See “Guaranteed minimum death benefits” and “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” in “Benefits available under the contract” in the Prospectus.

 

(3)

Deducted annually on each contract date anniversary for which the benefit is in effect. If the contract is surrendered or annuitized, or a death benefit is paid, or the benefit is dropped (if applicable), on any date other than the contract date anniversary, we will deduct a pro rata portion of the charge for that year.

 

(4)

The current charge may be less than shown above and is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement.

 

(5)

Maximum charge of 1.20% if you were 20-64 on the contract issue date and 2.00% if you were 65-68. The current charge may be less than shown above and is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement. We reserve the right to increase or decrease this charge any time after your second contract date anniversary. See “RMD Wealth Guard death benefit” in “Charges and expenses” in the Prospectus.

 

(6)

The current charge may be less than shown above and is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement. If you have this benefit, but do not fund it until after your contract date anniversary, we will deduct the full charge on the contract date anniversary following the date on which you fund the benefit. We reserve the right to increase the charge for this benefit up to a maximum of 2.50%. We reserve the right to increase or decrease this charge any time after your second contract date anniversary. See “Guaranteed minimum income benefit charge” in “Charges and expenses” in the Prospectus.

 

The next item shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the underlying Portfolios that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the contract. A complete list of Portfolios available under the contact, including their annual expenses, may be found at the back of this document. See Appendix “Portfolio Companies available under the contract.” These expenses are for the period ended December 31, 2022, and may fluctuate from year to year.

 

Annual Portfolio Expenses

             
     Minimum      Maximum
Annual Portfolio Expenses prior to Expense Limitation Arrangement (expenses that are deducted from Portfolio assets including management fees, 12b-1 fees, service fees, and other expenses)(1)              %              %
Annual Portfolio Expenses after Expense Limitation Arrangement (expenses that are deducted from Portfolio assets including management fees, 12b-1 fees, service fees, and other expenses)(1)              %              %

 

(1)

“Annual Portfolio Expenses” are based, in part, on estimated amounts of such expenses. Pursuant to a contract, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC has agreed to make payments or waive its management, administrative and other fees to limit the expenses of certain affiliated Portfolios through April 30, 2024 (“Expense Limitation Arrangement”) (unless the Trust’s Board of Trustees consents to an earlier revision or termination of this agreement). The Expense Limitation Arrangement may be terminated by Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC at any time after April 30, 2024. The Expense Limitation Arrangement does not apply to unaffiliated Portfolios.

 

15


Example

 

These Examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include transaction expenses, annual contract expenses, and annual Portfolio expenses.

 

These Examples assume that you invest $100,000 in the contract for the time periods indicated. The Examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the most expensive combination of annual Portfolio expenses, as well as, the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit and GMIB (both at their maximum charge).

 

Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

 

     If you surrender your contract or annuitize
(under a non-life option) at the end of the
applicable time period
    If you do not surrender your
contract
 
     1 year     3 years     5 years     10 years     1 year     3 years     5 years     10 years  

SeriesB

  $                   $                   $                   $                   $                   $                   $                   $                

SeriesCP®

  $                   $                   $                   $                   $                   $                   $                   $                

 

16


The Company

 

 

 

 

Equitable Financial is an Arizona stock life insurance corporation organized in 1969 with its main administrative office located at 525 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, NJ 07310. Equitable Financial is a New York stock life insurance corporation doing business since 1859 with its home office located at 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10104. We are indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of Equitable Holdings, Inc.

 

We are licensed to sell life insurance and annuities in all fifty states (except Equitable America is not licensed in the state of New York), the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands. No other company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that the Company owes under the contracts. The Company is solely responsible for paying all amounts owed to you under the contract.

 

 

17


How to reach us

 

Please communicate with us at the mailing addresses listed below for the purposes described. You can also use our Equitable Client portal to access information about your account and to complete certain requests through the Internet. Certain methods of contacting us, such as by telephone or electronically, may be unavailable, delayed or discontinued. For example, our facsimile service may not be available at all times and/or we may be unavailable due to emergency closing. In addition, the level and type of service available may be restricted based on criteria established by us. In order to avoid delays in processing, please send your correspondence and check to the appropriate location, as follows:

 

 

For correspondence with checks:

 

For contributions sent by regular mail:

 

Retirement Service Solutions

P.O. Box 1424

Charlotte, NC 28201

 

For contributions sent by express delivery:

 

Retirement Service Solutions

8501 IBM Dr, Ste 150-IR

Charlotte, NC 28262

 

For correspondence without checks:

 

For all other communications (e.g., requests for transfers, withdrawals, or required notices) sent by regular mail:

 

Retirement Service Solutions

P.O. Box 1016

Charlotte, NC 28201

 

For all other communications (e.g., requests for transfers, withdrawals, or required notices) sent by express delivery:

 

Retirement Service Solutions

8501 IBM Dr, Ste 150-IR

Charlotte, NC 28262

 

Your correspondence will be picked up at the mailing address noted above and delivered to our processing office. Your correspondence, however, is not considered received by us until it is received at our processing office. Where this Prospectus refers to the day when we receive a contribution, request, election, notice, transfer or any other transaction request from you, we mean the day on which that item (or the last thing necessary for us to process that item) arrives in complete and proper form at our processing office or via the appropriate telephone or fax number if the item is a type we accept by those means. There are two main exceptions: if the item arrives (1) on a day that is not a business day or (2) after the close of a business day, then, in each case, we are deemed to have received that item on the next business day. Our processing office is: 8501 IBM Dr, Ste 150-IR, Charlotte, NC 28262.

 

Reports we provide:

 

  written confirmation of financial transactions and certain non-financial transactions;

 

  statement of your contract values at the close of each calendar year, and any calendar quarter in which there was a financial transaction; and

 

  annual statement of your contract values as of the close of the contract year.

 

For jointly owned contracts (if applicable), we provide reports to the primary joint owner’s address on file.

 

Equitable Client portal:

 

With your Equitable Client portal account you can expect:

 

  Account summary. View your account values, and select accounts for additional details.

 

  Messages and alerts. Stay up to date with messages on statement availability, investment options and important account information.

 

  Profile changes. Now it’s even easier to keep your information current, such as your email address, street address and eDelivery preferences.

 

  Manage your account. Convenient access to service options for a policy or contract, from viewing account details and documents to completing financial transactions.

 

  Investments details. Intuitive charts show the breakdown of your key investments.

 

Don’t forget to sign up for eDelivery!

Visit equitable.com and click sign in to register today.

 

Equitable Client portal is normally available seven days a week, 24 hours a day. Of course, for reasons beyond our control, this service may sometimes be unavailable.

 

We have established procedures to reasonably confirm that the instructions communicated by the Internet are genuine. For example, we will require certain personal identification information before we will act on Internet instructions and we will provide written confirmation of your transfers. If we do not employ reasonable procedures to confirm the genuineness of Internet instructions, we may be liable for any losses arising out of any act or omission that constitutes negligence, lack of good faith, or willful misconduct. In light of our procedures, we will not be liable for following Internet instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine.

 

We reserve the right to limit access to this service if we determine that you engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing.” See “Disruptive transfer activity” in “Transferring your money among investment options” for more information.

 

 

18


 

Customer service representative:

 

You may also use our toll-free number (1-800-789-7771) to speak with one of our customer service representatives. Our customer service representatives are available on the following business days:

 

  Monday through Thursday from 8:30 a.m. until 7:00 p.m., Eastern time.

 

  Friday from 8:30 a.m. until 5:30 p.m., Eastern time.

 

We generally require that the following types of communications be on specific forms we provide for that purpose:

 

(1)

authorization for telephone transfers by your financial professional;

 

(2)

conversion of a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA contract;

 

(3)

election of the automatic investment program;

 

(4)

tax withholding elections (see withdrawal request form);

 

(5)

election of the Beneficiary continuation option;

 

(6)

IRA contribution recharacterizations;

 

(7)

Section 1035 exchanges;

 

(8)

direct transfers and specified direct rollovers;

 

(9)

exercise of the GMIB or election of an annuity payout option;

 

(10)

requests to reset your GMIB benefit base by electing one of the following: one-time reset option, automatic annual reset program or automatic customized reset program;

 

(11)

death claims;

 

(12)

change in ownership (NQ only, if available under your contract);

 

(13)

purchase by, or change of ownership to, a non-natural owner;

 

(14)

requests for enrollment in either our Maximum payment plan or Customized payment plan under the Guaranteed minimum income benefit;

 

(15)

requests to drop or change your Guaranteed benefits;

 

(16)

requests to collaterally assign your NQ contract;

 

(17)

requests to transfer, reallocate, rebalance, make subsequent contributions and change your future allocations (except that certain transactions may be permitted through the Equitable Client portal);

 

(18)

requests to enroll in or cancel the Systematic transfer program;

 

(19)

transfers into and among investment options; and

 

(20)

withdrawal requests.

 

We also have specific forms that we recommend you use for the following types of requests:

 

(1)

beneficiary changes;

(2)

contract surrender;

 

(3)

general dollar cost averaging;

 

(4)

special dollar cost averaging (if available);

 

(5)

special money market dollar cost averaging (if available); and

 

(6)

Investment simplifier.

 

To cancel or change any of the following, we require written notification generally at least seven calendar days before the next scheduled transaction:

 

(1)

automatic investment program;

 

(2)

general dollar cost averaging (including the fixed dollar and interest sweep options);

 

(3)

special dollar cost averaging (if available);

 

(4)

special money market dollar cost averaging (if available);

 

(5)

substantially equal withdrawals;

 

(6)

systematic withdrawals;

 

(7)

the date annuity payments are to begin; and

 

(8)

RMD payments from inherited IRAs.

 

To cancel or change any of the following, we require written notification at least 30 calendar days prior to your contract date anniversary:

 

(1)

automatic annual reset program; and

 

(2)

automatic customized reset program.

 

You must sign and date all these requests. Any written request that is not on one of our forms must include your name and your contract number along with adequate details about the notice you wish to give or the action you wish us to take. Some requests may be completed online; you can use our Equitable Client portal to contact us and to complete such requests through the Internet. In the future, we may require that certain requests be completed online. We reserve the right to add, remove or change our administrative forms, procedures and programs at any time.

 

Signatures:

 

The proper person to sign forms, notices and requests is normally the owner. If there are joint owners, both must sign.

 

eDelivery:

 

You can register to receive statements and other documents electronically. You can do so by visiting our website at www.equitable.com.

 

 

19


1. Purchasing the contract

 

 

 

How you can purchase and contribute to your contract

 

You may purchase a contract by making payments to us that we call “contributions.” We can refuse to accept an application from you or any contribution from you at any time, including after you purchase the contract. We require a minimum contribution amount for each type of contract purchased. Maximum contribution limitations also apply. The tables in Appendix “Rules regarding contributions to your contract”, summarize our current rules regarding contributions to your contract, which are subject to change. Both the owner and annuitant named in the contract must meet the issue age requirements shown in the table, and contributions are based on the age of the older of the original owner and annuitant.

 

 

We reserve the right to change our current limitations on your contributions and to discontinue acceptance of contributions.

 

 

We currently do not accept any contribution to your contract if: (i) the sum of all contributions under all Accumulator® Series and Retirement Cornerstone® Series contracts with the same owner or annuitant would then total more than $1,500,000, or (ii) the aggregate contributions under all our annuity accumulation contracts with the same owner or annuitant would then total more than $2,500,000. We may waive these and other contribution limitations based on certain criteria that we determine, including Guaranteed benefits, issue age, aggregate contributions, variable investment option allocations and selling broker-dealer compensation. These and other contribution limitations may not be applicable in your state. For a state-by-state description of all material variations of the contracts, see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits”.

 

You may not contribute or transfer more than $1,500,000 to your Protected Benefit account variable investment options and a Special DCA program with amounts designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options.

 

Once a withdrawal is taken from your Protected Benefit account, you cannot make additional contributions to your Protected Benefit account, either directly or through a new Special DCA program. You may, however, be able to continue to make transfers from your Investment account to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options until such time you make a subsequent contribution to your Investment account. Scheduled transfers from an existing Special DCA program will continue through to the program’s conclusion.

 

We may accept less than the minimum initial contribution under a contract if an aggregate amount of Retirement Cornerstone® Series contracts, respectively, purchased at the same time by an individual (including spouse) meet the minimum.

 

The “owner” is the person who is the named owner in the contract and, if an individual, is the measuring life for determining contract benefits. The “annuitant” is the person who is the measuring life for determining the contract maturity date. The annuitant is not necessarily the contract owner. Where the owner of a contract is non-natural, the annuitant is the measuring life for determining contract benefits.

 

 

Upon advance notice to you, we may exercise certain rights we have under the contract regarding contributions, including our rights to:

 

  Change our contribution requirements and limitations and our transfer rules, including to:

 

 

increase or decrease our minimum contribution requirements and increase or decrease our maximum contribution limitations;

 

 

discontinue the acceptance of subsequent contributions to the contract;

 

 

discontinue the acceptance of subsequent contributions and/or transfers into one or more of the variable investment options and/or guaranteed interest option; and

 

 

discontinue the acceptance of subsequent contributions and/or transfers into the Protected Benefit account variable investment options.

 

  Default certain contributions and transfers designated for a Protected Benefit account variable investment option(s) to the corresponding Investment account variable investment option(s), which invests in the same underlying Portfolio(s). See “Rebalancing among your Protected Benefit account variable investment options” under “Benefits available under the contract”.

 

  Further limit the number of variable investment options you may invest in at any one time.

 

  Limit or terminate new contributions or transfers to an investment option.

 

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to discontinue the acceptance of, and/or place limitations on contributions and transfers into the contract and/or certain investment options. If you have one or more Guaranteed benefits and we exercise our right to discontinue the acceptance of, and/or place additional limitations on, contributions to the contract and/or contributions and/or transfers into the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, you may no longer be able to fund your Guaranteed benefit(s). This means that if you have not yet allocated amounts to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, you may not be able to fund your Guaranteed benefit(s). This also means that if you have already

 

 

20


funded your Guaranteed benefits by allocating amounts to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, you may no longer be able to increase your Protected Benefit account value and the benefit bases associated with your Guaranteed benefits through contributions and transfers.

 

Owner and annuitant requirements

 

Under NQ contracts, the annuitant can be different from the owner. Only natural persons can be joint owners. This means that an entity such as a corporation cannot be a joint owner. We also reserve the right to prohibit availability of this contract to other non-natural owners.

 

For NQ contracts (with a single owner, joint owners, or a non-natural owner) we permit the naming of joint annuitants only when the contract is purchased through an exchange that is intended not to be taxable under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code and only where the joint annuitants are spouses.

 

Owners which are not individuals are required to document their status to avoid 30% FATCA withholding from U.S.-source income.

 

Under all IRA contracts, the owner and annuitant must be the same person. In some cases, an IRA contract may be held in a custodial individual retirement account for the benefit of the individual annuitant. See “Inherited IRA Beneficiary continuation contract” for Inherited IRA owner and annuitant requirements.

 

For the Spousal continuation feature to apply, the spouses must either be joint owners, or, for single owner contracts, the surviving spouse must be the sole primary beneficiary. The determination of spousal status is made under applicable state law. However, in the event of a conflict between federal and state law, we follow federal rules. Certain same-sex civil union and domestic partners may not be eligible for tax benefits under federal law and in some circumstances will be required to take post-death distributions that dilute or eliminate the value of the contractual benefit.

 

In general, we will not permit a contract to be owned by a minor unless it is pursuant to the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act in your state.

 

Under QP contracts, the owner must be the qualified plan trust and the annuitant must be a plan participant/employee. The term “QP contracts” used in this Prospectus refers to QPDB and/or QPDC contracts. See Appendix “Purchase considerations for QP contracts” for more information regarding QP contracts.

 

Certain benefits under your contract, as described in this Prospectus, are based on the age of the owner. If the owner of the contract is not a natural person, these benefits will be based on the age of the annuitant. Under QP contracts, all benefits are based on the age of the annuitant. In this Prospectus, when we use the terms owner and joint owner, we intend these to be references to annuitant and joint annuitant, respectively, if the contract has a non-natural owner. Unless otherwise stated, if the contract is jointly owned or is issued to a non-natural owner, benefits are based on the age of the older joint owner or older joint annuitant, as applicable.

Purchase considerations for a charitable remainder trust

 

(This section only applies to Series B.)

 

If you are purchasing the contract to fund a charitable remainder trust and allocate any account value to the Protected Benefit account, you should strongly consider “split-funding”: that is, the trust holds investments in addition to this contract. Charitable remainder trusts are required to make specific distributions. The charitable remainder trust annual distribution requirement may be equal to a percentage of the donated amount or a percentage of the current value of the donated amount. The required distribution may have an adverse impact on the value of your Guaranteed benefits.

 

Series CP® contracts are not available for purchase by charitable remainder trusts.

 

How you can make your contributions

 

Except as noted below, contributions must be by check drawn on a U.S. bank, in U.S. dollars, and made payable to Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America or Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, as applicable (for subsequent contributions please write your contract number on the check). We may also apply contributions made pursuant to an intended Section 1035 tax-free exchange or a direct transfer. For an IRA contract (traditional or Roth) your initial contribution must be a direct transfer contribution from another IRA contract (traditional or Roth, as the case may be) or a rollover from an IRA or other eligible retirement plan. We do not accept starter checks or travelers’ checks. All checks are subject to our ability to collect the funds. We reserve the right to reject a payment if it is received in an unacceptable form or not in accordance with our administrative procedures.

 

If your contract is sold by a financial professional of Equitable Advisors, LLC (Equitable Financial Advisors in MI and TN), (“Equitable Advisors”), Equitable Advisors will direct us to hold your initial contribution, whether received via check or wire, in a non-interest bearing “Special Bank Account for the Exclusive Benefit of Customers” while Equitable Advisors ensures your application is complete and that suitability standards are met. Equitable Advisors will either complete this process or instruct us to return your contribution to you within the applicable Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) time requirements. Upon timely and successful completion of this review, Equitable Advisors will instruct us to transfer your contribution into our non-interest bearing suspense account and transmit your application to us, so that we can consider your application for processing.

 

If your application is in good order when we receive it for application processing purposes, your contribution will be applied within two business days. If any information we require to issue your contract is missing or unclear, we will hold your contribution while we try to obtain this information. If we are unable to obtain all of the information we require within five business days after we receive an incomplete application or form, we will inform the financial professional submitting the application on your behalf. We will then return the contribution to you, unless you or your financial professional acting on your behalf, specifically direct us to keep your contribution until we receive the required information. The contribution will be applied as of the date we receive the missing information.

 

 

21


If your financial professional is with a selling broker-dealer other than Equitable Advisors, your initial contribution must generally be accompanied by a completed application and any other form we need to process the payments. If any information is missing or unclear, we will hold the contribution, whether received via check or wire, in a non-interest bearing suspense account while we try to obtain this information. If we are unable to obtain all of the information we require within five business days after we receive an incomplete application or form, we will inform the financial professional submitting the application on your behalf. We will then return the contribution to you unless you or your financial professional on your behalf, specifically direct us to keep your contribution until we receive the required information. The contribution will be applied as of the business day we receive the missing information.

 

What are your investment options under the contract?

 

Your investment options are the following:

 

  Protected Benefit account variable investment options (used to fund Guaranteed benefits);

 

  Investment account variable investment options;

 

  Guaranteed interest option;

 

  the account for special money market dollar cost averaging (Series CP® contracts only); and

 

  the account for special dollar cost averaging (Series B contracts only).

 

See Appendix “Portfolio Companies available under the contract”. The Appendix also identifies which Portfolios are also available as Protected Benefit account variable investment options. It is important to note that the Protected Benefit account variable investment options are also available as Investment account variable investment options. The Protected Benefit account variable investment options invest in the same portfolios as the corresponding Investment account variable investment options.

 

All eligible contracts will be issued with the Return of Principal death benefit unless you make an alternate election of the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit or the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit. The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit is not available if you elected the GMIB. Your Guaranteed benefits do not need to be funded at issue. Also, any applicable charges will not be assessed until you fund your Protected Benefit account. The Protected Benefit account variable investment options are used to fund these benefits.

 

Only amounts you allocate to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and amounts in a Special DCA program designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options will fund your Guaranteed benefits. These amounts will be included in the respective benefit bases of your Guaranteed benefits and will become part of your Protected Benefit account value. All amounts allocated to the Protected Benefit account variable

investment options and amounts in a Special DCA program designated for Protected Benefit account variable investment options are subject to the terms and conditions of the Guaranteed benefits under your contract.

 

If you allocate to investment options available to fund your Guaranteed benefits, you may later decide to change your allocation instructions in order to increase, decrease or stop the funding of your Guaranteed benefits. Also, if you have a Guaranteed benefit, there is no requirement that you must fund it either at issue or on any future date.

 

If you have a Guaranteed benefit and allocate any amount to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options or a Special DCA program with amounts designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, you are funding the Guaranteed benefits under your contract. No other action is required of you. If you do not wish to fund a Guaranteed benefit, you should not allocate contributions or make transfers to your Protected Benefit account. See “Allocating your contributions”.

 

Once you allocate amounts to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, such amounts may be transferred among the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, but may not be transferred to the Investment account variable investment options or the guaranteed interest option. In addition, we may at any time exercise our right to limit or terminate transfers into any of the variable investment options. For more information, see “Transferring your money among investment options”.

 

If you decide to participate in a Special DCA program, any amounts allocated to the program that are designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options will be included in the Protected Benefit account value. Any amounts allocated to a Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option will be included in your Investment account value. As discussed in this section, the Special DCA programs allow you to gradually allocate amounts to available investment options through periodic transfers. You can allocate to either or both Investment account and Protected Benefit account variable investment options as part of your Special DCA program. See “Allocating your contributions”.

 

Variable investment options

 

Your investment results in any one of the variable investment options will depend on the investment performance of the underlying Portfolios. You can lose your principal when investing in the variable investment options. In periods of poor market performance, the net return, after charges and expenses, may result in negative yields, including for the EQ/Money Market variable investment option.

 

We may, at any time, exercise our rights to limit or terminate your contributions, allocations and transfers to any of the variable investment options (including the Protected Benefit

 

 

22


account variable investment options) and to limit the number of variable investment options which you may select.

 

Portfolios of the Trusts

 

We offer both affiliated and unaffiliated Trusts, which in turn offer one or more Portfolios. Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“Equitable IMG”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, serves as the investment adviser of the Portfolios of EQ Premier VIP Trust and EQ Advisors Trust (collectively the “affiliated Trust”). For some affiliated Portfolios, Equitable IMG has entered into sub-advisory agreements with one or more other investment advisers (the “sub-advisers”) to carry out investment decisions for the Portfolios. As such, among other responsibilities, Equitable IMG oversees the activities of the sub-advisers with respect to the affiliated Trust and is responsible for retaining or discontinuing the services of those sub-advisers.

 

Information regarding each of the currently available Portfolios, their type, their investment manager(s) and/or sub-adviser(s), their current expenses, and their current performance is available in an appendix to the prospectus. See Appendix “Portfolio Companies.”

 

Each Portfolio has issued a prospectus that contains more detailed information about the Portfolio. You should consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the Portfolios carefully before investing. In order to obtain copies of the Portfolios’ prospectuses, you may call one of our customer service representatives at 1-800-789-7771, or visit www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH159953.

 

You should be aware that Equitable Advisors and Equitable Distributors, LLC (“Equitable Distributors”), (together, the “Distributors”) directly or indirectly receive 12b-1 fees from affiliated Portfolios for providing certain distribution and/or shareholder support services. These fees will not exceed 0.25% of the Portfolios’ average daily net assets. The affiliated Portfolios’ sub-advisers and/or their affiliates may also contribute to the cost of expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to the contracts and/or the sub-advisers’ respective Portfolios. In addition, Equitable IMG receives management fees and Equitable Investment Management, LLC, an affiliate of Equitable IMG, receives administrative fees in connection with the services to the affiliated Portfolios. As such, it is generally more profitable for us to offer affiliated Portfolios than to offer unaffiliated Portfolios.

 

The Company or the Distributors may directly or indirectly receive 12b-1 fees and additional payments from certain unaffiliated Portfolios, their advisers, sub-advisers, distributors or affiliates, for providing certain administrative, marketing, distribution and/or shareholder support services. These fees and payments range from 0% to 0.60% of the unaffiliated Portfolios’ average daily net assets. The Distributors may also receive payments from the advisers or sub-advisers of the unaffiliated Portfolios or their affiliates for certain distribution services, including expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to the contracts and/or the advisers’ respective Portfolios.

As a contract owner, you may bear the costs of some or all of these fees and payments through your indirect investment in the Portfolios. (See the Portfolios’ prospectuses for more information.) These fees and payments, as well as the Portfolios’ investment management fees and administrative expenses, will reduce the underlying Portfolios’ investment returns. The Company may profit from these fees and payments. The Company considers the availability of these fees and payment arrangements during the selection process for the underlying Portfolios. These fees and payment arrangements may create an incentive for us to select Portfolios (and classes of shares of Portfolios) that pay us higher amounts.

 

Some affiliated Portfolios invest in other affiliated Portfolios (the ”EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios”). The EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios offer contract owners a convenient opportunity to invest in other Portfolios that are managed and have been selected for inclusion in the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios by Equitable IMG. Equitable Advisors, an affiliated broker-dealer of the Company, may promote the benefits of such Portfolios to contract owners and/or suggest that contract owners consider whether allocating some or all of their Total account value to such Portfolios is consistent with their desired investment objectives. In doing so, the Company, and/or its affiliates, may be subject to conflicts of interest insofar as the Company may derive greater revenues from the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios than certain other Portfolios available to you under your contract. Please see “Allocating your contributions” for more information about your role in managing your allocations.

 

As described in more detail in the Portfolio prospectuses, the EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios may utilize a proprietary volatility management strategy developed by Equitable IMG (the “EQ volatility management strategy”) and, in addition, certain EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios may invest in affiliated Portfolios that utilize this strategy. See also Appendix “Portfolio Companies available under the contract” for more information. The EQ volatility management strategy employs various volatility management techniques, such as the use of ETFs or futures and options, to reduce the Portfolio’s equity exposure during periods when certain market indicators indicate that market volatility is above specific thresholds set for the Portfolio. When market volatility is increasing above the specific thresholds set for a Portfolio utilizing the EQ volatility management strategy, the adviser of the Portfolio may reduce equity exposure. Although this strategy is intended to reduce the overall risk of investing in the Portfolio, it may not effectively protect the Portfolio from market declines and may increase its losses. Further, during such times, the Portfolio’s exposure to equity securities may be less than that of a traditional equity portfolio. This may limit the Portfolio’s participation in market gains and result in periods of underperformance, including those periods when the specified benchmark index is appreciating, but market volatility is high. It may also impact the value of certain guaranteed benefits, as discussed below.

 

 

23


You should be aware that having the GMIB and/or certain other guaranteed benefits limits your ability to invest in some of the variable investment options that would otherwise be available to you under the contract. See “Allocating your contributions” for more information about the investment restrictions under your contract.

 

Portfolios that utilize the EQ volatility management strategy (or, in the case of certain EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios, invest in other Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy) and investment option restrictions in connection with any guaranteed benefit that include these Portfolios are designed to reduce the overall volatility of your Total account value and provide you with risk-adjusted returns over time. The reduction in volatility helps us manage the risks associated with providing guaranteed benefits during times of high volatility in the equity market. During rising markets, the EQ volatility management strategy, however, could result in your Total account value rising less than would have been the case had you been invested in a Portfolio that does not utilize the EQ volatility management strategy (or, in the case of the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios, invest exclusively in other Portfolios that do not use the EQ volatility management strategy). This may effectively suppress the value of guaranteed benefit(s) that are eligible for periodic benefit base resets because your benefit base is available for resets only when your Protected Benefit account value is higher. Conversely, investing in investment options that use the EQ volatility management strategy may be helpful in a declining market when high market volatility triggers a reduction in the investment option’s equity exposure because during these periods of high volatility, the risk of losses from investing in equity securities may increase. In these instances, your Total account value may decline less than would have been the case had you not been invested in investment options that use the EQ volatility management strategy.

 

Please see the underlying Portfolio prospectuses for more information in general, as well as more information about the EQ volatility management strategy. Please further note that certain other affiliated Portfolios, as well as unaffiliated Portfolios, may utilize volatility management techniques that differ from the EQ volatility management strategy. Such techniques could also impact your Total account value and guaranteed benefit(s), if any, in the same manner described above. Please see the Portfolio prospectuses for more information about the Portfolios’ objective and strategies. See also Appendix “Portfolio Companies available under the contract” for more information.

 

Asset Transfer Program.  Portfolio allocations in certain of our variable annuity contracts with guaranteed benefits are subject to our Asset Transfer Program (ATP) feature. The ATP helps us manage our financial exposure in connection with providing certain guaranteed benefits, by using predetermined mathematical formulas to move account value between the EQ/Ultra Conservative Strategy Portfolio (an investment option utilized solely by the ATP) and the other Portfolios offered under those contracts. You should be

aware that operation of the predetermined mathematical formulas underpinning the ATP has the potential to adversely impact the Portfolios, including their performance, risk profile and expenses. This means that Portfolio investments in contracts with no ATP feature, such as yours, could still be adversely impacted. Particularly during times of high market volatility, if the ATP triggers substantial asset flows into and out of a Portfolio, it could have the following effects on all contract owners invested in that Portfolio:

 

(a)

By requiring a Portfolio sub-adviser to buy and sell large amounts of securities at inopportune times, a Portfolio’s investment performance and the ability of the sub-adviser to fully implement the Portfolio’s investment strategy could be negatively affected; and

 

(b)

By generating higher turnover in its securities or other assets than it would have experienced without being impacted by the ATP, a Portfolio could incur higher operating expense ratios and transaction costs than comparable funds. In addition, even Portfolios structured as funds-of-funds that are not available for investment by contract owners who are subject to the ATP could also be impacted by the ATP if those Portfolios invest in underlying funds that are themselves subject to significant asset turnover caused by the ATP. Because the ATP formulas generate unique results for each contract, not all contract owners who are subject to the ATP will be affected by operation of the ATP in the same way. On any particular day on which the ATP is activated, some contract owners may have a portion of their account value transferred to the EQ/Ultra Conservative Strategy Portfolio investment option and others may not. If the ATP causes significant transfers of account value out of one or more Portfolios, any resulting negative effect on the performance of those Portfolios will be experienced to a greater extent by a contract owner (with or without the ATP) invested in those Portfolios whose account value was not subject to the transfers.

 

Guaranteed interest option

 

The guaranteed interest option is part of our general account and pays interest at guaranteed rates. We discuss our general account under “More information”. Any amounts allocated to the guaranteed interest option will not be included in your Protected Benefit account value.

 

We credit interest daily to amounts in the guaranteed interest option. The minimum rate may vary depending on when your contract is issued but it will be shown on the data page for your contract and will never be less than 1.0%. We set current interest rates periodically, based on our sole discretion and according to our procedures that we have in effect at the time. We reserve the right to change these procedures. All interest rates are effective annual rates, but before the deduction of annual administrative charges and any withdrawal charges (if applicable).

 

We assign an interest rate to each amount allocated to the guaranteed interest option. This rate is guaranteed for a

 

 

24


specified period. Therefore, different interest rates may apply to different amounts in the guaranteed interest option.

 

Generally, contributions and transfers into and out of the guaranteed interest option are limited. See “Transferring your money among the investment options” for restrictions on transfers from the guaranteed interest option.

 

Account for special dollar cost averaging.  (Series B contracts only) The account for special dollar cost averaging is part of our general account. We pay interest at guaranteed rates in this account for specified time periods. We will credit interest to the amounts that you have in the account for special dollar cost averaging every day. We set the interest rates periodically, based on our discretion and according to the procedures that we have. We reserve the right to change these procedures.

 

We guarantee to pay our current interest rate that is in effect on the date that your contribution is allocated to this account. Your guaranteed interest rate for the time period you select will be shown in your contract for an initial contribution. The rate will never be less than the lifetime minimum rate for the guaranteed interest option. See “Dollar cost averaging” for rules and restrictions that apply to the account for special dollar cost averaging.

 

Allocating your contributions

 

You may allocate your contributions to the Investment account variable investment options, the guaranteed interest option or an available Special DCA program. If you are eligible to have one or more Guaranteed benefits and you wish to fund them, you may allocate contributions to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options or a Special DCA program. Also, we limit the number of variable investment options which you may select. In addition, we may at any time exercise our right to limit or terminate transfers into any of the variable investment options.

 

Only amounts you allocate to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and amounts in a Special DCA program designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options will fund your Guaranteed benefits. These amounts will be used to calculate your Guaranteed benefit bases and will become part of your Protected Benefit account value. If you have the GMIB, we only accept contributions to the Protected Benefit account, whether allocated directly or through a Special DCA program, if you are the Funding Age or older. The Funding Age is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement.

 

General note about examples in this Prospectus: All examples assume that the contract owner is age eligible to fund the referenced Guaranteed benefits.

 

For example:

 

You purchase a Series B contract with an initial contribution of $100,000 and elected the GMIB and the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit. You allocate $60,000 to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and $40,000 to the Investment account variable investment

options. The $60,000 will be included in your Protected Benefit account value and will be used to calculate your GMIB and Highest Anniversary Value benefit bases. $40,000 will be included in your Investment account value.

 

Allocations must be whole percentages and you may change your allocations at any time. No more than 25% of any contribution to the contract may be allocated to the guaranteed interest option. For applications signed on or after May 22, 2023, no more than 5% of any contribution to the contract may be allocated to the guaranteed interest option.The total of your allocations into all available investment options must equal 100%. We reserve the right to discontinue, and/or place additional limitations on, contributions and transfers to any of the variable investment options, including the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. We also reserve the right to discontinue acceptance of contributions into the contract. Please see “How you can purchase and contribute to your contract” and the table in Appendix “Rules regarding contributions to your contract” for additional information regarding certain limitations on contributions that may apply to your contract.

 

It is important to note that the contract is between you and the Company. The contract is not an investment advisory account, and the Company is not providing any investment advice or managing the allocations under your contract. In the absence of a specific written arrangement to the contrary, you, as the owner of the contract, have the sole authority to make investment allocations and other decisions under the contract. If your financial professional is with Equitable Advisors, he or she is acting as a broker-dealer registered representative, and is not authorized to act as an investment advisor or to manage the allocations under your contract. If your financial professional is a registered representative with a broker-dealer other than Equitable Advisors, you should speak with him or her regarding any different arrangements that may apply.

 

We may offer an optional rebalancing program for amounts allocated to your Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option. For more information, see “Rebalancing among your Investment account variable investment options and guaranteed interest option” in “Benefits available under the contract”.

 

We do not offer an optional rebalancing program for amounts allocated to your Protected Benefit account variable investment options. You can rebalance your Protected Benefit account value by submitting a one-time request to rebalance. See “Rebalancing among your Protected Benefit account variable investment options” in “Benefits available under the contract”.

 

Allocation instruction changes.  You may change your instructions for allocations of future contributions.

 

Transfers.  Once you allocate amounts to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, such amounts may be transferred among the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, but may not be transferred to the Investment account variable investment options or the guaranteed interest option. In addition, we may at any time

 

 

25


exercise our right to limit or terminate transfers into any of the variable investment options. See “Transferring your account value” in “Transferring your money among investment options.”

 

Credits and Earnings bonus (for Series CP® contracts)

 

Under certain circumstances credits and the Earnings bonus will be allocated to your Total account value. We do not include these amounts in calculating any of your Guaranteed benefit bases under the contract, except to the extent that any credits and the Earnings bonus are part of the Protected Benefit account value, which is used to calculate the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base or a benefit base reset in connection with the GMIB benefit base. Credits and Earnings bonus are included in the assessment of any charge that is based on your Total account value. Credits and Earnings bonus are also not considered to be part of your investment in the contract for tax purposes. For more information on how credits and the Earnings bonus affect your benefit bases, see “Series CP®, and your Guaranteed benefit bases”.

 

We use a portion of the operations charge and withdrawal charge to help recover our cost of providing the credit and Earnings bonus. We expect to make a profit from these charges. See “Charges and expenses”. The charge associated with the credit may, over time, exceed the sum of the credit and any related earnings. While we cannot state with any certainty when this will happen, we believe that it is likely that if you hold your Series CP® contract for more than 10 years, you may be better off in a contract without a credit, and with a lower operations charge. Your actual results will depend on the investment returns on your contract. Therefore, if you plan to hold the contract for an extended period of time, you may wish to consider purchasing a contract that does not include a credit. You should consider this possibility before purchasing the contract.

 

For a state-by-state description of all material variations of the contracts, including information on the recovery of credits, see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits”.

 

Credits on contributions. A credit will be allocated to your Total account value at the same time that we allocate your contribution. Credits are allocated to the same investment options based on the same percentages used to allocate your contributions. The amount of the credit will be 3% of each contribution. This credit percentage will be credited to your initial contribution and each eligible subsequent contribution. The credit will apply to subsequent contributions only to the extent that the sum of that contribution and prior contributions to which no credit was applied exceeds the total withdrawals made from the contract since the issue date. The credit will not be applied in connection with a partial conversion of a traditional IRA contract to a Roth IRA contract.

 

For example, assume you make an initial contribution of $100,000 to your contract with the entire amount allocated

to the Investment account. Your Investment account is credited with $3,000 (3% x $100,000). After that, you decide to withdraw $7,000 from your contract. Later, you make a subsequent contribution of $3,000 to the Investment account. You receive no credit on your $3,000 contribution since it does not exceed your total withdrawals ($7,000). Further assume that you make another subsequent contribution of $10,000 to the Investment account. At that time, your Investment account will be credited with $180 [3% x (10,000 + 3,000 – 7,000)].

 

Credit recovery.  We do not recover amounts associated with the Earnings bonus. We will recover all or a portion of the credits on contributions in the following situations:

 

  If you exercise your right to cancel the contract, we will recover the entire credit made to your contract (see “Your right to cancel within a certain number of days”). Also, you will not be reimbursed for any charges deducted before cancellation, except in states where we are required to return the amount of your contributions. In states where we return your Total account value or cash value, the amount we return to you upon cancellation will reflect any investment gain or loss in the variable investment options (less the daily charges we deduct) associated with your contributions and the full amount of the credit. See “Charges and expenses” for more information.

 

  If you start receiving annuity payments within three years of making any contribution, we will recover the credit that applies to any contribution made within the prior three years.

 

  If the owner (or older joint owner, if applicable) dies during the one-year period following our receipt of a contribution to which a credit was applied, we will recover the amount of such credit.

 

For example:

 

You make an initial contribution of $100,000 to your contract and your Total account value is credited with $3,000 (3% x $100,000). If you (i) exercise your right to cancel the contract, (ii) start receiving annuity payments within three years of making the contribution, or (iii) die during the one-year period following the receipt of the contribution, we will recapture the entire credit and reduce your Total account value by $3,000.

 

When we recover any portion of a credit, we take the dollar amount of the credit from your investment options on a pro rata basis and the guaranteed interest option. We do not include credits in the calculation of any withdrawal charge.

 

Earnings bonus.  An amount equal to 5% of your annual investment gains, called an Earnings bonus, will be added to your Total account value on each contract date anniversary that your Total account value is greater than your account value peak. At contract issue, your account value peak equals your initial contribution plus any eligible credit on your contribution. Your account value peak is increased by

 

 

26


subsequent contributions, including any corresponding credits on those contributions. Your account value peak is not decreased by withdrawals. On each contract date anniversary, we will determine if you have investment gains by comparing your Total account value to your account value peak. If your account value peak is greater than your Total account value, you have no investment gains available for the Earnings bonus. If your Total account value is greater than your account value peak, your gains will equal your Total account value minus your current account value peak and we will increase your Total account value by an amount equal to 5% of your gains. The increase to your Total account value will occur after any applicable optional benefit base ratchet or reset. Your new account value peak will then equal your increased Total account value.

 

The Earnings bonus will be allocated to your Investment account value and your Protected Benefit account value in proportion to your investment in those accounts as of that contract date anniversary. Furthermore, the Earnings bonus will be allocated within each account according to your allocation instructions on file. If you do not have allocation instructions on file, the Earnings bonus will be allocated among your investment options in proportion to your investments on that date.

 

For example, assume you make an initial contribution of $100,000 to your contract. Your Total account value increases by a $3,000 credit on contributions (3% x $100,000). Your account value peak is $103,000. Later, you make a subsequent contribution of $100,000. Your Total account value increases by an additional $3,000 credit on contributions (3% x $100,000). Your subsequent contribution increases your account value peak to $206,000 ($103,000 + $103,000). Assume you make no further contributions and on your next contract date anniversary your Total account value is $240,000. Your Total account value ($240,000) is greater than your account value peak ($206,000) and your gain is $34,000 ($240,000 — $206,000). Your Earnings bonus on your investment gain is $1,700 (5% x $34,000). Your new Total account value is increased to $241,700, which is also your new account value peak.

 

Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract

(Not available for Series CP® contracts)

 

The Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract is intended to provide options to beneficiaries in complying with federal income tax rules. There are a number of limitations on who can purchase the contract, how the contract is purchased, and the features that are available under the contract. A prospective purchaser should seek tax advice before making a decision to purchase the contract.

 

We offer the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract to eligible beneficiaries under individual retirement arrangements (traditional or Roth) where the original individual retirement account or annuity was not issued by the Company. The beneficiary may want to change the

investments of the “original IRA” inherited from the now-deceased IRA owner, but must take post-death required minimum distribution (“RMD”) payments from an IRA that was inherited. The Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract has provisions intended to meet post-death RMD rules, which are similar to those of the Beneficiary continuation option (“BCO”) restricted to eligible beneficiaries of contracts issued by the Company. See “Beneficiary continuation option for traditional IRA and Roth IRA contracts only” under “Beneficiary continuation option” in “Payment of death benefit”. Further, since the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract is intended to replace the investment originally selected by the now-deceased IRA owner, a prospective purchaser should carefully consider the features and investments available under the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract, and the limitations and costs under the contract in comparison with the existing arrangement before making any purchase decision. Finally, the contract may not be available in all states. Please speak with your financial professional for further information.

 

Who can purchase an Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract

 

The Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract is offered only to beneficiaries of contracts not issued by us as follows:

 

  beneficiaries of IRAs who are individuals (“IRA beneficiaries”); and

 

  eligible non-spousal individual beneficiaries of deceased plan participants in qualified plans, 403(b) plans and governmental employer 457(b) plans (“Non-spousal Applicable Plan beneficiaries”). The purpose is to enable such beneficiaries to elect certain post-death RMD payment choices available to them under federal income tax rules, which may not be offered under the Applicable Plan.

 

Certain trusts with only individual beneficiaries are treated as individuals and are eligible to purchase the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract if such trust is either an IRA beneficiary or a Non-spousal Applicable Plan beneficiary.

 

How an Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract is purchased

 

IRA Beneficiary.  A traditional Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract can only be purchased by a direct transfer of the beneficiary’s interest under the deceased owner’s original traditional IRA. An Inherited Roth IRA beneficiary continuation contract can only be purchased by a direct transfer of the beneficiary’s interest under the deceased owner’s original Roth IRA. In this discussion, “you” refers to the owner of the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract. The owner of the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract owns the contract in his/her capacity as beneficiary of the original traditional or Roth IRA, and not in his/her own right. For this reason, the contract must also contain the name of the deceased owner.

 

Non-spousal Applicable Plan Beneficiary.  In the case of a non-spousal beneficiary under a deceased plan participant’s

 

 

27


Applicable Plan, the Inherited IRA can only be purchased by a direct rollover of the death benefit under the Applicable Plan. In this discussion, “you” refers to the owner of the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract. The owner of the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract owns the contract in his/her capacity as beneficiary of the deceased plan participant, and not in his/her own right. For this reason, the contract must also contain the name of the deceased plan participant. In this discussion, references to “deceased owner” include “deceased plan participant”; references to “original IRA” include “the deceased plan participant’s interest or benefit under the Applicable Plan”, and references to “individual beneficiary of a traditional IRA” include “individual non-spousal beneficiary under an Applicable Plan.”

 

Limitations on certain features under the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract

 

This contract is intended only for beneficiaries who want to take payments at least annually over their life expectancy. These payments generally must begin no later than December 31st of the calendar year following the year the deceased owner died. Beneficiaries who do not want to take annual scheduled payments and want to wait until the 5th year after death to withdraw the entire amount of the Inherited IRA funds should not purchase this contract. Because of the contract’s focus on payments, certain features noted below more suitable to long-term accumulation vehicles are not available under this contract.

 

When the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract is owned by an IRA beneficiary:

 

  The Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract can be purchased even though you have already begun taking post-death RMD payments of your interest as a beneficiary from the deceased owner’s original IRA. You should discuss with your own tax adviser when payments must begin or must be made.

 

  The initial contribution must be a direct transfer from the deceased owner’s original IRA and is subject to minimum contribution amounts. See Appendix “Rules regarding contributions to your contract” for more information.

 

  Any subsequent contribution must be direct transfers of your interest as a beneficiary from another IRA with a financial institution other than the Company, where the deceased owner is the same as under the original IRA contract.

 

  The Inherited IRA contract is designed to pay you at least annually (but you can elect to receive payments monthly or quarterly). Payments are generally made over your life expectancy determined in the calendar year after the deceased owner’s death and determined on a term certain basis. If you maintain another IRA of the same type (traditional or Roth) of the same deceased owner and you are also taking distributions over your life from that inherited IRA, you may qualify to take an amount from that other inherited IRA which
   

would otherwise satisfy the amount required to be distributed from our Inherited IRA contract. If you choose not to take a payment from your Inherited IRA contract in any year, you must notify us in writing before we make the payment from the Inherited IRA contract, and we will not make any future payment unless you request in writing a reasonable time before we make such payment. If you choose to take a required payment from another inherited IRA, you are responsible for calculating the appropriate amount and reporting it on your income tax return. Please feel free to speak with your financial professional, or call our processing office, if you have any questions.

 

When the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract is owned by a Non-spousal Applicable Plan beneficiary:

 

  The initial contribution must be a direct rollover from the deceased plan participant’s Applicable Plan and is subject to minimum contribution amounts. See Appendix “Rules regarding contributions to your contract” for more information.

 

  There are no subsequent contributions.

 

  You must receive payments at least annually (but can elect to receive payments monthly or quarterly). Payments are generally made over your life expectancy determined in the calendar year after the deceased owner’s death and determined on a term certain basis.

 

  You must receive payments from the Inherited IRA contract even if you are receiving payments from another IRA derived from the deceased plan participant.

 

Features of the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract which apply to either type of owner:

 

  The beneficiary of the original IRA (or the Non-spousal Applicable Plan beneficiary) will be the annuitant under the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract. In the case where the beneficiary is a “see-through trust,” the oldest beneficiary of the trust will be the annuitant.

 

  An Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract is not available for owners over age 70.

 

  You may make transfers among the investment options, as permitted.

 

  You may choose at any time to withdraw all or a portion of the account value. Any partial withdrawal must be at least $300. Withdrawal charges may apply as described in “Charges and expenses”.

 

  If you elected the Return of Principal death benefit or the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit, amounts withdrawn from the contract to meet RMDs will reduce the benefit base and may limit the utility of the benefit(s).

 

  The GMIB, Spousal continuation, automatic investment program, Automatic payment plans and systematic withdrawals are not available under the Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract.
 

 

28


  Upon your death, your beneficiary has the option to continue taking RMDs based on your remaining life expectancy or to receive any remaining interest in the contract in a lump sum. The option elected will be processed when we receive satisfactory proof of death, any required instructions for the method of payment and any required information and forms necessary to effect payment. If your beneficiary elects to continue to take distributions, withdrawal charges (if applicable) will no longer apply. If you have a Guaranteed minimum death benefit, it will no longer be in effect and any applicable charge for such benefit will stop.

 

  When you die, we will pay your beneficiary the Investment account value and the greater of the Protected Benefit account value or the applicable death benefit.

 

Your right to cancel within a certain number of days

 

If for any reason you are not satisfied with your contract, you may exercise your cancellation right under the contract to receive a refund. To exercise this cancellation right, you must notify us with a signed letter of instruction electing this right, to our processing office within 10 days after you receive your contract. If state law requires, this “free look” period may be longer. Other state variations may apply. For a state-by-state description of all material variations of this contract, including specific information on your “free look” period, see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits”.

 

Generally, your refund will equal your Total account value under the contract on the day we receive notification of your decision to cancel the contract and will reflect (i) any investment gain or loss in the variable investment options (less the daily charges we deduct), (ii) any guaranteed interest in the guaranteed interest option, and (iii) any interest in the account for special dollar cost averaging (if applicable), through the date we receive your contract. Some states, however, require that we refund the full amount of your contribution (not reflecting (i), (ii) or (iii) above). In addition, in some states, the amount of your refund (either your account value or the full amount of your contributions), and the length of your “free look” period, depend on whether you purchased the contract as a replacement. Please refer to your contract or supplemental materials or contact us for more information. For any IRA contract returned to us within seven days after you receive it, we are required to refund the full amount of your contribution. When required by applicable law to return the full amount of your contribution, we will return the greater of your contribution or your contract’s cash value.

 

For Series CP® contract owners, please note that you will forfeit the credit by exercising this right of cancellation.

 

We may require that you wait six months before you may apply for a contract with us again if:

 

  you cancel your contract during the free look period; or
  you change your mind before you receive your contract whether we have received your contribution or not.

 

Please see “Tax information” for possible consequences of cancelling your contract.

 

If you fully convert an existing traditional IRA contract to a Roth IRA contract, you may cancel your Roth IRA contract and return to a traditional IRA contract. Our processing office, or your financial professional, can provide you with the cancellation instructions.

 

In addition to the cancellation right described above, you have the right to surrender your contract, rather than cancel it. Please see “Surrendering your contract to receive its cash value” in “Accessing your money”. Surrendering your contract may yield results different than canceling your contract, including a greater potential for taxable income. In some cases, your cash value upon surrender may be greater than your contributions to the contract. Please see “Tax information”.

 

 

29


2. Benefits available under the contract

 

 

 

Summary of Benefits

 

The following tables summarize important information about the benefits available under the contract.

 

Death Benefits

 

These death benefits are available during the accumulation phase:

 

Name of Benefit   Purpose  

Standard/

Optional

  Annual Fee   Brief Description of Restrictions/
Limitations
  Max   Current
Return of Principal Death Benefit   Guarantees beneficiaries will receive a benefit at least equal to your contributions less adjusted withdrawals.   Standard   No Additional

Charge

 

•   Available only at contract purchase

•   Withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate benefit

       
Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit   Locks in highest adjusted anniversary account value as minimum death benefit.   Optional   0.75%(1)   Specified on
Rate Sheet
Supplement(2)
 

•   Available only at contract purchase

•   Withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate benefit

       
RMD Wealth Guard Death Benefit   Allows required minimum withdrawals without reducing the benefit base.   Optional   2.00%(1)   Specified on
Rate Sheet
Supplement(2)
 

•   Restricted to owners of certain ages

•   Available only at contract purchase

•   Excess withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate benefit

•   Subject to restrictions on investment options

(1)

Expressed as an annual percentage of the benefit base.

(2)

The current charge may be less than what is shown above and is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement.

 

Living Benefit

 

This living benefit is available during the accumulation phase:

 

Name of Benefit   Purpose  

Standard/

Optional

  Annual Fee   Brief Description of Restrictions/
Limitations
  Max   Current
Guaranteed minimum income benefit (GMIB)   Guarantees a minimum annuitization value to provide lifetime retirement income.   Optional   2.50%(1)   Specified on
Rate Sheet
Supplement(2)
 

•   Restricted to owners of certain ages

•   Cannot be elected with the RMD Wealth Guard Death Benefit

•   Excess withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate benefit

•   Subject to restrictions on investment options

(1)

Expressed as an annual percentage of the benefit base.

(2)

The current charge may be less than what is shown above and is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement.

 

Other Benefits

 

These other benefits are available during the accumulation phase:

 

Name of Benefit   Purpose  

Standard/

Optional

  Annual Fee   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitations
  Max   Current

Rebalancing Option I(1) and Option II(2)

  Periodically rebalance to your desired asset mix.   Optional   No Charge  

•   Not generally available with DCA

•   Account value in the Protected Benefit account cannot be rebalanced

     
Dollar Cost Averaging (special DCA, general DCA, and Investment Simplifer)   Transfer account value to selected investment options on a regular basis to potentially reduce the impact of market volatility.   Optional   No Charge  

•   Not generally available with Rebalancing

(1)

Option I allows you to rebalance your Investment account value among the Investment account variable investment options.

(2)

Option II allows you to rebalance your Investment account value among the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option.

 

30


Death Benefits

 

About Death Benefits

 

For the purposes of determining the death benefit under your Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contract, we treat your Investment account and any Guaranteed minimum death benefit funded by your Protected Benefit account differently.

 

The death benefit in connection with your Investment account is equal to your Investment account value as of the date we receive satisfactory proof of death, any required instructions for the method of payment, and any required information and forms necessary to effect payment. The death benefit payable in connection with your Protected Benefit account will be based on the greater of (i) your Protected Benefit account value, and (ii) the benefit base of your Guaranteed minimum death benefit.

 

The total death benefit under your Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contract will depend on your values in either one or both sides of the contract. If you selected a Guaranteed minimum death benefit but never funded your Protected Benefit account, your death benefit will be based on your Investment account value only. Likewise, if you funded your Guaranteed minimum death benefit through allocations to the Protected Benefit account and had no Investment account value, your death benefit would be based strictly on the Guaranteed minimum death benefit you selected. Also, it is possible that upon your death, you have value in both your Investment account and a Guaranteed minimum death benefit that has been funded through allocations to the Protected Benefit account. In that case, your beneficiaries would receive the Investment account value plus the value of your Guaranteed minimum death benefit.

 

Guaranteed minimum death benefits

 

At issue, you may elect one of our optional Guaranteed minimum death benefit options (GMDBs) in connection with your Protected Benefit account as follows:

 

Guaranteed Minimum
Death Benefit
  

Series B

Contracts

  

Series CP®

Contracts

Return of Principal death benefit (1)    Issue Ages 0-80    Issue Ages 0-70
Highest Anniversary Value death benefit (1)    Issue Ages 0-75
RMD Wealth Guard death benefit    Issue Ages 20-68    Issue Ages 20-68
(1)

As long as you have the GMIB, you can only fund these benefits beginning at age 55.

 

Important note for owners age 54 or younger: If you do not specifically indicate on your application that you do not wish to have the GMIB or do not subsequently drop the GMIB after your contract is issued, then you cannot fund the Protected Benefit account until you are at least the Funding Age, which means you also cannot fund any applicable Guaranteed minimum death benefit until at least the Funding Age. The current Funding Age is reflected on the Rate

Sheet Supplement. If you are within 7 years of the Funding Age at the time your contract is issued, the initial Annual Roll-up rate specified in the Rate Sheet Supplement will only apply after you attain the Funding Age for the amount of time then remaining in your first seven contract years. If you are more than 7 years younger than the Funding Age at the time your contract is issued, the initial Annual Roll-up rate will never apply to your contract. Instead, the Renewal rates (described in this section) will apply for the duration of your contract.

 

The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit cannot be elected in combination with the GMIB. You can elect the Return of Principal death benefit and the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit with or without the GMIB. The Highest Anniversary Value death benefit and the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit are available at an additional charge. There is no additional charge for the Return of Principal death benefit. The Return of Principal death benefit will be issued with all eligible contracts if you do not elect either the Highest Anniversary Value or the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit at the time you apply for your Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contract. If you elect a GMDB, the period during which you can make subsequent contributions may be significantly shorter than if you did not elect a GMDB. Please refer to Appendix “Rules regarding contributions to your contract”.

 

Once a withdrawal is taken from the Protected Benefit account, additional contributions may not be made to the Protected Benefit account. Please refer to “Accessing your money”. Transfers to and from the Protected Benefit account may be restricted. Please refer to “Transferring your money among investment options”.

 

Any GMDB you elect will automatically terminate upon annuitization, which will occur no later than the contract maturity date.

 

When you have a GMDB, you can allocate your contributions to any of the following:

 

  Protected Benefit account variable investment options

 

  Investment account variable investment options

 

  Guaranteed interest option

 

  The account for special dollar cost averaging (Series B contracts only)

 

  The account for special money market dollar cost averaging (Series CP® contracts only)

 

Funding your GMDB.  Only amounts you allocate to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and amounts in a Special DCA program designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options will fund your GMDB. These amounts will be included in your GMDB benefit base and will become part of your Protected Benefit account value.

 

For Series CP® contracts, any credit or Earnings bonus amounts attributable to your Protected Benefit account are not included in your GMDB benefit base. If you decide to transfer amounts from your Investment account to your Protected Benefit account variable investment options, only amounts representing contributions and earnings will increase your GMDB benefit base. Credit or Earnings bonus amounts to your Investment account are always considered transferred first, though any amount of that transfer that represents a

 

 

31


credit or Earnings bonus will be excluded from your GMDB benefit base. All transfers, however, will increase your Protected Benefit account value by the amount of the transfer.

 

Your death benefit in connection with your Protected Benefit account is equal to one of the following — whichever provides a higher amount:

 

  Your Protected Benefit account value as of the date we receive satisfactory proof of the owner’s (or older joint owner’s, if applicable) death, any required instructions for the method of payment, and any required information and forms necessary to effect payment; or

 

  Your applicable GMDB benefit base (discussed below) on the date of the owner’s (or older joint owner’s, if applicable) death, adjusted for subsequent withdrawals (and any withdrawal charges).

 

Return of Principal death benefit

 

The Return of Principal death benefit, like all of the guaranteed minimum death benefits, only applies to amounts you allocate to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and not to the contract as a whole. There is no additional charge for this benefit. Your Return of Principal Guaranteed minimum death benefit is equal to your Return of Principal death benefit base. This benefit base is not an account value or cash value. It is equal to:

 

  Your initial contribution and any subsequent contributions to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, either directly or through a Special DCA program; plus

 

  Any amounts contributed to a Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options; plus

 

  Any amounts transferred to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options; less

 

  A deduction that reflects any withdrawals you make from the Protected Benefit account variable investment options or from amounts in a Special DCA program designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options (including any withdrawal charges). The amount of this deduction is described under “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits”. The amount of any withdrawal charge is described under “Withdrawal charge” in “Charges and expenses”.

 

Please see Appendix “Guaranteed benefit base examples” for an example of how the Return of Principal benefit base is calculated.

 

Highest Anniversary Value death benefit

 

Your Highest Anniversary Value Guaranteed minimum death benefit is equal to your Highest Anniversary Value benefit base. The current charge for this benefit is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement. This benefit base is not an account value or cash value. The calculation of your Highest Anniversary Value benefit base will depend on whether you have taken a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account.

 

If you have not taken a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, your Highest Anniversary Value benefit

base is equal to one of the following — whichever provides a higher amount:

 

  Your initial contribution and any subsequent contributions to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, either directly or through a Special DCA program; plus

 

  Any amounts contributed to a Special DCA that are designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options; plus

 

  Any amounts transferred to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options.

 

-OR-

 

  Your highest Protected Benefit account value on any contract date anniversary up to the contract date anniversary following the owner’s (or older joint owner’s, if applicable) 85th birthday (plus any transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and contributions either directly or through a Special DCA program designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, made since the most recent “reset” of the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base that established your Protected Benefit account value as your new Highest Anniversary Value benefit base).

 

If you take a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account and you elected the GMIB, your Highest Anniversary Value benefit base will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by withdrawals up to the Annual withdrawal amount, and on a pro rata basis by Excess withdrawals (including any applicable withdrawal charges). (Special rules apply if you enroll in our Automatic RMD service.) If you take a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account and you did not elect the GMIB, your Highest Anniversary Value benefit base will be reduced on a pro rata basis (including any applicable withdrawal charges). Reduction on a pro rata basis means that we calculate the percentage of your Protected Benefit account value that is being withdrawn and we reduce your Highest Anniversary Value benefit base by the same percentage. See “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits”. The amount of any withdrawal charge is described under “Withdrawal charge” in “Charges and expenses”.

 

At any time after a withdrawal, your Highest Anniversary Value benefit base is equal to one of the following — whichever provides a higher amount:

 

  Your Highest Anniversary Value benefit base immediately following the most recent withdrawal (plus any transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options made since the most recent “reset” of the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base that established your Protected Benefit account value as your new Highest Anniversary Value benefit base).

 

-OR-

 

 

Your highest Protected Benefit account value on any contract date anniversary after the withdrawal up to the contract date anniversary following the owner’s (or older

 

 

32


   

joint owner’s, if applicable) 85th birthday (plus any transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and contributions to a Special DCA program designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, made since the most recent “reset” of the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base that established your Protected Benefit account value as your new Highest Anniversary Value benefit base).

 

For Series CP® contracts, on your contract date anniversary any credit or Earnings bonus amounts that are part of your Protected Benefit account value are included in the calculation of the “reset” to your Highest Anniversary Value benefit base. Please note, however, that credit amounts are not part of the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base until a reset occurs. If you are eligible for an Earnings bonus on your contract date anniversary, the amount of the Earnings bonus will be credited to your Total account value after any reset is calculated. If a reset occurs, your Guaranteed benefit base(s) will not be increased by amounts associated with the Earnings bonus on that contract date anniversary.

 

Please see Appendix “Guaranteed benefit base examples” for an example of how the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base is calculated.

 

RMD Wealth Guard death benefit

 

(For traditional IRA, SEP and QPDC contracts only)

 

The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit is an optional guaranteed minimum death benefit. The current charge for this benefit is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement. Your initial RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is valued based on your initial contributions and any transfers to the Protected Benefit account. Thereafter RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is increased by any allocations and transfers to the Protected Benefit account, which is described below. Withdrawals from the Protected Benefit account, other than Excess RMD withdrawals, will not reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base. This death benefit also provides a refund feature in the event the Protected Benefit account falls to zero before the owner reaches age 95. There is an additional charge for this death benefit under the contract. The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit is not available if you elected the GMIB.

 

 

An RMD withdrawal is a withdrawal that is intended to satisfy the lifetime required minimum distributions from certain tax-favored plans and arrangements such as traditional IRAs under federal income tax rules. See “Required minimum distributions” in the “Tax information” section of the Prospectus for more information.

 

 

The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is not an account value or cash value. It is equal to:

 

  Your initial contribution and any subsequent contributions to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, either directly or through a Special DCA program; plus
  Any amounts contributed to a Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options; plus

 

  Any amounts transferred to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options; less

 

  A deduction that reflects any Excess RMD withdrawals from the Protected Benefit account, or from amounts in a Special DCA program designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options (including any withdrawal charges). The amount of this deduction is described below.

 

The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base will be recalculated on each transaction date upon the occurrence of each contribution, transfer or deduction.

 

Excess RMD withdrawals will reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base on a pro rata basis. Reduction on a pro rata basis means that we calculate the percentage of your Protected Benefit account value that is being withdrawn and we reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base by the same percentage.

 

Resets.  On each contract date anniversary up to the earlier of (i) the contract date anniversary following your first RMD withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account, and (ii) the contract date anniversary following your 85th birthday, if the Protected Benefit account value is greater than the current RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base will automatically reset to equal the Protected Benefit account value. Withdrawals from the Protected Benefit account up to your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount will not reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base.

 

For Series CP® contracts, any credit or Earnings bonus amounts added to your Protected Benefit account, including credit or Earnings bonus amounts transferred from your Investment account, will be included in your Protected Benefit account value when determining your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base reset.

 

Calculating your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount. Your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount will be calculated based on the account value in your Protected Benefit account variable investment options as of December 31st in the calendar year you turn age 70½ and calculated each calendar year thereafter as of December 31st. This calculation includes the actuarial present value of your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit. This is because certain provisions of the Treasury Regulations require that the actuarial present value of additional annuity contract benefits, such as guaranteed benefits like the RMD Wealth Guard death benefits, be added to the account value for purposes of calculating account-based annual required minimum distributions from individual retirement annuity contracts. See “Required minimum distributions” in the “Tax information” section of the Prospectus for more information.

 

 

33


Your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount will be determined using the RMD rules and life expectancy and distribution tables in effect on December 31, 2014. In the event that tax reform measures change those RMD requirements, unless we agree otherwise, we will not allow your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount to be greater than the RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount calculated using the IRS RMD rules that were in effect on December 31, 2014. As a result of us reserving this right, in the event that future IRS rule changes require you to take RMD withdrawals that are greater than the RMD amount calculated using the IRS RMD rules that were in effect on December 31, 2014 and we do not agree to this change, you would have to satisfy your RMD requirements from other retirement sources or, if you do not have other retirement sources, you would have to take an additional RMD withdrawal amount from this contract, which would be treated an Excess RMD withdrawal. That Excess RMD withdrawal would reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base on a pro rata basis. Please refer to the section “How withdrawals effect your Guaranteed benefits”.

 

Please note that your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount will be zero:

 

  in each year prior to the calendar year in which you turn age 70½; and

 

  during your first contract year, even if you turn age 70½ during that year.

 

Withdrawals prior to age 70½ or during your first contract year.  Withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account prior to the calendar year in which you turn age 70½ are treated as Excess RMD withdrawals and reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base on a pro rata basis (including any applicable withdrawal charges). Withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account prior to your first contract date anniversary will also reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base on a pro rata basis (including any applicable withdrawal charges) even if you turn age 70½ during that calendar year. Reduction on a pro rata basis means that we calculate the percentage of your Protected Benefit account value that is being withdrawn and we reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base by the same percentage. This pro rata reduction to the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base could be greater than the dollar amount of the withdrawal and could significantly reduce or eliminate the value of the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit. For an example of how a pro rata reduction works, see Appendix “Examples of how withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefit bases”.

 

Withdrawals from the Protected Benefit account:

 

  prior to the calendar year in which you turn age 70½; or

 

  during your first contract year, even if you turn age 70½ during the calendar year in which your first contract date anniversary falls

 

will not stop your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base from resetting.

As discussed in “Resets”, the last reset of the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base will be the earlier of the contract date anniversary following your first RMD withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account or the contract date anniversary following your 85th birthday.

 

Withdrawals at or after age 70½.  After your first contract date anniversary, withdrawals made from your Protected Benefit account beginning with the calendar year in which you turn age 70½ will be treated as RMD Wealth Guard withdrawals and will count towards your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount. Withdrawals from the Protected Benefit account up to your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount will not reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base. The portion of a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account that exceeds your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount for the calendar year will be treated as an Excess RMD withdrawal. An Excess RMD withdrawal will reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base on a pro rata basis. A pro rata reduction to your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base could be greater than the dollar amount of the withdrawal and could significantly reduce or eliminate the value of your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit.

 

Please note that any withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account, including withdrawals taken up to the RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount, will reduce your Protected Benefit account value. Withdrawal charges are waived for RMD Wealth Guard withdrawals, but will count towards the free withdrawal limit. These withdrawals are subject to tax. See “Free withdrawal amount” in “Charges and expenses”.

 

If you elect the RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service, you can elect to take RMD withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account value and Investment account value. If you elect to use our RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service or our Automatic RMD withdrawal service, you will receive the required amount of RMD payments calculated for your contract for that calendar year. At the time you elect to receive RMD withdrawals, any prior RMD payments due for that calendar year will be paid as a catch-up payment. The catch-up payment is made immediately when the RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service enrollment is processed. Thereafter, RMD payments will begin on the date and at the frequency you elect.

 

For example, in the calendar year that you turn age 70½, if you enroll in our RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service in July of that year and requested to receive monthly RMD payments, you would receive the catch-up payment due for January through June in a lump sum on the date the enrollment is processed and the July RMD monthly payment on the date that you specified on the RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service Form. If you take additional withdrawals from the Protected Benefit account while you are currently taking RMD payments under our RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service, those RMD payments from the Protected Benefit account will be reduced by those withdrawals. If you delay your first RMD withdrawal until after the calendar year you turn age 70½, but no later than April 1st of the following calendar year, we will

 

 

34


pay you a catch-up payment at the time you elected to receive RMD withdrawals, which will include any prior RMD payments due for that calendar year plus the entire RMD amount due from the prior year. The catch-up payment is made immediately when the RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service enrollment is processed. Thereafter, RMD payments will begin on the date and at the frequency you elect. In that event, your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base would not reset after your first RMD withdrawal.

 

For more information about the RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service, please refer to “RMDs for Traditional IRA and SEP IRA contracts with the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit” in “Accessing your money”.

 

If you take withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account during a calendar year in which you are receiving RMD payments under our Automatic RMD service or our RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service, once the total amount of your withdrawals in that calendar year reach your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount, your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawals will be suspended until the next calendar year. Additional withdrawals from the Investment account value will not suspend RMD Wealth Guard withdrawals under our Automatic RMD service or our RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service.

 

For additional examples of how withdrawals affect your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base, see Appendix “Examples of how withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefit bases”. For information on how RMD payments affect your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, see “RMDs for Traditional IRA and SEP IRA contracts with the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit” in “Accessing your money”.

 

The RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service is not available under QPDC contracts. If you elect the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit for a QPDC contract, all withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account will reduce the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base on a pro rata basis and will be subject to any applicable withdrawal charges until the QPDC contract is converted to an IRA. After you convert the QPDC contract to an IRA contract you can elect the RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service. A qualified plan participant, upon separation from service, may directly roll-over an eligible rollover distribution from the plan by converting the QPDC contract into an otherwise identical IRA contract which retains the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit. In that case, the RMDs can be taken without reducing the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base. You should not elect the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit under a QPDC contract unless you intend to convert to an IRA prior to taking RMDs. See Appendix “Purchase considerations for QP contracts”.

 

RMDs are not required to be withdrawn from a Roth IRA during your lifetime. Therefore, if you are considering converting your traditional IRA to a Roth IRA, prior to converting your IRA to a Roth IRA, you must drop the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit. For information on dropping this benefit, see “Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits” in “Benefits available under the contract”, and under Appendix “Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits”.

The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit is only available for traditional IRA, SEP and QPDC contracts.

 

RMD Wealth Guard Refund feature

 

If you elected the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit and your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero before the owner’s death, your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit terminates and we will refund 10% of the total of (a) minus (b), where:

 

(a)

equals your total contributions and transfers to the Protected Benefit account; and

 

(b)

equals the total dollar amount of any Excess RMD withdrawals you have taken.

 

For example, assume that at the time your Protected Benefit account value fell to zero, your total contributions and transfers to the Protected Benefit account were $100,000 and you had taken a total of $10,000 in Excess RMD withdrawals. You will receive a refund equal to 10% of $90,000 ($100,000 — $10,000), or $9,000.

 

For Series CP® contracts, any credit or Earnings bonus amounts added to your Protected Benefit account, including credit or Earnings bonus amounts transferred from your Investment account, are not included in part (a) of the formula for calculating your RMD Wealth Guard Refund.

 

We will pay you the amount of any RMD Wealth Guard Refund as a lump sum. In certain circumstances, you may be able to roll over this payment into another IRA. Please consult your tax adviser. Also, please see “Withdrawals, payments and transfers of funds out of traditional IRAs” in the “Tax Information” section of this Prospectus for more information about possible tax consequences of any distribution from your contract.

 

If your Protected Benefit account falls to zero, your contract will also terminate unless you have amounts allocated to the Investment account. In this case, you will receive the RMD Wealth Guard Refund as a lump sum, your contract will continue and any remaining RMD payments will continue uninterrupted from your Investment account, beginning in the calendar year in which your Protected Benefit account falls to zero.

 

If you change ownership of the contract, generally the Guaranteed minimum death benefit will automatically terminate, except under certain circumstances. See “Transfers of ownership, collateral assignments, loans and borrowing” in “More information” for more information.

 

The Guaranteed minimum death benefits are subject to state availability and your age at contract issue. For a state-by-state description of all material variations of this contract, see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits”.

 

For contracts with non-natural owners, the available death benefits are based on the annuitant’s age.

 

Please see both “Effect of your account values falling to zero” in “Determining your contract’s value” and “How withdrawals

 

 

35


affect your Guaranteed benefits” and the section entitled “Charges and expenses” for more information on these Guaranteed benefits.

 

See Appendix “Guaranteed benefit base examples” for examples of how the benefit bases for the Guaranteed minimum death benefits work.

 

Payment of Death Benefit

 

Your beneficiary and payment of benefit

 

You designate your beneficiary when you apply for your contract. You may change your beneficiary at any time while you are alive and the contract is in force. The change will be effective as of the date the written request is executed, whether or not you are living on the date the change is received in our processing office. We are not responsible for any beneficiary change request that we do not receive. We will send you a written confirmation when we receive your request.

 

Under jointly owned contracts, the surviving owner is considered the beneficiary, and will take the place of any other beneficiary. Under a contract with a non-natural owner that has joint annuitants who continue to be spouses at the time of death, the surviving annuitant is considered the beneficiary, and will take the place of any other beneficiary. In a QP contract, the beneficiary must be the plan trust. Where an NQ contract is owned for the benefit of a minor pursuant to the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, the beneficiary must be the estate of the minor. Where an IRA contract is owned in a custodial individual retirement account, the custodian must be the beneficiary.

 

The death benefit in connection with your Investment account is equal to your Investment account value as of the date we receive satisfactory proof of the owner’s (or older joint owner’s, if applicable) death, any required instructions for the method of payment, forms necessary to effect payment and any other information we may require. For Series CP® contracts, the Investment account value used to determine the death benefit will first be reduced by the amount of any credits applied to contributions made during the one-year period prior to the owner’s (or older joint owner’s, if applicable) death.

 

The death benefit in connection with any amount in your Protected Benefit account is equal to your Protected Benefit account value or, if greater, the applicable Guaranteed minimum death benefit. We determine the amount of the death benefit (other than the applicable Guaranteed minimum death benefit), as of the date we receive satisfactory proof of the owner’s (or older joint owner’s, if applicable) death, any required instructions for the method of payment, forms necessary to effect payment and any other information we may require (date of claim). However, this is not the case if the beneficiary of your contract is your spouse and he or she decides to roll over the death benefit to another contract issued by us. See “Effect of the owner’s death”. For Series CP® contracts, the Protected Benefit account value used to determine the death benefit will first be reduced by the amount of any credits applied to contributions made during

the one-year period prior to the owner’s (or older joint owner’s, if applicable) death. The amount of the applicable Guaranteed minimum death benefit will be such Guaranteed minimum death benefit as of the date of the owner’s (or older joint owner’s, if applicable) death adjusted for any subsequent withdrawals. If you elected the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by any withdrawals taken between December 31 of the calendar year of the date of death and the date of claim. Payment of the death benefit terminates the contract.

 

 

When we use the terms “owner” and “joint owner”, we intend these to be references to annuitant and joint annuitant, respectively, if the contract has a non-natural owner. If the contract is jointly owned or is issued to a non-natural owner, the death benefit is payable upon the death of the older joint owner or older joint annuitant, as applicable.

 

 

Subject to applicable laws and regulations, you may impose restrictions on the timing and manner of the payment of the death benefit to your beneficiary. For example, your beneficiary designation may specify the form of death benefit payout (such as a life annuity), provided the payout you elect is one that we offer both at the time of designation and when the death benefit is payable. In general, the beneficiary will have no right to change the election. However, you should be aware that (i) in accordance with current federal income tax rules, we apply a predetermined death benefit annuity payout election only if payment of the death benefit amount begins within one year following the date of death, which payment may not occur if the beneficiary has failed to provide all required information before the end of that period, (ii) we will not apply the predetermined death benefit payout election if doing so would violate any federal income tax rules or any other applicable law, and (iii) a beneficiary or a successor owner who continues the contract under one of the continuation options described below will have the right to change your annuity payout election.

 

In general, if the annuitant dies, the owner (or older joint owner, if applicable) will become the annuitant, and the death benefit is not payable. If the contract had joint annuitants, it will become a single annuitant contract.

 

Effect of the owner’s death

 

In general, if the owner dies while the contract is in force, the contract terminates and the applicable death benefit is paid. If the contract is jointly owned, the death benefit is payable upon the death of the older owner. If the contract has a non-natural owner, the death benefit is payable upon the death of the annuitant.

 

There are various circumstances, however, in which the contract can be continued by a successor owner or under a Beneficiary continuation option (“BCO”). For contracts with spouses who are joint owners, the surviving spouse will automatically be able to continue the contract under the “Spousal continuation” feature or under our Beneficiary continuation option, as discussed below. For contracts with

 

 

36


non-spousal joint owners, the joint owner will be able to continue the contract as a successor owner subject to the limitations discussed under “Non-spousal joint owner contract continuation.”

 

If you are the sole owner, your surviving spouse may have the option to:

 

  take the death benefit proceeds in a lump sum;

 

  exercise the GMIB (if applicable), if the surviving spouse is age 85 or older at the time of your death;

 

  continue the contract as a successor owner under “Spousal continuation” (if your spouse is the sole primary beneficiary) or under our Beneficiary continuation option, as discussed below; or

 

  roll the death benefit proceeds over into another contract.

 

If you elected the GMIB, and your surviving spouse is age 85 or older at the time of your death and wishes to exercise the GMIB, we must receive the exercise election within twelve months of your date of death. The annuity purchase factors that apply in calculating the GMIB payments to your surviving spouse differ from the annuity purchase factors that we generally use to calculate GMIB payments.

 

If your surviving spouse rolls over the death benefit proceeds into a contract issued by us, the amount of the death benefit will be calculated as of the date we receive all requirements necessary to issue your spouse’s new contract. Any death proceeds will remain invested in this contract until your spouse’s new contract is issued. The amount of the death benefit will be calculated to equal the greater of the account value (as of the date your spouse’s new contract is issued) and the applicable Guaranteed minimum death benefit (as of the date of your death). This means that the death benefit proceeds could vary up or down, based on investment performance, until your spouse’s new contract is issued.

 

If the surviving joint owner is not the surviving spouse, or, for single owner contracts, if the beneficiary is not the surviving spouse, federal income tax rules generally require payments of amounts under the contract to be made within five years of an owner’s death (the “5-year rule”). In certain cases, an individual beneficiary or non-spousal surviving joint owner may opt to receive payments over his/her life (or over a period not in excess of his/her life expectancy) if payments commence within one year of the owner’s death. Any such election must be made in accordance with our rules at the time of death. If the beneficiary of a contract with one owner or a younger non-spousal joint owner continues the contract under the 5-year rule, in general, all Guaranteed benefits and their charges will end. For more information on non-spousal joint owner contract continuation, see the section immediately below.

 

Non-spousal joint owner contract continuation

 

Upon the death of either owner, the surviving joint owner becomes the sole owner.

Any death benefit (if the older owner dies first) or cash value (if the younger owner dies first) must be fully paid to the surviving joint owner within five years. The surviving owner may instead elect to receive a life annuity, provided payments begin within one year of the deceased owner’s death. If the life annuity is elected, the contract and all benefits terminate.

 

If the older owner dies first, we will increase the account value to equal the Guaranteed minimum death benefit, if higher. The surviving owner can elect to (1) take a lump sum payment; (2) annuitize within one year; (3) continue the contract for up to five years and any GMIB and charge will be terminated; or (4) continue the contract under the Beneficiary continuation option. For Series CP® contracts, if any contributions are made during the one-year period prior to the owner’s death, the account value will first be reduced by any credits applied to any such contributions.

 

If the contract continues, any Guaranteed minimum death benefit and associated charge will be discontinued. Withdrawal charges, if applicable, will no longer apply, and no subsequent contributions will be permitted.

 

If the younger owner dies first, the surviving owner can elect to (1) take a lump sum payment; (2) annuitize within one year; (3) continue the contract for up to five years; or (4) continue the contract under the Beneficiary continuation option. If the contract continues under the “5-year rule”, the death benefit is not payable and the Guaranteed minimum death benefit, if applicable, will continue without change. In general, the GMIB and charge will be discontinued. Withdrawal charges, if applicable, will continue to apply and no subsequent contributions will be permitted.

 

Spousal continuation

 

For jointly owned NQ contracts, if the younger spouse dies first no death benefit is paid, and the contract continues as follows:

 

  The Guaranteed benefits continue to be based on the surviving spouse’s age for the life of the contract.

 

  If the deceased spouse was the annuitant, the surviving spouse becomes the annuitant. If the deceased spouse was a joint annuitant, the contract will become a single annuitant contract.

 

  The withdrawal charge schedule, if applicable, remains in effect.

 

If you are the contract owner and your spouse is the sole primary beneficiary or you jointly own the contract with your younger spouse, your spouse may elect to continue the contract as successor owner upon your death. Spousal beneficiaries (who are not also joint owners) must be 85 or younger as of the date of the deceased spouse’s death in order to continue the contract under Spousal continuation. The determination of spousal status is made under applicable state law. However, in the event of a conflict between federal and state law, we follow federal rules.

 

 

37


Upon your death, the younger spouse joint owner (for NQ contracts only) or the spouse beneficiary (under a single owner contract), may elect to receive the death benefit, continue the contract under our Beneficiary continuation option (as discussed in this section) or continue the contract as sole owner, as follows:

 

  (Younger spouse joint owners only)

 

 

The surviving younger spouse must be younger than age 96 on the next contract date anniversary following the date of claim.

 

 

If the Protected Benefit account had not been funded and the deceased spouse died after the age at which he or she was eligible to fund the Protected Benefit account, the surviving spouse can fund the Protected Benefit account if he or she satisfies the age-eligibility rules.

 

 

If the applicable GMDB benefit base on the date of death is higher than the Protected Benefit account value on the date of claim, we will reset the Protected Benefit account value to equal the GMDB benefit base.

 

 

If the surviving spouse joint owner is age 96 or older on the next contract date anniversary following the date of claim, we will pay the death benefit and the contract will be terminated.

 

  (Spouse beneficiaries only)

 

 

The surviving spouse must be between ages 55 and 85 as of the date of the deceased spouse’s death to continue the contract.

 

 

If the GMIB had been elected and the Protected Benefit account had not been funded as of the date of death, all Guaranteed benefits, including any applicable charges, will be terminated.

 

 

If the GMIB had not been elected and the Protected Benefit account had not been funded as of the date of death, contributions to the Protected Benefit account are permitted if the exspouse is age-eligible at the time of the contribution.

 

 

If the Protected Benefit account has been funded, transfers from the Investment Account are permitted if the surviving spouse is age eligible. For contracts with the GMIB, additional contributions to the Protected Benefit account are not permitted.

 

  If the deceased spouse had been the annuitant or joint annuitant, the surviving spouse becomes the annuitant. If a third party had been the annuitant, the surviving spouse can elect to become the annuitant or allow the third party to continue as annuitant.

 

  In general, withdrawal charges will no longer apply to contributions made before your death. Withdrawal charges if applicable will apply if subsequent contributions are made. Your contract may only be continued under the spousal continuation provisions once.

GMDB and spousal continuation

 

  For contracts with the Return of Principal death benefit, a surviving spouse age 80 or younger on the date of your death can continue the contract with the Return of Principal death benefit and can continue funding the Protected Benefit account through age 80.

 

A surviving spouse age 81 or older on the date of your death can continue the contract but the Return of Principal death benefit amount will be frozen. This means that the Return of Principal death benefit base will no longer increase and will be subject to pro rata reduction for any subsequent withdrawals.

 

  For contracts with the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit, the following applies:

 

 

If the surviving spouse is age 75 or younger on the date of your death, the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit continues and will continue to grow according to its terms until the contract date anniversary following the date the surviving spouse reaches age 85. If the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base had stopped growing due to the deceased spouse having reached age 85, it will resume growing until the contract date anniversary following the date the surviving spouse reaches age 85.

 

 

The charge for the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit will continue to apply, even after the death benefit is no longer eligible for resets.

 

 

If the surviving spouse is age 76 or older on the date of your death, the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit will be frozen, which means:

 

    On the date your spouse elects to continue the contract, the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit will be discontinued. The Return of Principal death benefit will go into effect with an initial value equal to the amount of the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base on the date of your death. If your Total account value is higher than the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit base on the date of your death, the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base will not be increased to equal your Total account value.

 

    The death benefit will no longer be eligible to increase, and will be subject to pro rata reduction for any subsequent withdrawals, including RMD withdrawals.

 

    The charge for the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit will be discontinued, although we will deduct a pro rata charge for the period of time that the benefit was in effect during the year prior to the date of death.

 

    Upon the death of your spouse, the beneficiary will receive, as of the date of death, the greater of the Total account value and the value of the death benefit.
 

 

38


  For contracts with the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, the following applies:

 

 

We will increase the Protected Benefit account value to equal RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base, if higher. This increase will be excluded from the total contributions portion of the calculation of any future RMD Wealth Guard Refund amount, if applicable.

 

 

Withdrawal charges will not apply to Protected Benefit account withdrawals.

 

 

If the surviving spouse is age 68 or younger on the date of death, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit continues. The applicable fee for the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit will be based on the surviving spouse’s age at the time of the owner’s death, and will be higher if the surviving spouse is age 65 or higher as of the date of death and the deceased owner was under age 65 when the contract was issued. The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base will continue to grow (or, if the benefit base had been frozen upon the owner reaching age 85, resume growing) according to its terms until the contract date anniversary following the earlier of (i) the first RMD withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account and (ii) the date the surviving spouse reaches age 85. Any fees for the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit collected between the date of death and the date of claim will not be refunded.

 

 

If age 68 or younger on the date of death, the surviving spouse can fund the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base if the deceased contract owner had been eligible to fund it but did not do so, or increase the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base by transferring additional amounts to the Protected Benefit account, subject to the restrictions on transfers to the Protected Benefit Account described in “Transferring your money among investment options”. Specifically, the restrictions on transfers that apply to contract owners age 20-64 on their contract date also apply to a surviving spouse age 20-64 on the date of death, and the rules that apply to contract owners age 65-68 on their contract date also apply to a surviving spouse aged 65-68 on the date of death. Contributions to the Protected Benefit account are not permitted.

 

 

If the surviving spouse is age 69 or older at the time of the owner’s death, and the Protected Benefit account has value, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit amount will be frozen. This means that the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base will no longer increase and will be subject to pro rata reduction for any subsequent withdrawals, including RMD withdrawals. The charge for the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit will be discontinued and the RMD Wealth Guard Refund feature will no longer apply. If the Protected Benefit account has no value, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit will terminate and the charge will

  be discontinued. Contributions and transfers to the Protected Benefit account are not permitted.

 

 

A surviving spouse who does not wish to continue the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit can terminate the benefit by taking a full withdrawal of the Protected Benefit account or making a one-time transfer to the Investment account variable investment options and guaranteed interest option.

 

  When deciding whether or not to continue the contract, please consider the value of the death benefit if taken as a lump sum and the value of the death benefit if the contract is continued, especially if post-death withdrawals occurred, as the values may differ.

 

GMIB and spousal continuation.  For jointly owned contracts:

 

  The GMIB will end if the surviving spouse is age 95 or older as of the date of death of the deceased spouse, or will attain age 95 prior to the end of the GMIB exercise waiting period. The charge for the GMIB will be discontinued, although we will deduct a pro rata charge for the period of time (if any) that the benefit was in effect during the year prior to the date of death.

 

  The GMIB will continue if the surviving spouse is age 94 or younger as of the contract date anniversary before the date of death and will not attain age 95 prior to the end of the GMIB exercise waiting period. The GMIB benefit base will continue to roll up until the GMIB Roll-up period end date, which will be determined based on the contract date anniversary after the surviving spouse reaches age 95. However, if the GMIB Roll-up period end date had already occurred prior to the date of death, the GMIB Roll-up period will not be reinstated. The GMIB benefit base will remain eligible for resets.

 

  If the GMIB continues, the charge for the GMIB will continue to apply. The GMIB can be exercised based on the surviving spouse’s age as of the date of death of the deceased spouse.

 

 

If the surviving spouse is between the Funding Age and age 95 as of the date of death, the earliest opportunity to exercise the GMIB will be within 30 days of the later of (a) the tenth contract date anniversary following the date the Protected Benefit account was first funded or (b) the tenth contract date anniversary following the most recent GMIB benefit base reset, but in either case not later than 30 days after the contract date anniversary following the surviving spouse’s 95th birthday.

 

  If the surviving spouse exercises the GMIB, we will always apply joint life annuity purchase rates in calculating the periodic payments. The GMDB is terminated upon exercise of the GMIB.

 

For single owner contracts:

 

 

The GMIB will end if the surviving spouse is either younger than the Funding Age or older than age 85 as of

 

 

39


   

the date of death of the contract owner. The GMIB will also end if the Protected Benefit account had not been funded as of the date of death of the contract owner, even if the surviving spouse was the Funding Age to 85 as of the date of death. The charge for the GMIB will be discontinued, although we will deduct a pro rata charge for the period of time (if any) that the benefit was in effect during the year prior to the date of death.

 

 

If the GMIB ends because the surviving spouse is older than age 85 as of the date of death, the surviving spouse will be given a one-time option within the first twelve months following the date of death to exercise the GMIB.

 

 

If the GMIB ends, the surviving spouse cannot (a) fund the Protected Benefit account if it had not been previously funded and (b) make additional contributions into the Protected Benefit account if it had been previously funded. Transfers to the Protected Benefit account are permitted if the surviving spouse is age eligible.

 

  The GMIB will continue if (i) the surviving spouse is the Funding Age through 85 as of the date of death; (ii) the Protected Benefit account had been funded prior to the date of death; and (iii) the last opportunity for the deceased spouse to exercise the GMIB had not passed prior to the date of death.

 

 

The GMIB Maximum Roll-up Period does not restart, but the GMIB benefit base will roll up until GMIB Roll-up period end date that we will determine using the date on which the surviving spouse turns 95. However, if the GMIB Maximum Roll-up period had ended prior to the date of death, the GMIB benefit base will not resume rolling up.

 

 

GMIB benefit base resets will continue until the contract date anniversary following the surviving spouse’s 95th birthday.

 

 

The GMIB can be exercised based on the surviving spouse’s age as of the date of death of the deceased spouse.

 

    If the surviving spouse is between the Funding Age through 85 as of the date of death, the earliest opportunity to exercise the GMIB will be within 30 days of the later of (a) the tenth contract date anniversary following the date the Protected Benefit account was first funded or (b) the tenth contract date anniversary following the most recent GMIB benefit base reset.

 

  If the surviving spouse exercises the GMIB, we will always apply joint life annuity purchase rates in calculating periodic payments. The GMDB is terminated upon exercise of the GMIB.

 

Where an NQ contract is owned by a Living Trust, as defined in the contract, and at the time of the annuitant’s death the

annuitant’s spouse is the sole beneficiary of the Living Trust, the Trustee, as owner of the contract, may request that the spouse be substituted as annuitant as of the date of the annuitant’s death. No further change of annuitant will be permitted.

 

Where an IRA contract is owned in a custodial individual retirement account, and your spouse is the sole beneficiary of the account, the custodian may request that the spouse be substituted as annuitant after your death.

 

Spousal beneficiaries of a single owned contract who are 86 or older as of the date of the deceased spouse’s death are not permitted to continue the contract under Spousal continuation. However, they may have a one-time opportunity to exercise the GMIB. See “GMIB exercise rules” in “Benefits available under the contract” for more information. If you divorce, Spousal continuation does not apply.

 

Beneficiary continuation option

 

This feature permits a designated individual, on the contract owner’s death, to maintain a contract with the deceased contract owner’s name on it and receive distributions under the contract, instead of receiving the death benefit in a single sum. We make this option available to beneficiaries under traditional IRA, Roth IRA and NQ contracts, subject to state availability. Depending on the beneficiary, this option may be restricted or may no longer be available for deaths after December 31, 2019, due to legislation enacted at the end of 2019. Please speak with your financial professional for further information. For a state-by-state description of all material variations of this contract, including information on the availability of the Beneficiary continuation option in your state, see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits”.

 

Where an IRA contract is owned in a custodial individual retirement account, the custodian may reinvest the death benefit in an individual retirement annuity contract, using the account beneficiary as the annuitant. Please speak with your financial professional for further information.

 

Beneficiary continuation option for traditional IRA and Roth IRA contracts only.  The Beneficiary continuation option must be elected by September 30th of the year following the calendar year of your death and before any other inconsistent election is made. Beneficiaries who do not make a timely election will not be eligible for this option. If the election is made, then, as of the date we receive satisfactory proof of death, any required instructions, information and forms necessary to effect the Beneficiary continuation option feature, we will increase the Protected Benefit account value to equal the applicable death benefit if such death benefit is greater than such account value, adjusted for any subsequent withdrawals. For Series CP® contracts, if any contributions are made during the one-year period prior to the owner’s death, the account value will first be reduced by any credits applied to any such contributions.

 

After legislation enacted at the end of 2019, for deaths after December 31, 2019, only specified individuals who are “eligible

 

 

40


designated beneficiaries” or “EDBs” may stretch post-death payments over the beneficiary’s life expectancy. See “required minimum distributions after your death” under “Tax Information.” Individual beneficiaries who do not have EDB status (including beneficiaries named by the original beneficiary to receive any remaining interest after the death of the original beneficiary) must take out any remaining interest in the IRA or plan within 10 years of the applicable death. Trusts for individuals which would be considered as “see-through” trusts under the rules prior to January 1, 2020 no longer qualify to elect the beneficiary continuation option, except under narrowly defined circumstances.

 

Under the Beneficiary continuation option for IRA and Roth IRA contracts:

 

  The contract continues with your name on it for the benefit of your beneficiary.

 

  The beneficiary replaces the deceased owner as annuitant.

 

  This feature is only available if the beneficiary is an individual. Certain trusts with only individual beneficiaries will be treated as individuals for this purpose.

 

  If there is more than one beneficiary, each beneficiary’s share will be separately accounted for. It will be distributed over the beneficiary’s own life expectancy, if payments over life expectancy are chosen.

 

  The minimum amount that is required in order to elect the Beneficiary continuation option is $5,000 for each beneficiary.

 

  The beneficiary may make transfers among the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option (subject to our rules) but no subsequent contributions will be permitted.

 

  The Protected Benefit account variable investment options will no longer be available and no value can be allocated to those investment options.

 

  If any Guaranteed benefits are in effect under the contract, they will no longer be in effect and charges for such benefits will stop.

 

  The beneficiary may choose at any time to withdraw all or a portion of the Total account value and no withdrawal charges, if any, will apply.

 

  Any partial withdrawal must be at least $300.

 

  Your beneficiary will have the right to name a beneficiary to receive any remaining interest in the contract.

 

  Upon the death of your beneficiary, the following distribution rules will apply to the subsequent beneficiary named by your beneficiary: (1) if your beneficiary is an EDB or you died on or before December 31, 2019, the subsequent beneficiary must withdraw any remaining amount within ten years of your beneficiary’s death; or (2) if your beneficiary is not an EDB, the subsequent beneficiary must withdraw any remaining amount within 10 years of your death. The option elected will be processed when we receive satisfactory proof of death, any
   

required instructions for the method of payment and any required information and forms necessary to effect payment.

 

Beneficiary continuation option for NQ contracts only.  This feature, also known as Inherited annuity, may only be elected when the NQ contract owner dies before the annuity maturity date, whether or not the owner and the annuitant are the same person. For purposes of this discussion, “beneficiary” refers to the successor owner. This feature must be elected within 9 months following the date of your death and before any other inconsistent election is made. Beneficiaries who do not make a timely election will not be eligible for this option.

 

Generally, payments will be made once a year to the beneficiary over the beneficiary’s life expectancy, determined on a term certain basis and in the year payments start. These payments must begin no later than one year after the date of your death and are referred to as “scheduled payments.” The beneficiary may choose the “5-year rule” instead of scheduled payments over life expectancy. If the beneficiary chooses the 5-year rule, there will be no scheduled payments. Under the 5-year rule, the beneficiary may take withdrawals as desired, but the entire account value must be fully withdrawn by the fifth anniversary of your death.

 

Under the Beneficiary continuation option for NQ contracts:

 

  This feature is only available if the beneficiary is an individual. It is not available for any entity such as a trust, even if all of the beneficiaries of the trust are individuals.

 

  The beneficiary automatically replaces the existing annuitant.

 

  The contract continues with your name on it for the benefit of your beneficiary.

 

  If there is more than one beneficiary, each beneficiary’s share will be separately accounted for. It will be distributed over the respective beneficiary’s own life expectancy, if scheduled payments are chosen.

 

  The minimum amount that is required in order to elect the Beneficiary continuation option is $5,000 for each beneficiary.

 

  The beneficiary may make transfers among the Investment account variable investment options but no subsequent contributions will be permitted.

 

  The Protected Benefit account variable investment options will no longer be available and no value can be allocated to those investment options.

 

  If any Guaranteed benefits are in effect under the contract, they will no longer be in effect and charges for such benefits will stop.

 

  If the beneficiary chooses the “5-year rule,” withdrawals may be made at any time. If the beneficiary instead chooses scheduled payments, the beneficiary may also take withdrawals, in addition to scheduled payments, at any time.
 

 

41


  Any partial withdrawals must be at least $300.

 

  Your beneficiary will have the right to name a beneficiary to receive any remaining interest in the contract on the beneficiary’s death.

 

  Upon the death of your beneficiary, the beneficiary he or she has named has the option to either continue taking scheduled payments based on the remaining life expectancy of the deceased beneficiary (if scheduled payments were chosen) or to receive any remaining interest in the contract in a lump sum. We will pay any remaining interest in the contract in a lump sum if your beneficiary elects the 5-year rule. The option elected will be processed when we receive satisfactory proof of death, any required instructions for the method of payment and any required information and forms necessary to effect payment.

 

If the deceased is the owner or the older joint owner:

 

  As of the date we receive satisfactory proof of death, any required instructions, information and forms necessary to effect the Beneficiary continuation option feature, we will increase the Protected Benefit account value to equal the applicable death benefit if such death benefit is greater than such Protected Benefit account value adjusted for any subsequent withdrawals. For Series CP® contracts, if any contributions are made during the one-year period prior to the owner’s death, the account value will first be reduced by any credits applied to any such contributions.

 

  No withdrawal charges, if applicable, will apply to any withdrawals by the beneficiary.

 

If the deceased is the younger non-spousal joint owner:

 

  The account value will not be reset to the death benefit amount.

 

  The contract’s withdrawal charge schedule, if applicable, will continue to be applied to any withdrawal or surrender other than scheduled payments; the contract’s free withdrawal amount will continue to apply to withdrawals but does not apply to surrenders.

 

  We do not impose a withdrawal charge on scheduled payments except if, when added to any withdrawals previously taken in the same contract year, including for this purpose a contract surrender, the total amount of withdrawals and scheduled payments exceed the free withdrawal amount. See the “Withdrawal charge” in “Charges and expenses”, if applicable.

 

A surviving spouse should speak to his or her tax professional about whether Spousal continuation or the Beneficiary continuation option is appropriate for him or her. Factors to consider include, but are not limited to, the surviving spouse’s age, need for immediate income and a desire to continue any Guaranteed benefits under the contract.

Living Benefits

 

Guaranteed minimum income benefit

 

This section describes the Guaranteed minimum income benefit, or “GMIB”. The current charge for this benefit is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement. The GMIB is automatically added to your contract at issue, unless you specifically indicate on your application that you do not wish to elect it.

 

The GMIB guarantees, subject to certain restrictions, annual lifetime payments (“Lifetime GMIB payments”) that are calculated by applying your GMIB benefit base, less any applicable withdrawal charge remaining, to the guaranteed GMIB annuity purchase factors specified in Appendix “GMIB Annuity purchase factors”. You choose whether you want the option to be paid on a single or joint life basis at the time the GMIB is exercised. This benefit provides a minimum guarantee that may never come into effect.

 

Important note for owners regarding the Funding Age Funding of the GMIB is only permitted starting at the Funding Age, which is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement. If you are less than 7 years younger than the Funding Age at the time your contract is issued, the Initial Roll-up rates (described below) will only apply after you attain the Funding age for the amount of time then remaining in your first seven contract years. If you are more than 7 years younger than the Funding Age at the time your contract is issued, the Initial Roll-up rates will never apply to your contract. Instead, the Renewal rates (described below) will apply for the duration of your contract.

 

Lifetime GMIB payments will begin at the earliest of:

 

(i)

the next contract year following the date your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero (provided the no-lapse guarantee is in effect);

 

(ii)

the contract date anniversary following your 95th birthday; or

 

(iii)

your election to exercise the GMIB.

 

We reserve the right to change the annuity option or make other forms of payout options available at any time. For a description of payout options, see “Your annuity payout options” in “Accessing your money”.

 

When you exercise the GMIB, the annual lifetime income that you will receive will be the greater of (i) your GMIB which is calculated by applying your GMIB benefit base, less any applicable withdrawal charge remaining (if exercised prior to age 95), to GMIB guaranteed annuity purchase factors specified in Appendix “GMIB Annuity purchase factors”, or (ii) the income provided by applying your Protected Benefit account value to our then current annuity purchase factors or base contract guaranteed annuity purchase factors. The GMIB benefit base is applied only to the guaranteed annuity purchase factors under the GMIB in your contract and not to any other guaranteed or current annuity purchase rates. Your Total account value is never applied to the guaranteed GMIB

 

 

42


annuity purchase factors. The amount of income you actually receive will be determined when we receive your request to exercise the benefit.

 

If there is no Investment account value remaining when you elect to exercise the GMIB, your contract (including its death benefit and any account or cash values) will terminate and you will receive a new contract for the annuity payout option. For a discussion of when your payments will begin and end, see “Exercise of GMIB”.

 

Since the GMIB is automatically added to your contract at issue unless you specifically indicate on your application that you do not wish to elect it, you should consider the fact that it provides a form of insurance and is based on conservative actuarial factors. Therefore, even if your Protected Benefit account value is less than your benefit base, you may generate more income by applying your Protected Benefit account value to our current annuity purchase factors. We will make this comparison for you upon request.

 

Surrendering your contract will terminate your GMIB. Please see “Surrendering your contract to receive its cash value” in “Accessing your money”.

 

The GMIB also allows you to take certain withdrawals (your “Annual withdrawal amount”) prior to the beginning of your Lifetime GMIB payments without reducing your GMIB benefit base. Your Annual withdrawal amount for the next contract year is calculated each contract date anniversary by applying a percentage (“the Annual Roll-up rate”) to your GMIB benefit base on that date. Lifetime GMIB payments and your Annual withdrawal amount are described in this section. With respect to your GMIB, it is important to note the following:

 

  Once a withdrawal is taken from your Protected Benefit account, you cannot make additional contributions to your Protected Benefit account, either directly or through a Special DCA program. You can, however, continue to make transfers from your Investment account to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options until such time you make a subsequent contribution to your Investment account at which point transfers into the Protected Benefit account will no longer be available. Scheduled transfers from an existing Special DCA program will continue, even after such subsequent contribution is made to the Investment account.

 

  Withdrawals in excess of your Annual withdrawal amount (an “Excess withdrawal”) can greatly reduce the value of your GMIB. An Excess withdrawal that reduces your Protected Benefit account value to zero will cause your GMIB to terminate.

 

In order to fund your Guaranteed minimum income benefit, you must make contributions or transfers to the Protected Benefit account. The GMIB can only be funded starting at the Funding Age, which is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement.

 

The GMIB can be elected by owners age 20-80 (ages 20-70 for Series CP®) and with all contract types except Inherited.

If the contract is jointly owned, the GMIB can only be elected and funded if both owners are between the ages of the Funding Age and maximum issue age for GMIB. The GMIB, which is automatically added to your contract at issue unless you specifically indicate on your application that you do not wish to elect it, cannot be added to your contract at a later date.

 

You can drop your GMIB at any time prior to funding your Protected Benefit account. If you fund your Protected Benefit account at issue, which is only permitted if you are at least the Funding Age, you can drop your GMIB provided that all contributions to the contract are no longer subject to withdrawal charges. If you fund your Protected Benefit account after issue, you cannot drop the GMIB until the later of (i) the contract date anniversary following the date the Protected Benefit account is funded, and (ii) the expiration of all withdrawal charges. Once the Protected Benefit account has been funded, we will not accept requests to drop the GMIB until there are no contributions to your contract that remain subject to withdrawal charges. This means, for example, if six more years remain before no contributions are subject to withdrawal charges, then you cannot drop the GMIB for six more years. The GMIB will remain in effect until you can drop it unless it terminates for a different reason.

 

It is important to note that if you decide to drop your GMIB, either before or after funding your Protected Benefit account, your Guaranteed minimum death benefit may be affected. Please see Appendix “Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits” for more information.

 

When you purchase a contract with the GMIB, you can combine it with one of our Guaranteed minimum death benefits: (i) the Return of Principal death benefit or (ii) the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit. The GMIB cannot be combined with the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit.

 

There is an additional charge for the GMIB which is described under “Guaranteed minimum income benefit charge” in “Charges and expenses”.

 

If you elected the GMIB and change ownership of the contract, this benefit will automatically terminate, except under certain circumstances. See “Transfers of ownership, collateral assignments, loans and borrowing” in “More information”.

 

 

The Guaranteed minimum income benefit should be regarded as a safety net only.

 

 

GMIB benefit base

 

Your GMIB has a benefit base that determines your Annual withdrawal amount and your Lifetime GMIB payments. We apply a Roll-up rate to your GMIB benefit base. At contract issue, an initial Annual Roll-up and Deferral Roll-up rate will apply during your first seven contract years. See “Annual Roll-up rate”, “Deferral Roll-up rate”, “Initial Roll-up rates” and “Renewal rates” for more information. Please note that the initial Annual Roll-up rate and initial Deferral Roll-up rate may be the same.

 

 

43


 

The initial Annual Roll-up rate and Deferral Roll-up rate that apply during your first seven contract years are specified in the Rate Sheet Supplements.

 

 

 

Your GMIB benefit base is not an account value or cash value. The GMIB benefit base is used to calculate your Lifetime GMIB payments, your Annual withdrawal amount and the charge for the benefit. Your GMIB benefit base is equal to:

 

  Your initial contribution and any subsequent contributions to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, either directly or through a Special DCA program; plus

 

  Any amounts in a Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options; plus

 

  Any transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options; less

 

  A deduction on a pro rata basis that reflects any “Excess withdrawal” amounts (plus any applicable withdrawal charges), including any RMD payments not taken through our Automatic RMD service that result in Excess withdrawals; plus

 

  During the GMIB Roll-up period, the “Deferral Roll-up amount” (if applicable) OR, beginning in the year in which you take your first withdrawal, any “Annual Roll-up amount”, reduced by the dollar amount of any withdrawals up to the Annual withdrawal amount. (Withdrawal charges do not apply to amounts withdrawn up to the Annual withdrawal amount.)

 

After the end of the GMIB Roll-up period, the dollar amount of any withdrawals up to the Annual withdrawal amount will not reduce your GMIB benefit base. A withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account that exceeds the Annual withdrawal amount, including RMD withdrawals, is an Excess withdrawal. (Special rules apply to RMDs, however, if you enroll in our Automatic RMD service. See “RMDs for contracts with GMIB” in “Accessing your money”.) An Excess withdrawal will reduce your GMIB benefit base on a pro rata basis. (Withdrawal charges do not apply to amounts withdrawn up to the Annual withdrawal amount.)

 

 

Either the Deferral Roll-up amount or the Annual Roll-up amount is credited to the GMIB benefit base on each contract date anniversary during the GMIB Roll-up period. These amounts are calculated by taking into account your GMIB benefit base from the preceding contract date anniversary, the applicable Roll-up rate under your contract, contributions and transfers to the Protected Benefit account during the contract year and, for the Annual Roll-up amount, any withdrawals up to the Annual withdrawal amount during the contract year. Withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account up to the Annual withdrawal amount reduce your Annual Roll-up amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis. A withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account in excess of the Annual withdrawal amount is an Excess withdrawal. An Excess withdrawal will reduce your

GMIB benefit base on a pro rata basis. Special rules apply if you are required to take RMD withdrawals and enroll in our Automatic RMD service. The calculation of both the Deferral Roll-up amount and the Annual Roll-up amount are discussed in this section.

 

 

Beginning in the contract year in which you fund your Protected Benefit account until the end of the GMIB Roll-up period, if your Lifetime GMIB payments have not begun, withdrawals up to your Annual withdrawal amount will not reduce your GMIB benefit base. However, those same withdrawals will reduce on a dollar-for-dollar basis the Annual Roll-up amount that would otherwise be applied to the GMIB benefit base at the end of the contract year. Remember that the Roll-up amount applicable under your contract does not become part of your GMIB benefit base until the end of the contract year. The portion of any withdrawal in excess of your Annual withdrawal amount will reduce your GMIB benefit base on a pro rata basis. See “Annual withdrawal amount”. If you are required to take RMD distributions and elect our Automatic RMD service, any Lifetime RMD payment we make to you up to the greater of your Lifetime RMD payment or Annual withdrawal amount each year will count towards your Annual withdrawal amount but (a) during the GMIB Roll-up period, will not offset the Annual Roll-up amount by more than the Annual withdrawal amount and (b) after the GMIB Roll-up period ends, will not reduce your GMIB benefit base. If you do not enroll in our Automatic RMD service and you take withdrawals in order to satisfy your RMD obligations, the amount by which your total withdrawals exceed your Annual withdrawal amount will be treated as an Excess withdrawal that reduces your GMIB benefit base on a pro rata basis. See “RMDs for contracts with GMIB” in the “Accessing your money” section of this Prospectus.

 

After the GMIB Roll-up period end date, any withdrawals you take up to the Annual withdrawal amount each year will not reduce your benefit base. Any withdrawals you take in excess of the Annual withdrawal amount will reduce your benefit base on a pro rata basis. Special rules apply if you are required to take RMD withdrawals and enroll in our Automatic RMD service. Unless you decline or elect a different annual reset option, you will be enrolled in the automatic annual reset program and your GMIB benefit base will automatically “reset” to equal the Protected Benefit account value, if higher, on every contract date anniversary from your contract date, up to the contract maturity date. See “Annual reset options”.

 

Only amounts you allocate to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and amounts in a Special DCA program designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options will fund your GMIB. These amounts will be included in your GMIB benefit base and will become part of your Protected Benefit account value. See “Allocating your contributions” for more information.

 

 

44


For example:

 

You purchase a Retirement Cornerstone® — Series B contract with an initial contribution of $100,000 and allocate $60,000 to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and $40,000 to the Investment account variable investment options. Your initial GMIB benefit base will be $60,000.

 

You can fund your GMIB benefit by allocating money to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options (either directly or through a special DCA program) immediately or at some later date. Allocations to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options also fund your Guaranteed minimum death benefit.

 

Annual Roll-up rate

 

The Annual Roll-up rate is used to calculate your Annual withdrawal amount. It is also used to calculate amounts credited to your GMIB benefit base for the contract year in which the first withdrawal is made from your Protected Benefit account and all subsequent contract years. The Deferral Roll-up rate is used to calculate amounts credited to your GMIB benefit base in the contract years prior to the first withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account. The Deferral Roll-up rate is described below. Please note that the Annual Roll-up rate and the Deferral Roll-up rate may be the same.

 

The initial Annual Roll-up rate is the Annual Roll-up rate that applies during the first seven years of your contract. The initial Annual Roll-up rate is specified in the Rate Sheet Supplement and will not be less than the guaranteed Roll-up floor. Thereafter, the renewal Annual Roll-up rate applies. The renewal Annual Roll-up rate is variable and is tied to the Ten-Year Treasuries Formula Rate described below, but the minimum rate will be the greater of the guaranteed Roll-up floor and the Ten-Year Treasuries Formula Rate (which is the same calculation used for the minimum renewal Deferral Roll-up rate), but never greater than 8%. The renewal Annual Roll-up rate will be set at our discretion, subject to the above stated minimum. We reserve the right, however, to declare a renewal Annual Roll-up rate that is greater than 8%.

 

  Ten-Year Treasuries Formula Rate.  For each calendar quarter, this rate is the average of the rates for the ten-year U.S. Treasury notes on each day for which such rates are reported during the 20 calendar days ending on the 15th day of the last month of the preceding calendar quarter, plus 2.00%, rounded to the nearest 0.10%. U.S. Treasury rates will be determined from the Federal Reserve Board Constant Maturity Series or such comparable rates as may be published by the Federal Reserve Board or generally available reporting services if the Federal Reserve Board Constant Maturity Series is discontinued.

 

The “Ten-Year Treasuries Formula Rate” used with the renewal Annual Roll-up rate is identical to the “Deferral Ten-Year Treasuries Formula Rate” used with the renewal Deferral Roll-up rate.

Deferral Roll-up rate

 

The Deferral Roll-up rate is only used to calculate amounts credited to your GMIB benefit base through the end of the contract year that precedes the contract year in which the first withdrawal is made from your Protected Benefit account. The Deferral Roll-up rate is never used to calculate your Annual withdrawal amount under the GMIB. Please note that the Deferral Roll-up rate and the Annual Roll-up rate may be the same.

 

Beginning with the first contract year in which you fund your Protected Benefit account, the Roll-up amount credited to your GMIB benefit base at the end of the contract year (the “Deferral Roll-up amount”) will be calculated using the Deferral Roll-up rate. Once you take a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, the Deferral Roll-up amount will not be credited at the end of the contract year in which the withdrawal was taken and the Deferral Roll-up rate will no longer apply to your contract. Instead, the Annual Roll-up amount will be credited.

 

The Deferral Roll-up rate, if higher than the Annual Roll-up rate, may provide an incentive to defer taking your first withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account. If the Deferral Roll-up rate and the Annual Roll-up rate are the same, this incentive for deferring withdrawals is not applicable.

 

The initial Deferral Roll-up rate is the Deferral Roll-up rate that applies during the first seven years of your contract. The initial Deferral Roll-up rate is specified in the Rate Sheet Supplement and will not be less than the guaranteed Roll-up floor. Thereafter, the renewal Deferral Roll-up rate applies. The renewal Deferral Roll-up rate is variable and is tied to the Deferral Ten-Year Treasuries Formula Rate described below. The minimum renewal Deferral Roll-up rate will be the greater of the guaranteed Roll-up floor and the Ten-Year Treasuries Formula Rate (which is the same calculation used for the minimum renewal Annual Roll-up rate), but never greater than 8%. The renewal Deferral Roll-up rate will be set at our discretion, subject to the above stated minimum. We reserve the right, however, to declare a renewal Deferral Roll-up rate that is greater than 8%.

 

  Deferral Ten-Year Treasuries Formula Rate.  For each calendar quarter, this rate is the average of the rates for the ten-year U.S. Treasury notes on each day for which such rates are reported during the 20 calendar days ending on the 15th day of the last month of the preceding calendar quarter, plus 2.00%, rounded to the nearest 0.10%. U.S. Treasury rates will be determined from the Federal Reserve Board Constant Maturity Series or such comparable rates as may be published by the Federal Reserve Board or generally available reporting services if the Federal Reserve Board Constant Maturity Series is discontinued.

 

As described above, both the renewal Annual Roll-up rate and renewal Deferral Roll-up rate will never be less than the guaranteed Roll-up floor or greater than 8% and both use the exact same Ten-Year Treasuries Formula Rate. Therefore,

 

 

45


absent the Company using its discretion to set higher rates than the required minimum rates, the renewal Annual Roll-up rate and renewal Deferral Roll-up rate will be the same. You should not rely on the Company using its discretion to set a renewal Deferral Roll-up rate or a renewal Annual Roll-up rate higher than the minimum guaranteed rate.

 

It is important to note that on each contract date anniversary, we will apply either the Annual Roll-up rate or the Deferral Roll-up rate to your GMIB benefit base based on whether you have ever taken a withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account. In statements we provide you, we will show you the Roll-up amounts under both rate scenarios. Once you take a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, the Deferral Roll-up rate will no longer be shown on your statements.

 

Initial Roll-up rates.  At contract issue, an initial Annual Roll-up rate and Deferral Roll-up rate will apply during your first seven contract years and are specified in the respective Rate Sheet Supplements. Absent the Company using its discretion to set higher rates than the required minimum rates, the initial Annual Roll-up rate and initial Deferral Roll-up rate will be the same. The Initial Roll-up rate is the Roll-up rate in effect at the time your contract is issued (subject to the Rate lock-in period rules described below). After your first seven contract years, the renewal Roll-up rates will never be less than the guaranteed Roll-up floor or, if greater, the Ten-Year Treasuries Formula Rate, and never greater than 8%.

 

 

The initial Annual Roll-up rate and Deferral Roll-up rate that apply during your first seven contract years are specified in the respective Rate Sheet Supplements.

 

 

Once a contract is issued with the Initial Roll-up rates then in effect, those rates will be applicable for the first seven contract years. Any transfers or contributions to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, either directly or through a Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options during the first seven contract years will get the Initial Roll-up rates as described above. The Initial Roll-up rates are no longer applicable starting in the eighth year of your contract, regardless of when you fund the Protected Benefit account. See “Renewal rates” for the Roll-up rates that apply once the Initial Roll-up rates expire.

 

GMIB has a Funding Age, which is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement. If you purchase your contract at a younger age, the Initial Roll-up rates may not apply to you (i) for the full seven years in which they are in effect or (ii) at all, as illustrated in the chart on the Rate Sheet Supplement.

 

Rate lock-in period.  If your contract is issued within the Rate lock-in period (generally 75 days from the date you sign your application), your Initial Roll-up rates will not decrease, even if a new Rate Sheet Supplement with a lower rate becomes effective before your contract is issued. However, if your contract is issued during the Rate lock-in period but after the rate effective date of a subsequent Rate Sheet Supplement that remains effective through your contract

issue date, you will get the benefit of any rate increase. Specifically, during the Rate lock-in period:

 

  If a subsequent Rate Sheet Supplement becomes effective with a lower initial Annual Roll-up rate and lower initial Deferral Roll-up rate before we issue your contract, your contract will be issued with the initial Annual Roll-up rate and initial Deferral Roll-up rate that were in effect on the application signed date.

 

  If a subsequent Rate Sheet Supplement becomes effective with a higher initial Annual Roll-up rate and higher initial Deferral Roll-up rate before we issue your contract, your contract will be issued with the initial Annual Roll-up rate and initial Deferral Roll-up rate in effect when your contract is issued.

 

  If a subsequent Rate Sheet Supplement with a lower initial Annual Roll-up rate and a higher initial Deferral Roll-up rate becomes effective before we issue your contract, your contract will be issued with the initial Annual Roll-up rate in effect on the date you signed your application and the initial Deferral Roll-up rate in effect on the contract issue date. Similarly, if a subsequent Rate Sheet Supplement becomes effective with a lower initial Deferral Roll-up rate and a higher initial Annual Roll-up rate before we issue your contract, your contract will be issued with the initial Deferral Roll-up rate in effect on the date you signed your application and the initial Annual Roll-up rate in effect on the contract issue date.

 

In short, if your contract is issued during the Rate lock-in period but after a change to the initial Annual Roll-up rate or initial Deferral Roll-up rate from the application date becomes effective and remains effective through your contract issue date, you will receive the benefit of any rate increase and protection from rate decreases.

 

If we do not issue your contract within the Rate lock-in period, then your Initial Roll-up rates will be the rates in effect on the date we issue your contract. However, our procedures may result in the return of your application if we do not receive your initial contribution within 75 days of the date you sign your application. For a state-by-state description of all material variations of this contract, including whether a different Rate lock-in period applies in your state, see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits”.

 

Examples:

 

  You sign your application for a contract on September 15th. On that date the initial Annual Roll-up rate and Deferral Roll-up rates are 5.50% and 5.50%, respectively. Your initial contribution is received by way of a rollover contribution on October 5th and the contract is issued the same day. On that date the initial Annual Roll-up rate and Deferral Roll-up rates are 5.25% and 5.25%, respectively. In this example, your contract will be issued with the rates that were “locked in” at the time you signed your application, not the lower rates that were in effect on the date your contract was issued.
 

 

46


  You sign your application for a contract on October 15th. On that date the initial Annual Roll-up rate and Deferral Roll-up rates are 5.00% and 5.00%, respectively. Your initial contribution is received by way of a rollover contribution on November 5th and the contract is issued the same day. On that date the Annual Roll-up rate and Deferral Roll-up rates are 5.00% and 5.25%, respectively. In this example, your contract will be issued with the initial Annual Roll-up rate (5.00%) that was “locked-in” at the time you signed your application and the initial Deferral Roll-up rate (5.25%) that was in effect at the time your contract was issued, not the lower initial Deferral Roll-up rate that was in effect on the date your application was signed.

 

Please note: The guaranteed Roll-up floor is not subject to the Rate lock-in period. This means that:

 

  If a subsequent Rate Sheet supplement with a lower guaranteed Roll-up floor becomes effective after you sign your application and we issue you a contract based on that application (either during or after the Rate lock-in period), your guaranteed Roll-up floor will not decrease.

 

  If a subsequent Rate Sheet Supplement with a higher guaranteed Roll-up floor becomes effective after you sign your application, remains effective through your contract issue date and we issue you a contract based on that application (either during or after the Rate lock-in period), your guaranteed Roll-up floor will increase to match the higher rate.

 

Renewal rates.  As discussed in “Annual Roll-up rate” and “Deferral Roll-up rate”, after the first seven contract years, a new Annual Roll-up rate will apply to your contract. A new Deferral Roll-up rate will also apply provided you have never taken a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account. These “Renewal rates” may be equal, and will never be less than the guaranteed Roll-up floor, or, if greater, the underlying Treasuries Formula Rate (which is identical for both Renewal Rates), and never higher than 8%. You should not rely on the Company using its discretion to set a higher renewal Deferral Roll-up rate or a higher renewal Annual Roll-up rate.

 

These Renewal rates may be more than or less than, or equal to, your initial Annual Roll-up rate and Deferral Roll-up rate. We also reserve the right to set new initial rates that are higher than Renewal rates.

 

Any transfers or contributions to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, either directly or through a Special DCA program and any contribution amounts in a Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, after the first day of any contract year will get the Annual Roll-up rate and Deferral Roll-up rate in effect as of the most recent contract date anniversary.

 

Notification of Annual Roll-up rate and Renewal rates.  If you elected the GMIB, the Rate Sheet Supplements will indicate the Annual Roll-up rate and Deferral Roll-up rate in effect for the first seven years of your contract. These rates may not be the

same rates that were illustrated prior to your purchase of the contract. If you choose to fund the GMIB after the Initial Roll-up rates have expired, you can contact a Customer Service Representative or visit www.equitable.com to find out the current Annual Roll-up rate and if applicable, the Deferral Roll-up rate for your contract. In addition, your annual statement of contract values will show your current Renewal rates, as well as the previous year’s Annual Roll-up rate or Deferral Roll-up rate (whichever applies) for your contract. This information can also be found online through your Equitable Client portal.

 

 

The Annual Roll-up rate is used to calculate your Annual withdrawal amount and the credit to your GMIB benefit base if you have taken a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account. The Deferral Roll-up rate is used to calculate the credit to your GMIB benefit base until the first withdrawal is made.

 

 

GMIB benefit base “Roll-up”

 

Your GMIB benefit base starts increasing, or rolling up, on the date you first fund your Protected Benefit account and stops rolling up on the date that is the earlier of (a) the 20th contract date anniversary that occurs after the date you first fund the Protected Benefit account and (b) the contract maturity date.

 

 

GMIB Roll-up period — the period during which the GMIB benefit base increases (or “rolls up”) annually by an amount determined by the Deferral Roll-up rate or Annual Roll-up rate, as applicable. The GMIB Roll-up period commences on the date you first fund the Protected Benefit account and ends on date that is the earlier of (a) the 20th contract date anniversary that occurs after the date you first fund the Protected Benefit account and (b) the contract maturity date. If you first fund the Protected Benefit account (a) on either the contract issue date or a subsequent contract date anniversary and (b) prior to your 76th birthday, the GMIB Roll-up period will be a full 20 years.

 

 

The GMIB Roll-up period can be a full 20 years. However, because the GMIB Roll-up period always ends on a contract date anniversary, your GMIB Roll-up period may be less than 20 years if you first fund the Protected Benefit account on a date other than your contract date anniversary. To ensure your GMIB benefit base rolls up for 20 complete years, you should first fund your GMIB benefit base (a) on either the contract issue date or a subsequent contract date anniversary and (b) prior to your 76th birthday.

 

See “Annual Roll-up amount and annual GMIB benefit base adjustment” and “Deferral Roll-up amount and annual GMIB benefit base adjustment” for information on how your benefit base rolls up during the GMIB Roll-up period.

 

During the GMIB Roll-up period, additional contributions or transfers to the Protected Benefit account are added to your GMIB benefit base on the date they are made and included in the applicable roll-up calculation. However, these amounts are not assigned a separate GMIB Roll-up period and will stop rolling up on the end date of the GMIB Roll-up period that was determined when you first funded the Protected Benefit account.

 

 

47


After the GMIB Roll-up period ends, your GMIB benefit base will no longer roll up but can still increase by the amount of any additional contributions to the Protected Benefit account, if permitted, and through operation of the reset feature. See “GMIB benefit base reset” for more information.

 

For single-owned contracts, the contract maturity date (the point at which Lifetime GMIB payments must begin) triggers the last possible end date of the GMIB Roll-up period. For jointly-owned contracts, the contract maturity date is based on the older owner’s age.

 

For contracts with non-natural owners, the end date of the GMIB Roll-up period will be based on the annuitant’s (or older joint annuitant’s) age.

 

The amount of the deduction for an “Excess withdrawal” and the deduction for the Annual withdrawal amount are described under “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits”. The amount of any withdrawal charge is described under “Withdrawal charge” in “Charges and expenses”.

 

For Series CP® contracts only, any credit amounts attributable to your contributions or Earnings bonus are not included in your GMIB benefit base. This includes credit or Earnings bonus amounts transferred from your Investment account. Credit and Earnings bonus amounts allocated to your Investment account are always considered transferred first. Amounts transferred in excess of credit or Earnings bonus amounts, which may include earnings on these amounts, will increase your GMIB benefit base. All transfers, however, will increase your Protected Benefit account value by the total amount of the transfer.

 

For example, you make an initial contribution of $100,000 and allocate the entire $100,000 to the Investment account variable investment options. Your Investment account is credited with $3,000 (3% x $100,000). Assume you later transfer $4,000 to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, which represents the credit amount plus earnings, some of which are attributable to the credit amount. Your GMIB benefit base would equal $1,000 ($4,000 – $3,000). However, your Protected Benefit account value would still increase by the transfer, which in this example is $4,000. For more information, see “Series CP® contracts and your Guaranteed benefit bases”.

 

As discussed in this section, your GMIB benefit base is not an account value or cash value. As a result, the GMIB benefit base cannot be split or divided in any proportion in connection with a divorce. See “How divorce may affect your contract and Guaranteed benefits” in “More information.”

 

Please see Appendix “Guaranteed benefit base examples” for an example of how the GMIB benefit base is calculated.

 

Beginning with the contract year in which you fund your Protected Benefit account until the end of the GMIB Roll-up period, if your Lifetime GMIB payments have not begun, withdrawals up to your Annual withdrawal amount will not reduce your GMIB benefit base. The portion of a withdrawal in excess of your Annual withdrawal amount will reduce your GMIB benefit base on a pro rata basis. See “Annual withdrawal amount”. If you are required to take RMD

distributions and elect our Automatic RMD service, any Lifetime RMD payment we make to you up to the greater of your Lifetime RMD payment or Annual withdrawal amount each year will count towards your Annual withdrawal amount but (a) during the GMIB Roll-up period, will not offset the Annual Roll-up amount by more than the Annual withdrawal amount and (b) after the GMIB Roll-up period ends, will not reduce your GMIB benefit base. If you do not enroll in our Automatic RMD service and you take withdrawals in order to satisfy your RMD obligations, the amount by which your total withdrawals exceed your Annual withdrawal amount will be treated as an Excess withdrawal that reduces your GMIB benefit base on a pro rata basis. See “RMDs for contracts with GMIB” in the “Accessing your money” section of this Prospectus.

 

GMIB benefit base reset

 

Unless you decline or elect a different annual reset option, you will be enrolled in the automatic annual reset program and your GMIB benefit base will automatically “reset” to equal the Protected Benefit account value, if higher, on every contract date anniversary from the date you first fund your Protected Benefit account, up to the contract maturity date. You must notify us in writing that you want to opt out of any automatic reset program. You can send us a written request to opt back in to an automatic reset program at a later date. We reserve the right to change or discontinue our reset programs at any time.

 

For Series CP® contracts, on your contract date anniversary any credit or Earnings bonus amounts that are part of your Protected Benefit account value are included in the calculation of your GMIB benefit base reset. If you are eligible for an Earnings bonus on your contract date anniversary, the amount of the Earnings bonus will be credited to your Total account value after any reset is calculated. If a reset occurs, your Guaranteed benefit base(s) will not be increased by amounts associated with the Earnings bonus on that contract date anniversary.

 

If a reset is not applicable on your contract date anniversary, the GMIB benefit base will not be eligible to be reset again until the next contract date anniversary. For jointly-owned contracts, eligibility to reset the GMIB benefit base is based on the age of the older owner. For non-naturally owned contracts, eligibility is based on the age of the annuitant or older joint annuitant.

 

Annual reset options.  We will send you a notice in each year that the GMIB benefit base is eligible to be reset. If you are not enrolled in either the automatic annual reset program or the automatic customized reset program you will have 30 days from your contract date anniversary to request a reset. At any time, you may choose one of the three available reset methods: one-time reset option, automatic annual reset program or automatic customized reset program. If, at the time of application, you do not decline the automatic annual reset program or elect a different annual reset option, you will be enrolled in the automatic annual reset program.

 

 

48


 

one-time reset option — resets your GMIB benefit base on a single contract date anniversary.

automatic annual reset program — automatically resets your GMIB benefit base on each contract date anniversary you are eligible for a reset.

automatic customized reset program — automatically resets your GMIB benefit base on each contract date anniversary, if eligible, for the period you designate.

 

 

One-time reset requests will be processed as follows:

 

(i)

if your request is received within 30 days following your contract date anniversary, your GMIB benefit base will be reset, if eligible, as of that contract date anniversary. If your GMIB benefit base was not eligible for a reset on that contract date anniversary, your one-time reset request will be terminated;

 

(ii)

if your request is received outside the 30 day period following your contract date anniversary, your GMIB benefit base will be reset, if eligible, on the next contract date anniversary. If your GMIB benefit base is not eligible for a reset, your one-time reset request will be terminated.

 

Once your one-time reset request is terminated, you must submit a new request in order to reset your benefit base.

 

If you wish to cancel your elected reset program, your request must be received by our processing office at least one business day prior to your contract date anniversary to terminate your reset program for such contract date anniversary. Cancellation requests received after this window will be applied the following year. A reset cannot be cancelled after it has occurred. For more information, see “How to reach us”.

 

Effect of GMIB Benefit Base Resets. It is important to note that once you have reset your GMIB benefit base, a new waiting period to exercise the GMIB will apply from the date of the reset. Your new exercise date will be the tenth contract date anniversary following the reset or, if later, the earliest date you would have been permitted to exercise without regard to the reset, but in no event will it be later than the contract date anniversary following age 95. See “GMIB Exercise rules” and “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits” for more information. Please note that in most cases, resetting your GMIB benefit base will lengthen the exercise waiting period. Also, even when there is no additional charge when you reset your Roll-up benefit base, the total dollar amount charged on future contract date anniversaries may increase as a result of the reset since the charges may be applied to a higher benefit base than would have been otherwise applied. See “Charges and expenses”.

 

Owners of traditional IRA or QP contracts should consider the effect of the waiting period on the requirement to take lifetime required minimum distributions before resetting the GMIB benefit base. If a QP contract is converted to an IRA, in a direct rollover, the waiting period for the reset under the IRA contract will include any time that the QP contract was a funding

vehicle under the plan. If a traditional IRA contract owner or a plan participant must begin taking lifetime required minimum distributions during the 10-year waiting period, the individual may want to consider taking the annual lifetime required minimum distribution calculated for the contract from another permissible contract or funding vehicle. See “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits” and “Lifetime required minimum distribution withdrawals” in “Accessing your money.” Also, see “Required minimum distributions” under “Individual retirement arrangements (IRAs)” in “Tax information” and Appendix “Purchase considerations for QP Contracts”.

 

Annual Roll-up amount and annual GMIB benefit base adjustment

 

The Annual Roll-up amount is an amount credited to your GMIB benefit base on each contract date anniversary if there has ever been a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account. The Annual Roll-up amount adjustment to your GMIB benefit base is a primary way to increase the value of your GMIB benefit base. This amount is calculated by taking into account your GMIB benefit base from the preceding contract date anniversary, the Annual Roll-up rate under your contract (which may be the same rate as the applicable Deferral Roll-up rate), contributions and transfers to the Protected Benefit account during the contract year and any withdrawals up to the Annual withdrawal amount during the contract year.

 

Your initial Annual Roll-up amount for the contract year in which you first funded the Protected Benefit account is calculated as follows:

 

  The amount of your initial contribution to the Protected Benefit account, multiplied by:

 

  The Annual Roll-up rate that was in effect on date of your initial contribution to the Protected Benefit account; less

 

  Any withdrawals up to the Annual withdrawal amount resulting in a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Annual Roll-up amount; plus

 

  A pro-rated Roll-up amount for any additional contribution to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options during the contract year; plus

 

  A pro-rated Roll-up amount for any transfer from the Investment account and/or Guaranteed interest option to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options during the contract year; plus

 

  A pro-rated Roll-up amount for any contribution amounts made during the contract year to a Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options during the contract year.

 

Your Annual Roll-up amount at the end of each subsequent contract year is calculated as follows:

 

  Your GMIB benefit base on the preceding contract date anniversary, multiplied by
 

 

49


  The Annual Roll-up rate that was in effect on the first day of the contract year; less

 

  Any withdrawals up to the Annual withdrawal amount resulting in a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Annual Roll-up amount; plus

 

  A pro-rated Roll-up amount for any contribution to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options during the contract year; plus

 

  A pro-rated Roll-up amount for any transfer from the Investment account and/or Guaranteed interest option to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options during the contract year; plus

 

  A pro-rated Roll-up amount for any contribution amounts made during the contract year to a Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options during the contract year.

 

A pro-rated Roll-up amount is based on the number of days remaining in the contract year after the contribution or transfer.

 

Withdrawals in excess of your Annual withdrawal amount are Excess withdrawals. Excess withdrawals will not reduce your Annual Roll-up amount or Annual withdrawal amount to less than zero. However, Excess withdrawals reduce your GMIB benefit base on a pro rata basis, which can have a significant negative impact on the benefit base amount and your future Lifetime GMIB payments. See “How withdrawals affect your guaranteed benefit base” for more information. Special rules apply if you are required to take RMD withdrawals and enroll in our Automatic RMD service. See “Lifetime required minimum distribution withdrawals” in “Accessing your money”.

 

Deferral Roll-up amount and annual GMIB benefit base adjustment

 

The Deferral Roll-up amount is an amount credited to your GMIB benefit base on each contract date anniversary provided you have never taken a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account. The amount is calculated by taking into account your GMIB benefit base from the preceding contract date anniversary, the applicable Deferral Roll-up rate under your contract (which may be the same rate as the applicable Annual Roll-up rate) and contributions and transfers to the Protected Benefit account during the contract year. The Deferral Roll-up amount adjustment to your GMIB benefit base is a primary way to increase the value of your GMIB benefit base.

 

Your Deferral Roll-up amount for the contract year in which you first funded the Protected Benefit account is calculated as follows:

 

  The amount of your initial contribution to the Protected Benefit account, multiplied by:

 

  The Deferral Roll-up rate that was in effect on date of your initial contribution to the Protected Benefit account; plus
  A pro-rated Deferral Roll-up amount for any additional contribution to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options during the contract year; plus

 

  A pro-rated Deferral Roll-up amount for any transfer from the Investment account and/or Guaranteed interest option to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options during the contract year; plus

 

  A pro-rated Deferral Roll-up amount for any contributions made during the contract year to a Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options during the contract year.

 

Your Deferral Roll-up amount at the end of each subsequent contract year is calculated as follows:

 

  your GMIB benefit base on the preceding contract date anniversary, multiplied by

 

  the Deferral Roll-up rate that was in effect on the first day of the contract year; plus

 

  a pro-rated Deferral Roll-up amount for any contribution to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options during the contract year; plus

 

  a pro-rated Deferral Roll-up amount for any transfer from the Investment account and/or Guaranteed interest option to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options during the contract year; plus

 

  a pro-rated Deferral Roll-up amount for any contribution amounts made during the contract year to a Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options during the contract year.

 

A pro-rated Deferral Roll-up amount is based on the number of days remaining in the contract year after the contribution or transfer.

 

The GMIB benefit base stops rolling up on the last date of the GMIB Roll-up period. Thereafter, your GMIB benefit base is frozen, which means:

 

  The benefit base no longer rolls up.

 

  Any withdrawals you take up to the Annual withdrawal amount each year will not reduce your benefit base.

 

  Any withdrawals you take in excess of the Annual withdrawal amount are Excess withdrawals that will reduce your benefit base on a pro rata basis. Special rules apply to contract owners who are required to take RMD withdrawals and are enrolled in the Automatic RMD service. See “RMDs for contracts with GMIB” in “Accessing your money”.

 

  Contributions and transfers to the Protected Benefit account are permitted and will increase your benefit base on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

 

  The benefit base remains eligible for increases through operation of the reset feature.
 

 

50


Annual withdrawal amount

 

(Applicable prior to the beginning of Lifetime GMIB payments)

 

Your Annual withdrawal amount for the contract year in which you first fund the Protected Benefit account (the “initial Annual withdrawal amount”) is calculated on the date you first fund the Protected Benefit account, and is equal to:

 

  the Annual Roll-up rate in effect on that date, multiplied by

 

  the GMIB benefit base on that date (which is the amount you allocated to the Protected Benefit account).

 

If you first funded the Protected Benefit account on a date other than your contract date anniversary, your initial Annual withdrawal amount is pro-rated based on the number of days remaining before your next contract date anniversary. If you subsequently make additional contributions or transfers to the Protected Benefit account prior to the next contract date anniversary, your initial Annual withdrawal amount will increase on the date of such contribution or transfer by a pro-rated amount based on the number of days remaining before your next contract date anniversary. Your initial Annual withdrawal amount will be reduced by the amount of any withdrawals you make before your next contract date anniversary on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

 

For example, assume that you first fund your Protected Benefit account on first day of the contract year by making a contribution of $10,000 to your Protected Benefit account variable investment options. On that date, your GMIB benefit base will be $10,000. Your initial Annual withdrawal amount is equal to $500, calculated as follows:

 

  5% (the current Annual Roll-up rate) multiplied by

 

  $10,000 (your GMIB benefit base)

 

Further assume that on the 146th day of that contract year you make an additional contribution to the Protected Benefit account of $5,000. Your initial Annual withdrawal amount increases by $151 (the pro-rated Roll-up amount for the contribution), calculated as:

 

  $5,000 (the additional contribution) multiplied by

 

  5% (the current Annual Roll-up rate) multiplied by

 

  219/365 (fraction representing the number of days remaining in a 365-day contract year for which the contribution receives credit toward the Annual withdrawal amount)

 

Your Annual withdrawal amount for each subsequent contract year is calculated on each contract date anniversary beginning with the contract year that follows the contract year in which the Protected Benefit account is first funded, and is equal to:

 

  the Annual Roll-up rate in effect at the time, multiplied by

 

  the GMIB benefit base as of the most recent contract date anniversary.

If you make additional contributions or transfers to the Protected Benefit account prior to the next contract date anniversary, including amounts transferred from a special DCA program, your Annual withdrawal amount will increase on the date of such contribution or transfer by a pro-rated amount based on the number of days remaining before your next contract date anniversary.

 

Beginning with the contract year in which you fund your Protected Benefit account, if your Lifetime GMIB payments have not begun, you may withdraw up to your Annual withdrawal amount without reducing your GMIB benefit base and adversely affecting your Lifetime GMIB payments. It is important to note that withdrawals in excess of your Annual withdrawal amount will have a harmful effect on both your GMIB benefit base and Lifetime GMIB payments. An Excess withdrawal that reduces your Protected Benefit account to zero will cause your GMIB to terminate.

 

Beginning with the contract year in which your Protected Benefit account was first funded, the portion of a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account in excess of your Annual withdrawal amount, and all subsequent withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account in that contract year, will always reduce your GMIB benefit base on a pro rata basis. (See “RMDs for contracts with GMIB” in “Accessing your money” for special rules that apply if you enroll in our Automatic RMD service.) This is referred to as an “Excess withdrawal”. The reduction of your GMIB benefit base on a pro rata basis means that we calculate the percentage of your current Protected Benefit account value that is being withdrawn and we reduce your current GMIB benefit base by the same percentage. A pro rata withdrawal will have a significant adverse effect on your benefit base in cases where the Protected Benefit account value is less than the benefit base. For an example of how a pro rata reduction works, see “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits” and, for examples of how withdrawals affect your Annual withdrawal amount, see Appendix “Examples of how withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefit bases”.

 

Your Annual withdrawal amount is always calculated using the Annual Roll-up rate in effect for your contract at the beginning of the contract year. The Deferral Roll-up rate, described above, is never used for the purposes of calculating the Annual withdrawal amount. Your Annual withdrawal amounts are not cumulative. If you withdraw less than your Annual withdrawal amount in any contract year, you may not add the remainder to your Annual withdrawal amount in any subsequent year.

 

Taking all or a portion of your Annual withdrawal amount reduces your free withdrawal amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis. See “Free withdrawal amount” in “Charges and expenses”.

 

Your Annual withdrawal amount may be more than or less than your Lifetime GMIB payments. Please refer to the beginning of this “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” and “Lifetime GMIB payments” for more information about Lifetime GMIB payments.

 

 

51


Example of how your Annual withdrawal amount; Annual Roll-up amount; Deferral Roll-up amount and annual GMIB benefit base adjustment; and the effect of an Excess withdrawal is calculated.

 

Annual withdrawal amount.  Assume you make a contribution of $200,000 and allocate $100,000 to your Protected Benefit account variable investment options and $100,000 to your Investment account variable investment options at issue. At the beginning of contract year three, assume you transfer $5,000 to your Protected Benefit account variable investment options. Also assume that your Annual Roll-up rate is 5% and your Deferral rate is 5% in each contract year. Accordingly, your GMIB benefit base on your third contract date anniversary is $121,013.

 

The GMIB benefit base of $121,013 is calculated as follows:

 

You start with $100,000 allocated to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. This amount is your initial GMIB benefit base.

 

  The first Deferral Roll-up amount increases your GMIB benefit base to $105,000. ($100,000 + $5,000)

 

    

$100,000 (GMIB benefit base) x 5% (Deferral Roll-up rate) = $5,000 (Deferral Roll-up amount)

 

  The second Deferral Roll-up amount increases your GMIB benefit base to $110,250. ($105,000 + $5,250)

 

    

$105,000 (GMIB benefit base) x 5% (Deferral Roll-up rate) = $5,250 (Deferral Roll-up amount)

 

  Your $5,000 transfer from the Investment account at the beginning of contract year three increases your GMIB benefit base to $115,250. ($110,250 + $5,000)

 

  The third Deferral Roll-up amount increases your GMIB benefit base to $121,013. ($115,250 + $5,763)

 

    

$115,250 (GMIB benefit base) x 5% (Deferral Roll-up rate) = $5,763 (Deferral Roll-up amount)

 

Your Annual withdrawal amount as of the beginning of contract year four is equal to $6,051, calculated as follows:

 

  $121,013 (GMIB benefit base as of your most recent contract date anniversary) multiplied by:

 

  5% (your current Annual Roll-up rate) equals:

 

  $6,051

 

Please note that your Annual Roll-up rate is used to calculate your Annual withdrawal amount. The Deferral Roll-up rate is never used to calculate your Annual withdrawal amount.

 

Annual Roll-up amount and annual benefit base adjustment.  Further assume that during contract year four (on the 146th day of the contract year), you make a contribution of $10,000 to your Protected Benefit account variable investment options, making your current GMIB benefit base after the contribution $131,013. Also assume that you withdraw your full Annual withdrawal amount of $6,051 during contract year four.

On your fourth contract date anniversary, your Annual Roll-up amount is equal to $300, calculated as follows:

 

  5% (your current Annual Roll-up rate) multiplied by

 

  $121,013 (your GMIB benefit base as of your most recent contract date anniversary) minus

 

  $6,051 (the Annual withdrawal amount, which was withdrawn) plus

 

  $300 (the daily pro-rated Roll-up amount for the contribution: $10,000 x 5% x 219/365* = $300)

 

  equals $300

 

*

This fraction represents the number of days in a 365-day contract year that the contribution would have received credit toward the Roll-up amount.

 

Please note that the withdrawal in contract year four terminated the Deferral Roll-up rate. Therefore on the fourth contract date anniversary, the Annual Roll-up rate was used to calculate the Annual Roll-up amount.

 

Your adjusted GMIB benefit base is $131,313 ($131,013 + $300).

 

Effect of an Excess withdrawal.  In contract year four, assume instead that you make a withdrawal of $9,051 (including any applicable withdrawal charges). This would result in an Excess withdrawal of $3,000 because your Annual withdrawal amount is only $6,051 ($9,051 – $6,051 = $3,000). Further, assume that your Protected Benefit account value at the time of this withdrawal is $100,000. As described in this section, Excess withdrawals reduce your GMIB benefit base on a pro-rata basis. Accordingly, your GMIB benefit base is reduced by $3,930 at the time of the withdrawal, calculated as follows:

 

  $131,013 (your current GMIB benefit base: $121,013 + $10,000) multiplied by

 

  3% (the percentage of your current Protected Benefit account value that was withdrawn in excess of your Annual withdrawal amount) equals

 

  $3,930

 

On your fourth contract date anniversary, your adjusted GMIB benefit base is $127,383, calculated as follows:

 

  $127,083 (your GMIB benefit base adjusted to reflect the Excess withdrawal: $131,013 – $3,930) plus

 

  $300 (your Annual Roll-up amount) equals

 

  $127,383

 

Please note that the Excess withdrawal in contract year four terminated the GMIB no-lapse guarantee. Please see the following section for more information about the no-lapse guarantee.

 

See Appendix “Examples of how withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefit bases” for more examples of how withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefit bases and Annual withdrawal amount.

 

 

52


GMIB “no-lapse guarantee”

 

In general, if your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero (except as discussed below), the GMIB will be exercised automatically, based on the owner’s (or older joint owner’s, if applicable) current age and GMIB benefit base as follows:

 

  You will be issued a life only supplementary contract based on a single life. Upon exercise, your Guaranteed minimum death benefit will be terminated.

 

  You will have 30 days from when we notify you to change the payout option and/or the payment frequency.

 

Poor investment performance of the Protected Benefit account variable investment options or payment of applicable charges may contribute to your Protected Benefit account value falling to zero but will not cause the no-lapse guarantee to terminate.

 

The no-lapse guarantee will terminate under the following circumstances:

 

  If you take an Excess withdrawal in any contract year following the contract year in which you first fund your Protected Benefit account.

 

  Upon the contract maturity date.

 

The no-lapse guarantee will not be voided by (a) any withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account in the contract year in which you first fund your Protected Benefit account or (b) by RMDs that exceed your Annual withdrawal amount if taken through our Automatic RMD service.

 

If you were enrolled in the Maximum Payment Plan or Customized Payment Plan, the frequency of your Lifetime GMIB payments will be the same based on the payment frequency you elected. Your Lifetime GMIB payment amount may be less than your Annual withdrawal amount in the prior contract year.

 

If you were not enrolled in the Maximum Payment Plan or Customized Payment Plan, you will begin receiving your Lifetime GMIB payments annually one calendar year after the date that the Protected Benefit account value fell to zero. Your Lifetime GMIB payment amount may be less than your Annual withdrawal amount in the prior contract year.

 

Exercise of GMIB

 

On each contract date anniversary that you are eligible to exercise the GMIB, we will send you an eligibility notice illustrating how much income could be provided as of the contract date anniversary. You must notify us within 30 days following the contract date anniversary if you want to exercise the GMIB. You must return your contract to us, along with all required information within 30 days following your contract date anniversary, in order to exercise this benefit. Upon exercise of the GMIB, the owner (or older joint owner, if applicable) will become the annuitant, and the contract will be annuitized on the basis of the annuitant’s life. You will begin receiving annual payments one year after the annuity payout contract is issued. If you choose monthly or quarterly payments, you will receive your payment one month or one

quarter after the annuity payout contract is issued. Under monthly or quarterly payments, the aggregate payments you receive in a contract year will be less than what you would have received if you had elected an annual payment, as monthly and quarterly payments reflect the time value of money with regard to both interest and mortality. You may choose to take a withdrawal prior to exercising the GMIB, which will reduce your payments. You may not partially exercise this benefit. See “Withdrawing your account value” in “Accessing your money”. Payments end with the last payment before the annuitant’s (or joint annuitant’s, if applicable) death.

 

Please see “Exercise of the GMIB in the event of a GMIB fee increase” under “Charges and expenses” for more information on exercising your GMIB upon notice of a change to the GMIB fee.

 

GMIB exercise rules.  The latest date you may exercise the GMIB is the contract maturity date. If the GMIB is exercised on any contract date anniversary prior to age 95, the GMIB benefit base is reduced by any remaining withdrawal charge. If the GMIB is exercised as a result of triggering of the no-lapse guarantee, any applicable withdrawal charges are waived.

 

The earliest date on which you are eligible to exercise the GMIB is calculated as follows:

 

  If the date you first funded the Protected Benefit account was on your contract date — you are eligible to exercise the GMIB within 30 days following your 10th contract date anniversary.

 

  If the date you first funded the Protected Benefit account was on a contract date anniversary — you are eligible to exercise the GMIB within 30 days following the 10th contract date anniversary after you first funded your Protected Benefit account.

 

  If the date you first funded the Protected Benefit account was not on your contract date or a contract date anniversary — you are eligible to exercise the GMIB within 30 days following the 10th contract date anniversary that occurs after the contract date anniversary immediately preceding the date you first funded the Protected Benefit account.

 

If you exercise the GMIB and then take a withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account within the 30 days between the applicable contract date anniversary and the date on which the GMIB exercise takes effect, your GMIB benefit base will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the amount of the withdrawal (or on a pro-rata basis if the withdrawal was an Excess withdrawal).

 

The GMIB guarantees annual lifetime payments (“Lifetime GMIB payments”), which will begin at the earliest of:

 

(i)

the next contract year following the date your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero (provided the no-lapse guarantee is in effect);

 

 

53


(ii)

the contract date anniversary following your 95th birthday; or

 

(iii)

your election to exercise the GMIB.

 

Your Lifetime GMIB payments will be calculated as described in this section. Whether your Lifetime GMIB payments are triggered by age 95, the no-lapse guarantee, or your election to exercise the GMIB, we use the same calculation to determine the amount of the payments. Please note that withdrawal charges, if any, may apply if you elect to exercise the GMIB.

 

For single owner contracts, the payout can be either based on a single life (the owner’s life) or joint lives. For IRA contracts, the joint life must be the spouse of the owner. For jointly-owned contracts, payments can be based on a single life (the life of the older owner) or joint lives. For non-natural owners, payments are based on the annuitant or joint annuitant’s life. In the cases of (a) a joint-owned contract that is continued as a single-owned contract by the younger spouse after the death of the older spouse and (b) a single-owned contract that is continued by the spousal beneficiary followed by the death of the owner, we will always apply joint life annuity purchase rates when calculating GMIB periodic payments, even if the single life payout option had been elected.

 

Lifetime GMIB payments.  Your Lifetime GMIB payments are calculated by applying your GMIB benefit base (less any applicable withdrawal charge remaining) to the guaranteed GMIB annuity purchase factors specified in Appendix “GMIB Annuity purchase factors”.

 

GMIB annuity purchase factors.  Annuity purchase factors are the factors applied to determine your periodic payments under the GMIB and base contract annuity payout options. GMIB annuity purchase factors are based on the owner’s (and any younger joint owner’s) age, frequency of payment, are the same regardless of gender, and are generally more conservative than the base contract annuity purchase factors. Base contract annuity payout options are discussed under “Your annuity payout options” in “Accessing your money”. Base contract annuity purchase factors are based on interest rates, mortality tables, frequency of payments, the form of annuity benefit, and the owner’s (and any joint owner’s) age and sex in certain instances. We may provide more favorable current annuity purchase factors for the annuity payout options than those specified in your contract.

 

Exercising the GMIB when your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero. If your Protected Benefit account value is zero as described under “GMIB “no-lapse guarantee””, we will use your GMIB benefit base as of the day your Protected Benefit account value was reduced to zero. On the day your Protected Benefit account value is reduced to zero, we calculate your GMIB benefit base using the same formula as described under “GMIB benefit base”. If your Protected Benefit account was reduced to zero on a date other than your contract anniversary, we will include a pro rata portion of the applicable Roll-up amount in your GMIB base. Withdrawal charges, if any, will not apply under these circumstances.

Example — Calculating the GMIB benefit base when your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero:

 

Assume your Protected Benefit account value goes to zero after six months of the 10th contract year and that the Annual Roll-up rate is 5%. Assume further that at the beginning of the 10th contract year, your GMIB benefit base was $100,000 and that you made no contributions or transfers to the Protected Benefit account or any withdrawals during that contract year.

 

The GMIB benefit base on the day your Protected Benefit account value was reduced to zero would be $102,500, calculated as follows:

 

  $100,000 (the GMIB benefit base at the start of the 10th contract year) plus

 

  $5,000 (the Annual Roll-up amount of $100,000 multiplied by the Annual Roll-up rate of 5%) minus

 

  $2,500 (the Annual Roll-up amount reduced to reflect that the GMIB benefit base no longer rolls up after the Protected Benefit account value falls to zero) equals

 

  $102,500

 

If your Protected Benefit account value is reduced to zero on your contract date anniversary as the result of the deduction of charges under the contract, we will add any remaining Annual Roll-up amount, or if applicable, your Deferral Roll-up amount, to your GMIB benefit base.

 

If the GMIB is exercised under any of the three events as described above, and you have no Investment account value, the following applies:

 

(i)

We will issue a supplementary contract with the same owner and beneficiary.

 

(ii)

Your current contract, including the Guaranteed minimum death benefit will be terminated.

 

If the GMIB is exercised under any of the three events as described above, and you have Investment account value, the following applies:

 

(i)

We will issue a supplementary contract for the Protected Benefit account with the same owner and beneficiary. The Investment account under your current contract will continue to be in force.

 

(ii)

Your Lifetime GMIB payment will not reduce your Investment account value.

 

(iii)

Your Guaranteed minimum death benefit will be terminated.

 

(iv)

For IRA contracts, your RMD payments will be based solely on your Investment account value and may only be withdrawn from your Investment account.

 

Exercising the GMIB when your Protected Benefit account value is greater than zero. If you elect to exercise the GMIB and your Protected Benefit account value has not fallen to zero before the contract maturity date, the following applies:

 

(i)

We will issue a supplementary contract with the same owner and beneficiary.

 

 

54


(ii)

The lifetime annual payment amount you receive will be the greater of the Lifetime GMIB payment amount or the income derived from applying your Protected Benefit account value to our current or guaranteed annuitization factors. This lifetime annual payment amount may be lower than your Annual withdrawal amount depending on your age, current annuitization factors, and your Protected Benefit account and GMIB benefit base values at the time you exercise the GMIB.

 

Example: Assume that the current annuitization factors are greater than the guaranteed annuitization factors. A male contract owner who is age 95 and has a $100,000 GMIB benefit base and $50,000 in Protected Benefit account value and no Investment account value would receive the greater of the following:

 

(i)

Current annuitization factor (which is subject to change) of 0.176628 applied to his $50,000 Protected Benefit account value, which equals an annual payment of $8,832, or

 

(ii)

The GMIB annuity purchase factor (in this example, it would be 6.925%) applied to his $100,000 GMIB benefit base, which equals an annual Lifetime GMIB payment of $6,925.

 

In this example, the contract owner’s annual payment would be $8,832.

 

Exercising the GMIB through the no-lapse guarantee when your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero. If your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero and the no-lapse guarantee is in effect, the GMIB is exercised automatically and you will receive Lifetime GMIB payments. This annual Lifetime GMIB payment amount may be lower than your Annual withdrawal amount, depending on your age at the time the GMIB is exercised and whether you elect to be paid on a single or joint life basis.

 

See Appendix “GMIB Annuity purchase factors” for the GMIB annuity purchase factors that apply to your contract.

 

Please note:

 

  Exercising the GMIB provides you with a guaranteed annual lifetime payment that is not intended to replace the annual income you can receive by withdrawing the Annual withdrawal amount prior to exercising the GMIB. The annual Lifetime GMIB payment amount you receive is based on conservative actuarial factors and may be lower than your Annual withdrawal amount.

 

  At most GMIB exercise ages, the annual Lifetime GMIB payment amount will be less than your Annual withdrawal amount. Accordingly, you should not deplete your Protected Benefit account value through withdrawals in reliance on receiving a similar amount of annual income through Lifetime GMIB payments.

For example, assume that a male contract owner who is age 80 and has a $100,000 GMIB benefit base, and his Protected Benefit account value falls to zero through systematic withdrawals of the Annual withdrawal amount (e.g., $5,000 as of the most recent contract date anniversary) and poor investment performance. Further assume that the no-lapse guarantee is in effect and the GMIB is automatically exercised.

 

The contract owner’s annual Lifetime GMIB payment would be $4,315, which is calculated by applying the GMIB annuity purchase factor for his age of 80 (in this example, it would be 4.315%) to his $100,000 GMIB benefit base. In this case, the annual Lifetime GMIB payment is $685 less than the most recent Annual withdrawal amount.

 

Any remaining Investment account value will be annuitized under a separate contract based on one of the annuity payout options discussed under “Your annuity payout options” in “Accessing your money”.

 

Upon issuing your supplementary contract, your Guaranteed minimum death benefit and your death benefit in connection with your Investment account value will be terminated.

 

If you elected the GMIB and your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero due to an Excess withdrawal, we will terminate your GMIB and you will receive no payment or supplementary life annuity contract, even if your GMIB benefit base is greater than zero.

 

Please see Appendix “Hypothetical illustrations” for an example of how Lifetime GMIB payments are calculated when: (i) a hypothetical Protected Benefit account value falls to zero, and (ii) the annuitant reaches age 95.

 

Please note:

 

(i)

if the GMIB benefit base is reset after age 85, the only time you may exercise the GMIB is within 30 days following the contract date anniversary following the owner’s attainment of age 95;

 

(ii)

for Retirement Cornerstone® 19 QP contracts, the Plan participant can exercise the GMIB only if he or she elects to take a distribution from the Plan and, in connection with this distribution, the Plan’s trustee changes the ownership of the contract to the participant. This effects a rollover of the Retirement Cornerstone® 19 QP contract into a Retirement Cornerstone® 19 traditional IRA. This process must be completed within the 30-day time frame following the contract date anniversary in order for the Plan participant to be eligible to exercise. However, if the GMIB is automatically exercised as a result of the no-lapse guarantee, a rollover into an IRA will not be effected and payments will be made directly to the trustee;

 

(iii)

since no partial exercise is permitted, owners of defined benefit QP contracts who plan to change ownership of the contract to the participant must first compare the participant’s lump sum benefit amount and annuity

 

 

55


  benefit amount to the GMIB benefit base and account value, and make a withdrawal from the contract if necessary. See “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits”;

 

(iv)

if you reset the GMIB benefit base (as described in this section), your new exercise date will be the tenth contract date anniversary following the reset or, if later, the earliest date you would have been permitted to exercise without regard to the reset, but in no event will it be later than the contract date anniversary following age 95. Please note that in most cases, resetting your GMIB benefit base will lengthen the waiting period;

 

(v)

a spouse beneficiary or younger spouse joint owner under Spousal continuation may continue the GMIB if the contract is not past the last date on which the original owner could have exercised the benefit and the spouse beneficiary or younger spouse joint owner is eligible to continue the benefit and to exercise the benefit under the applicable exercise rules (described in “Spousal continuation” in the “Benefits available under the contract” section). Spousal beneficiaries between ages 85 and 95 on the date of the owner’s death will have a one-time opportunity to exercise the GMIB subject to the following additional rules. The one-time election will be available only if the original owner died before the contract date anniversary following age 95. In addition, the election to exercise the GMIB must be made no later than one year following the date of the owner’s death. If the GMIB is exercised, the Guaranteed minimum death benefit will be terminated. For example, if an owner is age 70 at issue, and he dies at age 79, and the spouse beneficiary is 86 on the date of his death, she may exercise the GMIB no later than one year following the date of the owner’s death, even though she was 77 at the time the contract was issued, because eligibility is measured using her age at the time of the owner’s death, not her age on the issue date.

 

(vi)

if the contract is jointly owned and not an IRA contract, you can elect to have the GMIB paid either: (a) as a joint life benefit or (b) as a single life benefit paid on the basis of the older owner’s age (if applicable); and

 

(vii)

if the contract is an IRA contract, you can elect to have the Guaranteed minimum income benefit paid either: (a) as a joint life benefit, but only if the joint annuitant is your spouse or (b) as a single life benefit paid on the basis of the older annuitant’s age; and

 

(viii)

if the contract is owned by a trust or other non-natural person, eligibility to elect or exercise the GMIB is based on the annuitant’s (or older joint annuitant’s, if applicable) age, rather than the owner’s.

 

See “Effect of the owner’s death” under “Payment of death benefit” for more information.

 

Please see “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits” and “Effect of your account values falling to zero” in “Determining your contract’s value” for more information on these guaranteed benefits.

From time to time, we may offer you some form of payment or incentive in return for terminating or modifying certain guaranteed benefits. See “Guaranteed benefit offers” for more information.

 

Series CP® and your Guaranteed benefit bases

 

Credit and Earnings bonus amounts are not included in your GMIB and GMDB benefit bases. If you decide to transfer amounts from your Investment account to your Protected Benefit account variable investment options, only amounts representing contributions and earnings will increase your benefit bases. Credit and Earnings bonus amounts to your Investment account are considered transferred first, though any amount of that transfer that represents those amounts will be excluded from your Guaranteed benefit bases, except to the extent that any credit and Earnings bonus amounts are part of the Protected Benefit account value, which is used to calculate the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base or a benefit base reset in connection with the GMIB benefit base. All transfers, however, will increase your Protected Benefit account value by the total amount of the transfer.

 

For example:

 

On December 1st, you purchase a Series CP® contract, make an initial contribution of $100,000 and you also elect the GMIB and the Return of Principal death benefit. You allocate the entire $100,000 contribution to the Investment account variable investment options and $0 to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. In effect, you have not started to fund your Guaranteed benefits.

 

The credit on contributions applied to your contract is $3,000 ($100,000 x 3%), resulting in an initial Investment account value of $103,000.

 

On December 15th, you decide to fund your Guaranteed benefits by transferring $10,000 to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. After that transfer, your Protected Benefit account value would be $10,000, but your GMIB benefit base and Return of Principal death benefit base would both be $7,000 ($10,000 – $3,000). This is because credits to your Investment account are always considered transferred first.

 

How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits

 

Except as otherwise described in this section withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account will reduce your Guaranteed benefit bases on a pro rata basis. Reduction on a pro rata basis means that we calculate the percentage of your current Protected Benefit account value that is being withdrawn and we reduce your current Guaranteed benefit bases by the same percentage.

 

For example, if your Protected Benefit account value is $30,000 and you withdraw $12,000, you have withdrawn 40% of your Protected Benefit account value. If your Guaranteed benefit base was $40,000 before the withdrawal, it would be reduced by $16,000 ($40,000 X .40) and your new Guaranteed benefit base after the withdrawal would be $24,000 ($40,000 – $16,000).

 

 

56


If your Protected Benefit account value is greater than your Guaranteed benefit base, an Excess withdrawal will result in a reduction of your Guaranteed benefit base that will be less than the withdrawal. For example, if your Protected Benefit account value is $30,000 and you withdraw $12,000, you have withdrawn 40% of your Protected Benefit account value. If your Guaranteed benefit base was $20,000 before the withdrawal, it would be reduced by $8,000 ($20,000 X .40) and your new Guaranteed benefit base after the withdrawal would be $12,000 ($20,000 – $8,000).

 

A pro rata deduction means that if you take a withdrawal that reduces your Guaranteed benefit bases on a pro rata basis and your Protected Benefit account value is less than your Guaranteed benefit base, the amount of the Guaranteed benefit base reduction will exceed the amount of the withdrawal.

 

For purposes of calculating the adjustment to your Guaranteed benefit bases, the amount of the withdrawal will include the amount of any applicable withdrawal charge. Using the example above, the $12,000 withdrawal would include the withdrawal amount paid to you and the amount of any applicable withdrawal charge deducted from your Protected Benefit account value. For more information on the calculation of the charge, see “Withdrawal charge”.

 

If you elected the GMIB with the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit and you take a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, your Highest Anniversary Value benefit base will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by withdrawals up to the Annual withdrawal amount, and on a pro rata basis by Excess withdrawals (including any applicable withdrawal charges). If you take a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account and you did not elect the GMIB with the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit, your Highest Anniversary Value benefit base will be reduced on a pro rata basis (including any applicable withdrawal charges).

 

Withdrawals affect your GMIB benefit base, as follows:

 

  Once you take a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, additional contributions to the Protected Benefit account are no longer permitted. Transfers to the Protected Benefit Account continue to be permitted until you make a subsequent contribution to the Investment account, subject to the maximum age restrictions described in “Transferring your money among investment options.”

 

  Beginning with the contract year in which you fund your Protected Benefit account if your Lifetime GMIB payments have not begun, withdrawals up to your Annual withdrawal amount will not reduce your GMIB benefit base.

 

  The portion of a withdrawal in excess of the Annual withdrawal amount will reduce the GMIB benefit base on a pro rata basis. This means that once a withdrawal is taken that causes the sum of the withdrawals from the Protected Benefit account to exceed the Annual withdrawal amount, that portion of the withdrawal that
   

exceeds the Annual withdrawal amount and any subsequent withdrawals from the Protected Benefit account in that contract year will reduce the GMIB benefit base on a pro rata basis.

 

Withdrawals affect your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base, as follows:

 

  The full amount of any withdrawal from your Protected Benefit Account taken before the calendar year in which you turn age 70½ will reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base on a pro rata basis.

 

  The full amount of any withdrawal from your Protected Benefit Account taken during your first contract year, even if you turn age 70½ during that year, will reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base on a pro rata basis.

 

  The portion of a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account that exceeds your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount for the calendar year will reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base on a pro rata basis. This means that once you take a withdrawal that causes the sum of the withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account to exceed your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount, that portion of the withdrawal that exceeds the RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount, and any subsequent withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account in that calendar year, will reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base on a pro rata basis.

 

  Other than during your first contract year, a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account beginning with the calendar year in which you turn age 70½ will be treated as a RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal and will count towards your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount. Withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account up to your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount will not reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base.

 

Please see Appendix “Examples of how withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefit bases” for examples of how withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefit bases. For information on how RMD payments affect your Guaranteed benefits, including the special rules that apply if you enroll in our RMD withdrawal service, see “Lifetime required minimum distribution withdrawals” in “Accessing your money”. For information on how RMD payments affect your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, see “RMDs for Traditional IRA and SEP IRA contracts with the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit” in “Accessing your money”. For information about the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, see “RMD Wealth Guard death benefit”.

 

Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits

 

You can drop or change your Guaranteed benefits, subject to our rules. Your ability to do so depends on whether you have funded your Protected Benefit account. If you have not funded your Protected Benefit account, we call this a “pre-funding” drop or change. If you have funded your Protected Benefit account,

 

 

57


we call this a “post-funding” drop. Also, in order to make a change to your Guaranteed minimum death benefit, you must meet the eligibility requirements for the new benefit. If you drop a Guaranteed benefit, you will not be permitted to add it back to your contract.

 

Pre-Funding Drop or Change

 

Prior to funding your Protected Benefit account, you can drop your GMIB, Guaranteed minimum death benefit, or change your Guaranteed minimum death benefit. For contracts with the GMIB, the Guaranteed minimum death benefit generally cannot be changed without first dropping the GMIB. In Appendix “Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits”, we provide a chart that lists the possible Guaranteed benefit combinations under the Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contract and our rules for dropping and changing benefits prior to funding your Protected Benefit account.

 

Post-Funding Drop

 

If you funded your Protected Benefit account at issue and contributions to the contract are no longer subject to withdrawal charges, you have the option to drop both your GMIB and Guaranteed minimum death benefit. Also, you can drop your GMIB and retain your Guaranteed minimum death benefit. If you funded your Protected Benefit account after issue, you generally cannot drop your Guaranteed benefit(s) until the later of: (i) the contract date anniversary following the date the Protected Benefit account was funded, and (ii) the expiration of the period in which your contract is subject to withdrawal charges.

 

If you decide to drop all Guaranteed benefits post-funding, we require that you complete the administrative form we provide for this purpose. You must either take a full withdrawal of your Protected Benefit account or make a one-time transfer to the Investment account variable investment options and guaranteed interest option. The Guaranteed benefits and any applicable charges will be terminated as of the business day we receive the properly completed administrative form at our processing office. Please note that when a Guaranteed benefit (other than the Return of Principal death benefit) is dropped on any date other than a contract date anniversary, we will deduct a pro rata portion of the charge for that year.

 

For contracts with the GMIB, the Guaranteed minimum death benefit cannot be dropped without first dropping the GMIB. In Appendix “Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits”, we provide a chart that lists the possible Guaranteed benefit combinations under the Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contract and our rules for dropping and changing benefits if you have already funded your Protected Benefit account.

 

Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits in the event of a fee change.  In the event that we exercise our contractual right to change the fee for the GMIB or RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, you may be given a one-time opportunity to drop your Guaranteed benefits or change your GMDB if it is not yet funded, subject to our rules. You may drop or change your Guaranteed benefits only within 30 days of the fee change notification. If you have funded your Protected Benefit

account and wish to drop your Guaranteed benefits, the requirement that all withdrawal charges have expired will be waived. See “Fee changes for the Guaranteed minimum income benefit and RMD Wealth Guard death benefit” in “Charges and expenses” and Appendix “Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits” for more information.

 

Guaranteed benefit offers

 

From time to time, we may offer you some form of payment or incentive in return for terminating or modifying certain guaranteed benefits. Previously, we made offers to groups of contract owners that provided for an increase in account value in return for terminating their guaranteed death or income benefits. In the future, we may make additional offers to these and other groups of contract owners.

 

When we make an offer, we may vary the offer amount, up or down, among the same group of contract owners based on certain criteria such as account value , the difference between account value and any applicable benefit base, investment allocations and the amount and type of withdrawals taken. For example, for guaranteed benefits that have benefit bases that can be reduced on either a pro rata or dollar-for-dollar basis, depending on the amount of withdrawals taken, we may consider whether you have taken any withdrawal that has caused a pro rata reduction in your benefit base, as opposed to a dollar-for-dollar reduction. Also, we may increase or decrease offer amounts from offer to offer. In other words, we may make an offer to a group of contract owners based on an offer amount, and, in the future, make another offer based on a higher or lower offer amount to the remaining contract owners in the same group.

 

If you accept an offer that requires you to terminate a guaranteed benefit, we will no longer charge you for it, and you will not be eligible for any future offers related to that type of guaranteed benefit, even if such future offer would have included a greater offer amount or different payment or incentive.

 

Other Benefits

 

Dollar cost averaging

 

We offer a variety of dollar cost averaging programs. Not all of the programs described here are available with each Series of the Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contract. You may only participate in one program at a time. Each program allows you to gradually allocate amounts to available investment options by periodically transferring approximately the same dollar amount to the investment options you select. Regular allocations to the variable investment options will cause you to purchase more units if the unit value is low and fewer units if the unit value is high. Therefore, you may get a lower average cost per unit over the long term.

 

All amounts in a dollar cost averaging program will be transferred at the completion of the time period you select. Currently, our Special DCA programs time periods do not extend beyond 12 months. These plans of investing do not guarantee that you will earn a profit or be protected against losses.

 

 

58


 

Units measure your value in each variable investment option.

 

 

We offer the following dollar cost averaging programs in the Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contracts:

 

  Special dollar cost averaging;

 

  Special money market dollar cost averaging;

 

  General dollar cost averaging; and

 

  Investment simplifier.

 

The only dollar cost averaging programs that are available to fund your Guaranteed benefits are special dollar cost averaging and special money market dollar cost averaging (together, the “Special DCA programs”). Depending on the Series of the Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contract you own, you will have one of the Special DCA programs available to you, but not both. The Special DCA programs allow you to gradually fund your Protected Benefit account value through systematic transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. Amounts allocated to a Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options are included in the benefit bases for your Guaranteed benefits. Also, you may make systematic transfers to the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option. Amounts in the account for special money market dollar cost averaging are immediately invested in the EQ/Money Market variable investment option. Only new contributions may be allocated to a Special DCA program. For information on how a Special DCA program may affect certain Guaranteed benefits, see “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” and “Guaranteed minimum death benefits”.

 

General dollar cost averaging and Investment simplifier, on the other hand, can only be used for systematic transfers to your Investment account variable investment options. Our Investment simplifier program is available for scheduled transfers from the guaranteed interest option to the Investment account variable investment options. Our General dollar cost averaging program is available for scheduled transfers from the EQ/Money Market variable investment option to the Investment account variable investment options. Below, we provide detail regarding each of the programs.

 

Generally, you may not elect both a dollar cost averaging program and a rebalancing option. The only exception is if you elect our Investment simplifier program with Option I under our rebalancing programs, which does not rebalance amounts in the guaranteed interest option. For more information on our rebalancing programs, see “Rebalancing among your Investment account variable investment options and guaranteed interest option” in “Benefits available under the contract.”

 

We do not deduct a transfer charge for any transfer made in connection with our dollar cost averaging programs. We may, at any time, exercise our right to terminate transfers to any of the variable investment options and to limit the number of variable investment options which you may elect.

Not all dollar cost averaging programs are available in all states. For a state-by-state description of all material variations of this contract, including information on the availability of our dollar cost averaging programs in your state, see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits”.

 

Our Special DCA programs.  We currently offer the “Special dollar cost averaging program” under the Series B contracts and the “Special money market dollar cost averaging program” under the Series CP® contracts.

 

Special dollar cost averaging

 

Under the special dollar cost averaging program, you may dollar cost average from the account for special dollar cost averaging, which is part of the general account. We credit daily interest, which will never be less than the guaranteed lifetime minimum rate for the guaranteed interest option to amounts allocated to this account. We guarantee to pay the current interest rate that is in effect on the date that your contribution is allocated to this account. That interest rate will apply to that contribution as long as it remains in the account for special dollar cost averaging. The guaranteed interest rate for the time period that you select will be shown in your contract for your initial contribution. We set the interest rates periodically, based on our discretion and according to procedures that we have. We reserve the right to change these procedures.

 

We will transfer amounts from the account for special dollar cost averaging into the investment options you designate over an available time period that you select. However, if you have the GMIB, we will only transfer amounts to the Protected Benefit account if you are the Funding Age or older. If the special dollar cost averaging program is selected at the time of the application to purchase the contract, a 60 day rate lock will apply from the date of application. Any contribution(s) received during this 60 day period will be credited with the interest rate offered on the date of application for the duration of the special dollar cost averaging time period. Any contribution(s) received after the 60 day rate lock period has ended will be credited with the then current interest rate for the duration of the time period selected. Once the time period you selected has ended, you may select another time period for future contributions. At that time, you may also select a different allocation for transfers to the investment options, or, if you wish, we will continue to use the allocation that you previously made.

 

Special money market dollar cost averaging

 

Under the special money market dollar cost averaging program, you may dollar cost average from the account for special money market dollar cost averaging, which is part of the EQ/Money Market variable investment option. We will transfer amounts from the account for special money market dollar cost averaging into the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option over an available time period that you select. One of the primary benefits of the special money market dollar cost averaging

 

 

59


program is that amounts in the program designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options count toward your Guaranteed benefits on the business day you establish the program. However, if you have the GMIB, we will only transfer amounts to the Protected Benefit account if you are the Funding Age or older.

 

Under both Special DCA programs, the following applies:

 

  Initial contributions to a Special DCA program must be at least $2,000; subsequent contributions to an existing Special DCA program must be at least $250;

 

  Subsequent contributions to an existing program do not extend the time period of the program;

 

  Contributions into a Special DCA program must be new contributions; you may not make transfers from amounts allocated to other investment options to initiate a Special DCA program;

 

  We offer time periods of 3, 6 or 12 months. We may also offer other time periods. You may only have one time period in effect at any time and once you select a time period, you may not change it;

 

  You can enroll in a Special DCA program on your contract application or at any time after your contract has been issued. A program will become effective on the date we receive your first contribution directing us to allocate funds to the account for special dollar cost averaging or special money market dollar cost averaging as applicable. The date we receive contributions totaling at least $2,000 in the aggregate will be the date of the first transfer to the variable investment options in accordance with your allocation instructions for the program. Each subsequent transfer date for the time period selected will be one month from the date of the previous transfer. If a transfer date falls on a non-business day, the transfer will be made on the next business day. We will transfer all amounts by the end of the chosen time period for your program.

 

For example, assume you enroll in a 3-month Special DCA program. On the date we receive your initial contribution (say, $60,000) to the program, your program becomes effective and the first transfer of $20,000 is made immediately in accordance with your program’s allocation instructions. The second transfer of $20,000 will be made one month after your first contribution and the third and final transfer of $20,000 will be made two months after your first contribution;

 

Amounts allocated to a Special DCA program will remain in the account for special dollar cost averaging or special money market dollar cost averaging, as applicable, until at least $2,000 in contributions are received into the program;

 

  The only transfers that will be made from your program are your regularly scheduled transfers to the variable investment options. If you request to transfer any other amounts from your program, we will transfer all of the
   

value that you have remaining in the account to the investment options according to the allocation percentages for the Special DCA program that we have on file for you, and your program will terminate;

 

  Contributions to a Special DCA program may be designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, the Investment account variable investment options and/or the guaranteed interest option, subject to the following:

 

 

If you want to take advantage of one of our Special DCA programs, 100% of your contribution must be allocated to either the account for special dollar cost averaging or the account for special money market dollar cost averaging. In other words, your contribution cannot be split between the Special DCA program and any other investment options available under the contract.

 

 

Up to 25% of your Special DCA program may be designated for the guaranteed interest option, even if such a transfer would result in more than 25% of your Total account value being allocated to the guaranteed interest option, or for applications signed on or after May 22, 2023, if such transfer would result in more than 5% of your Total account value being allocated to the guaranteed interest option. See “Transferring your account value” in “Transferring your money among investment options”;

 

  Your instructions for the program must match your allocation instructions on file on the day the program is established. If you change your allocation instructions on file while the Special DCA program is in effect, the ratio of amounts allocated to the Protected Benefit account to amounts allocated to the Investment account will not change. However, amounts will be allocated within each account according to your new instructions;

 

  Your Guaranteed benefit base(s) will be increased to reflect any contribution to the Special DCA program that you have instructed us to transfer to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. However, if you have the GMIB, we will only transfer amounts to the Protected Benefit account if you are the Funding Age or older. The Annual Roll-up rate (or Deferral Roll-up rate, if applicable, which may be the same as the Annual Roll-up rate) in effect on your contract will apply immediately to any contribution that is designated to be transferred to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. For Series CP® contracts, the Annual Roll-up rate (or Deferral Roll-up rate, if applicable, which may be the same as the Annual Roll-up rate) in effect will not be applied to credits associated with contributions allocated to the Special DCA program that are designated to be transferred to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options;

 

 

If we exercise our right to discontinue the acceptance of, and/or place additional limitations on, contributions and transfers into the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, and your Special DCA program has transfers scheduled to the

 

 

60


   

Protected Benefit account variable investment options, the program will continue for its duration. However, subsequent contributions to any Protected Benefit account variable investment options under a Special DCA program will not be permitted;

 

  Except for withdrawals made under our Automatic RMD withdrawal service or our other automated withdrawal programs (systematic withdrawals and substantially equal withdrawals), or for the assessment of contract charges, any unscheduled partial withdrawal from your Special DCA program will terminate your Special DCA program. Any amounts remaining in the account after the program terminates will be transferred to the destination investment options according to your Special DCA program allocation instructions. Any withdrawal which results in a reduction in the Special DCA program amount previously included in your Guaranteed benefit bases will reduce the Guaranteed benefit bases. See “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits”;

 

  Generally, you may not elect both a dollar cost averaging program and a rebalancing option. The only exception is if you elect our Investment simplifier program with Option I under our rebalancing programs, which does not rebalance amounts in the guaranteed interest option. See “Rebalancing among your Investment account variable investment options and guaranteed interest option” to learn more about rebalancing;

 

  All of the dollar cost averaging programs available under your Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contracts can be selected if you enrolled in our Systematic transfer program. However, no amounts will be transferred out of a Special DCA program as part of the Systematic transfer program;

 

  A Special DCA program may not be in effect at the same time as a general dollar cost averaging program;

 

  The only dollar cost averaging program available to fund your Guaranteed benefits is a Special DCA program;

 

  You may cancel your participation at any time. If you terminate your Special DCA program, we will allocate any remaining amounts in your Special DCA program pursuant to your program allocations on file;

 

  If you are dollar cost averaging into the Protected Benefit account variable investment options when you decide to drop all Guaranteed benefits (“post-funding drop”), we will default future transfers designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options to the corresponding Investment account variable investment options that invest in the same underlying Portfolios. Also, you can cancel your Special DCA program and accelerate all transfers to the corresponding Investment account variable investment options. See Appendix “Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits” for more information; and
  We may offer these programs in the future with transfers on a different basis. Your financial professional can provide information in the time periods and interest rates currently available in your state, or you may contact our processing office.

 

General dollar cost averaging program

 

If your value in the EQ/Money Market variable investment option is at least $5,000, you may choose, at any time, to have a specified dollar amount or percentage of your value transferred from that option to any of the Investment account variable investment options. For a state-by-state description of all material variations of this contract, including information on the availability of our general dollar cost averaging program, see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits”.

 

You can select to have transfers made on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis. The transfer date will be the same calendar day of the month as the contract date, but not later than the 28th day of the month. You can also specify the number of transfers or instruct us to continue making the transfers until all amounts in the EQ/Money Market variable investment option have been transferred out. The minimum amount that we will transfer each time is $250. The instructions for the program may differ from your allocation instructions on file.

 

If, on any transfer date, your value in the EQ/Money Market variable investment option is equal to or less than the amount you have elected to have transferred, the entire amount will be transferred. The general dollar cost averaging program will then end. You may change the transfer amount once each contract year or cancel this program at any time.

 

You may not participate in our optional rebalancing programs if you elect the general dollar cost averaging program.

 

Investment simplifier

 

Fixed-dollar option.  Under this option, you may elect to have a fixed-dollar amount transferred out of the guaranteed interest option and into the Investment account variable investment options of your choice. Transfers may be made on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis. You can specify the number of transfers or instruct us to continue to make transfers until all available amounts in the guaranteed interest option have been transferred out.

 

In order to elect the fixed-dollar option, you must have a minimum of $5,000 in the guaranteed interest option on the date we receive your election form at our processing office. The transfer date will be the same calendar day of the month as the contract date but not later than the 28th day of the month. The minimum transfer amount is $50. Also, this option is subject to the guaranteed interest option transfer limitations described under “Transferring your account value” in “Transferring your money among investment options”. While the program is running, any transfer that exceeds those limitations will cause the program to end for that contract year. You will be notified if this occurs. You must send in a request form to resume the program in the next or subsequent contract years.

 

 

61


If, on any transfer date, your value in the guaranteed interest option is equal to or less than the amount you have elected to have transferred, the entire amount will be transferred, provided the transfer complies with the same guaranteed interest option transfer limitations referenced above. If the transfer does not comply with the transfer limitations, the transfer will not be made and the program will end. You may change the transfer amount once each contract year or cancel this program at any time.

 

Interest sweep option.  Under this option, you may elect to have monthly transfers from amounts in the guaranteed interest option into the Investment account variable investment options of your choice. The transfer date will be the last business day of the month. The amount we will transfer will be the interest credited to amounts you have in the guaranteed interest option from the last business day of the prior month to the last business day of the current month. You must have at least $7,500 in the guaranteed interest option on the date we receive your election. If the amount in the guaranteed interest option falls below $7,500 at the beginning of the month, no transfer will be made that month. We will automatically cancel the interest sweep program if the amount in the guaranteed interest option is less than $7,500 on the last day of the month for two months in a row. For the interest sweep option, the first monthly transfer will occur on the last business day of the month following the month that we receive your election form at our processing office. Transfers under the Interest sweep option are subject to the guaranteed interest option transfer limitations described under “Transferring your account value” in “Transferring your money among investment options”.

 

Rebalancing among your Investment account variable investment options and guaranteed interest option

 

We offer two rebalancing programs that you can use to automatically reallocate your Investment account value among your Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option. Option I allows you to rebalance your Investment account value among the Investment account variable investment options. Option II allows you to rebalance your Investment account value among the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option.

 

To enroll in one of our rebalancing programs, you must notify us in writing or through the Equitable Client portal and tell us:

 

(a)

the percentage you want invested in each investment option (whole percentages only), and

 

(b)

how often you want the rebalancing to occur (quarterly, semiannually, or annually on a contract year basis).

 

Rebalancing will occur on the same day of the month as the contract date. If a contract is established after the 28th, rebalancing will occur on the first business day of the month following the contract date. If you elect quarterly rebalancing, the rebalancing in the last quarter of the contract year will occur on the contract date anniversary.

Once it is available, you may elect or terminate the rebalancing program at any time. You may also change your allocations under the program at any time. Once enrolled in the rebalancing program, it will remain in effect until you instruct us in writing to terminate the program. Requesting an investment option transfer while enrolled in our rebalancing program will not automatically change your allocation instructions for rebalancing your account value. This means that upon the next scheduled rebalancing, we will transfer amounts among your investment options pursuant to the allocation instructions previously on file for your program. Changes to your allocation instructions for the rebalancing program (or termination of your enrollment in the program) must be in writing and sent to our processing office. Termination requests can be made online through the Equitable Client portal. See “How to reach us” in “The Company”. There is no charge for the rebalancing feature.

 

 

Rebalancing does not assure a profit or protect against loss. You should periodically review your allocation percentages as your needs change. You may want to discuss the rebalancing program with your financial professional before electing the program.

 

 

While your rebalancing program is in effect, we will transfer amounts among the applicable investment options so that the percentage of your Investment account value that you specify is invested in each option at the end of each rebalancing date.

 

If you select Option II, you will be subject to our rules regarding transfers from the guaranteed interest option to the Investment account variable investment options. These rules are described in “Transferring your account value” in “Transferring your money among investment options”. Under Option II, a transfer into or out of the guaranteed interest option to initiate the rebalancing program will not be permitted if such transfer would violate these rules. If this occurs, the rebalancing program will not go into effect.

 

You may not elect Option II if you are participating in any dollar cost averaging program. You may not elect Option I if you are participating in special money market dollar cost averaging or general dollar cost averaging.

 

Our optional rebalancing programs are not available for amounts allocated to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. For information about rebalancing among the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, see the section below.

 

Rebalancing among your Protected Benefit account variable investment options

 

You can rebalance your Protected Benefit account value by submitting a request to rebalance as of the date we receive your request, however, scheduled recurring rebalancing is not available. Therefore, any subsequent rebalancing transactions would require a subsequent rebalancing request. Your rebalance request must indicate the percentage you

 

 

62


want rebalanced in each investment option (whole percentages only). You can rebalance only to the investment options available in your Protected Benefit account.

 

When we rebalance your Protected Benefit account, we will transfer amounts among the investment options so that the percentage of your account value in each option at the end of the rebalancing date matches the most recent allocation instructions that we have on file. Rebalancing does not assure a profit or protect against loss, so you should periodically review your allocation percentages as your needs change.

    

 

 

63


3. Principal risks of investing in the contract

 

 

 

The risks identified below are the principal risks of investing in the contract. The contract may be subject to additional risks other than those identified and described in this prospectus.

 

Risks Associated with Variable Investment Options

 

You take all the investment risk for amounts allocated to one or more of the subaccounts, which invest in Portfolios. If the subaccounts you select increase in value, then your Total account value goes up; if they decrease in value, your Total account value goes down. How much your Total account value goes up or down depends on the performance of the Portfolios in which your subaccounts invest. We do not guarantee the investment results of any Portfolio. An investment in the contract is subject to the risk of poor investment performance, and the value of your investment can vary depending on the performance of the selected Portfolio(s), each of which has its own unique risks. You should review the Portfolios before making an investment decision.

 

Insurance Company Risk

 

No company other than us has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that we owe under the contract including amounts allocated to the guaranteed interest option. The general obligations and any Guaranteed benefits under the contract are supported by our general account and are subject to our claims-paying ability. You should look solely to our financial strength for our claims-paying ability.

 

Possible Fees on Access to Total Account Value

 

We may apply fees if you access your Total account value during the accumulation period or surrender your contract. For example, in addition to possible tax consequences, you may incur fees for accessing your Total account value such as a withdrawal charge, transfer fee, third party transfer or exchange fee, annual administrative expense, base contract expense, and/or a charge for any optional benefits.

 

Possible Adverse Tax Consequences

 

The tax considerations associated with the contract vary and can be complicated. The applicable tax rules can differ, depending on the type of contract, whether NQ, traditional IRA, Roth IRA or QP. The tax considerations discussed in this prospectus are general in nature and describe only federal income tax law (not state, local, foreign or other federal tax laws). Moreover, the tax aspects that apply to a particular person’s contract may vary depending on the facts applicable to that person. Tax rules may change without notice.

 

We cannot predict whether, when, or how these rules could change. Any change could affect contracts purchased

before the change. Congress may also consider further proposals to comprehensively reform or overhaul the United States tax and retirement systems, which if enacted, could affect the tax benefits of a contract. We cannot predict what, if any, legislation will actually be proposed or enacted. Before making contributions to your contract or taking other action related to your contract, you should consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in, and payments received under, the contract.

 

Not a Short-Term Investment

 

The contract is not a short-term investment and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash because the contract is designed to provide for the accumulation of retirement savings and income on a long-term basis. As such, you should not use the contract as a short-term investment or savings vehicle and you should consider whether investing in the contract is consistent with the purpose for which the investment is being considered.

 

Risk of Loss

 

All investments have risks to some degree and it is possible that you could lose money by investing in the contract. An investment in the contract is not a deposit with a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

Optional Benefits

 

Investment options are limited if Guaranteed benefits are elected. Guaranteed benefits are funded through the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and once a withdrawal is taken from the Protected Benefit account, you cannot make additional contributions to the Protected Benefit account. We may limit or stop accepting contributions and transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options which means you may no longer be able to increase your Protected Benefit account value and the benefit bases associated with your Guaranteed benefits through contributions and transfers. Excess withdrawals may terminate or significantly reduce the value of your optional benefits.

 

Series CP® Contracts

 

The fees and charges for Series CP® contracts are higher than for Series B contracts and the amount of the credit may be more than offset by these higher fees and charges. Credits may be recaptured upon free look, annuitization and death. Withdrawals may limit credits for subsequent contributions.

 

 

64


 

Limitations on access to cash value through withdrawals

 

Withdrawals may be subject to withdrawal charges, income tax and may be subject to tax penalties if taken before age 5912. The minimum partial withdrawal amount is $300. Withdrawals will reduce your Total account value and optional benefit bases and the amount of the reduction may be greater than the dollar amount of the withdrawal. Excess withdrawals may terminate or significantly reduce the value of your optional benefits. Certain withdrawals may also terminate your contract. Withdrawals from Series CP® contracts may limit credits for subsequent contributions. If you take a withdrawal from the Protected benefit account, you cannot make additional contributions to the Protected benefit account.

 

Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events

 

We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our variable product business. Because our variable product business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages, and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software malfunctions), and cyberattacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on websites and other operational disruption and unauthorized use or abuse of confidential customer information. Systems failures and cyberattacks, as well as, any other catastrophic event, including natural and manmade disasters, public health emergencies, pandemic diseases, terrorist attacks, floods or severe storms affecting us, any third-party administrator, the underlying funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us, our business operations and your account value. Systems failures and cyberattacks may also interfere with our processing of contract transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with the underlying funds, impact our ability to calculate account values, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. In addition, the occurrence of any pandemic disease (like COVID-19), natural disaster, terrorist attack or any other event that results in our workforce, and/or employees of service providers and/or third-party administrators, being compromised and unable or unwilling to fully perform their responsibilities, could likewise result in interruptions in our service, including our ability to issue contracts and process contract transactions. Even when our workforce and employees of our service providers and/or third-party administrators can work remotely, those remote work arrangements could result in our business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances and lead to delays in our issuing

contracts and processing of other contract-related transactions, as well as possibly being more susceptible to cyberattacks. Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which may cause the funds underlying your contract to lose value. While there can be no assurance that we or the underlying funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your contract due to cyberattacks, information security breaches or other catastrophic events in the future, we take reasonable steps to mitigate these risks and secure our systems and business operations from such failures, attacks and events.

 

COVID-19

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has negatively impacted the U.S. and global economies. A wide variety of factors continue to impact financial and economic conditions, including, among others, volatility in the financial markets, rising inflation rates, supply chain disruptions, continued low interest rates and changes in fiscal or monetary policy. Efforts to prevent the spread of COVID-19 have affected our business directly in a number of ways, including through the temporary closures of many businesses and schools and the institution of social distancing requirements in many states and local communities. Businesses or schools that have reopened have restricted or limited access for the foreseeable future and may do so on a permanent or episodic basis. As a result, our ability to sell products through our regular channels and the demand for our products and services has been significantly impacted.

 

While we have implemented risk management and contingency plans with respect to the COVID-19 pandemic, such measures may not adequately protect our business from the full impacts of the pandemic. Currently, most of our employees and advisors are continuing to work remotely. Extended periods of remote work arrangements could introduce additional operational risk including, but not limited to, cybersecurity risks, and impair our ability to effectively manage our business. We also outsource a variety of functions to third parties whose business continuity strategies are largely outside our control.

 

Economic uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic may have an adverse effect on product sales and result in existing policyholders withdrawing at greater rates. COVID-19 could have an adverse effect on our insurance business due to increased mortality and morbidity rates. The cost of reinsurance to us for these policies could increase, and we may encounter decreased availability of such reinsurance. If policyholder lapse and surrender rates or premium waivers significantly exceed our expectations, we may need to change our assumptions, models or reserves.

 

Our investment portfolio has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our investments in mortgages and commercial mortgage-backed securities have been, and could continue to be, negatively affected by delays or failures of borrowers to make payments of principal and interest when due. In some jurisdictions, local

 

 

65


governments have imposed delays or moratoriums on many forms of enforcement actions. Furthermore, declines in equity markets and interest rates, reduced liquidity or a continued slowdown in the U.S. or in global economic conditions may also adversely affect the values and cash flows of investments. Market volatility also caused significant increases in credit spreads, and any continued volatility may increase our borrowing costs and decrease product fee income. Further, severe market volatility may leave us unable to react to market events in a prudent manner consistent with our historical investment practices.

 

The extent of the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on us will depend on future developments that are still highly uncertain, including the severity and duration of the pandemic, actions taken by governments and other third parties in response to the pandemic and the availability and efficacy of vaccines against COVID-19 and its variants.

    

 

 

66


4. Determining your contract’s value

 

 

 

Your account value and cash value

 

Your “Total account value” is the total of: (i) the Protected Benefit account value, and (ii) the Investment account value. Your “Protected Benefit account value” is the total value you have in: (i) the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, and (ii) amounts in a Special DCA program designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. Your “Investment account value” is the total value you have in: (i) the Investment account variable investment options, (ii) the guaranteed interest option, and (iii) amounts in a Special DCA program designated for the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option. See Appendix “Portfolio Companies available under the contract” for more information about the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and Investment account variable investment options.

 

Your contract also has a “cash value.” Your contract’s cash value is equal to the Total account value, less: (i) the total amount or a pro rata portion of the annual administrative charge, as well as any optional benefit charges; and (ii) any applicable withdrawal charges. Please see “Surrendering your contract to receive its cash value” in “Accessing your money”.

 

Your contract’s value in the variable investment options

 

Each variable investment option invests in shares of a corresponding Portfolio. Your value in each variable investment option is measured by “units.” The value of your units will increase or decrease as though you had invested it in the corresponding Portfolio’s shares directly. Your value, however, will be reduced by the amount of the fees and charges that we deduct under the contract.

 

The unit value for each variable investment option depends on the investment performance of that option, less daily charges for:

 

(i)

operations expenses;

 

(ii)

administration expenses; and

 

(iii)

distribution charges.

 

On any day, your value in any variable investment option equals the number of units credited to that option, adjusted for any units purchased for or deducted from your contract under that option, multiplied by that day’s value for one unit. The number of your contract units in any variable investment option does not change unless they are:

 

(i)

increased to reflect subsequent contributions (plus the credit for Series CP® contracts);

 

(ii)

decreased to reflect withdrawals (plus withdrawal charges, if applicable); or

(iii)

increased to reflect transfers into, or decreased to reflect a transfer out of, a variable investment option.

 

In addition, when we deduct any Guaranteed benefit charge, the number of units credited to your contract will be reduced. Your units are also reduced when we deduct the annual administrative charge. A description of how unit values are calculated can be found in the SAI.

 

Your contract’s value in the guaranteed interest option

 

Your value in the guaranteed interest option at any time will equal: your contributions and transfers to that option, plus interest, minus transfers and withdrawals out of the option, and charges we deduct.

 

Your contract’s value in the account for special dollar cost averaging

 

(For Series B contracts only)

 

Your value in the account for special dollar cost averaging at any time will equal your contribution allocated to that option, plus interest, minus any amounts that have been transferred to the variable investment options you have selected, and charges we deduct.

 

Effect of your account values falling to zero

 

In general, your contract will terminate without value if your Total account value falls to zero as the result of withdrawals, or the payment of any applicable charges when due, or a combination of two, as described below:

 

  If you have Investment account value only and it falls to zero as the result of withdrawals or the payment of any applicable charges, your contract will terminate.

 

  Your Return of Principal and Highest Anniversary Value Guaranteed minimum death benefits will terminate without value if your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero as the result of withdrawals or the payment of any applicable charges. This will happen whether or not you also elected the GMIB or receive Lifetime GMIB payments. Unless you have amounts allocated to your Investment account, your contract will also terminate.

 

 

If you elected the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit and your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit will terminate. You will be eligible for a refund of 10% of your total contributions and transfers to the Protected Benefit account less the dollar amount of any Excess RMD withdrawals you have taken. For more information, see “RMD Wealth Guard Refund feature” in “Benefits available under the contract”. Your contract will terminate, unless you have amounts allocated to the Investment account. Any remaining RMD

 

 

67


   

payments from the Investment account will continue uninterrupted from the Investment account, beginning in the calendar year the Protected Benefit account falls to zero. See “RMD Wealth Guard death benefit” in “Benefits available under the contract” and “Tax information” for more information.

 

  If you elected the GMIB and your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero as the result of the payment of any applicable charges or a withdrawal that is not an Excess withdrawal, you will receive Lifetime GMIB payments if the no-lapse guarantee is still in effect, in accordance with the terms of the GMIB. Unless you have amounts allocated to your Investment account, your contract will also terminate.

 

  If your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero due to an Excess withdrawal, your GMIB will terminate and you will not receive Lifetime GMIB payments. Unless you have amounts allocated to your Investment account, your contract will also terminate.

 

Certain withdrawals, even one that does not cause your Total account value to fall to zero, will be treated as a request to surrender your contract and terminate your Guaranteed minimum death benefit. See “Withdrawals treated as surrenders” in “Accessing your money.”

 

As discussed earlier, we reserve the right to discontinue or limit your ability to make subsequent contributions to the contract or subsequent transfers or contributions to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, either directly or through a Special DCA program. If we exercise this right, you will not have the ability to fund the contract and any Guaranteed benefits in order to avoid contract and/or Guaranteed benefit termination.

 

Withdrawals and/or deductions of charges during or following a period of poor market performance in which your account values decrease, increases the possibility that such a withdrawal or deduction could cause your account values to fall to zero.

        

 

 

68


5. Transferring your money among investment options

 

 

 

Transferring your account value

 

At any time before the date annuity payments are to begin, you can transfer some or all of your Total account value among the investment options, subject to the following:

 

  You may not transfer any amount to a Special DCA program.

 

  Amounts allocated to the Investment account variable investment options or guaranteed interest option can be transferred among the Investment account variable investment options.

 

  If you have the GMIB alone or with the Highest Anniversary Value or Return of Principal death benefit, you may only transfer amounts allocated to the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options starting at the Funding Age and continuing through age 80 or, if later, until your first contract date anniversary. In the case of joint owners, both owners must be at least the Funding Age before transferring amounts into the Protected Benefit account.

 

  If you elect the Highest Anniversary Value or Return of Principal death benefit without the GMIB, you may transfer amounts allocated to the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options through age 80 or, if later, until your first contract date anniversary.

 

  If you elect the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, you may transfer amounts allocated to the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options at any time prior to your 69th birthday, or if later, your first contract date anniversary, subject to the rules and limitations described below:

 

 

If you are under age 65, you may transfer 100% of your Investment account value variable investment options to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options.

 

 

If you were age 20-64 on your contract date, and are now age 65 or older, the maximum amount you may transfer to the Protected Benefit account is equal to your Investment account value as of the transaction date minus your total contributions to the Investment account from age 65 through age 68. For purposes of this calculation, “total contributions” excludes (i) contributions you made to the Investment account prior to your first contract

  date anniversary; and (ii) for Series CP® contracts, any credit and Earnings bonus amounts added to the Investment account (see “Series CP® and your Guaranteed benefit bases” in “Benefits available under the contract” for more information).

 

    

For example, assume you were 6412 on your contract date, you elected the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, you are now 68 years old and your Investment account value on the date of your transfer request is $30,000. Further assume that your total contributions to the Investment Account from age 65 to 68 were equal to $20,000, but of that amount $5,000 was contributed before your first contract date anniversary. The maximum amount you may transfer from the Investment account variable investment options to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options is $15,000 ($30,000 — ($20,000 — $5,000)).

 

 

If you elected the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit and were age 65-68 on your contract date, you may transfer 100% of your Investment account value variable investment options to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. However, for Series CP® contracts, credits associated with contributions made after age 65 cannot be transferred to the Protected Benefit account.

 

  Transfers into your Protected Benefit account will be allocated in accordance with your allocation instructions on file. See the limitations on amounts that may be transferred out of the guaranteed interest option below.

 

  Amounts invested in the Protected Benefit account variable investment options can only be transferred among the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. Transfers out of the Protected Benefit account variable investment options into the Investment account variable investment options or guaranteed interest option are not permitted. However, if the owner elects to drop all Guaranteed benefits, the entire Protected Benefit account value must be withdrawn from the contract or transferred into the Investment account variable investment options or guaranteed interest option. See “Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits” in “Benefits available under the contract”. See the limitations on amounts that may be transferred into the guaranteed interest option below.

 

 

Once a withdrawal is taken from your Protected Benefit account, you cannot make additional contributions to your Protected Benefit account. You may, however, be able to continue to make transfers from your Investment account to the Protected

 

 

69


   

Benefit account variable investment options until such time as you make a subsequent contribution to your Investment account, at which point transfers into the Protected Benefit account will no longer be available. A subsequent contribution received by us in the first 90 calendar days after your contract is issued will not be counted towards shutting down transfers to your Protected Benefit account. See “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits” in “Benefits available under the contract”.

 

  A transfer into the guaranteed interest option will not be permitted if such transfer would result in more than 25% of the Total account value being allocated to the guaranteed interest option, based on the Total account value as of the previous business day. For applications signed after May 22, 2023, a transfer into the guaranteed interest option will not be permitted if such a transfer would result in more than 5% of the Total account value being allocated to the guaranteed interest option, based on the Total account value as of the previous day. This restriction is waived for amounts transferred from a dollar cost averaging program into the guaranteed interest option.

 

  We reserve the right to restrict transfers into and among variable investment options, including limitations on the number, frequency, or dollar amount of transfers.

 

  We may charge a transfer charge for any transfers in excess of 12 transfers in a contract year. For more information, see “Transfer charge” under “Charges that the Company deducts” in “Charges and expenses”.

 

  For transfer restrictions regarding disruptive transfer activity, see “Disruptive transfer activity”.

 

  The maximum amount that may be transferred from the guaranteed interest option to any investment option (including amounts transferred pursuant to the fixed-dollar option and interest sweep option dollar cost averaging programs described under “Benefits available under the contract”) in any contract year is the greatest of:

 

  (a)

25% of the amount you have in the guaranteed interest option on the last day of the prior contract year; or

 

  (b)

the total of all amounts transferred at your request from the guaranteed interest option to any of the investment options in the prior contract year; or

 

  (c)

25% of amounts transferred or allocated to the guaranteed interest option during the current contract year.

 

From time to time, we may remove the restrictions regarding transferring amounts out of the guaranteed interest option. If we do so, we will tell you by way of a supplement to this Prospectus. We will also tell you at least 45 days in advance of the day that we intend to reimpose the transfer restrictions. When we reimpose the transfer restrictions, if any dollar cost averaging transfer out of the guaranteed interest option causes a violation of the 25% outbound restriction, that dollar cost averaging program will be terminated for the current contract year. A new dollar cost averaging program can be started in the next or subsequent contract years.

You may request a transfer in writing (using our specific form), through the Equitable Client portal. You must send in all written transfer requests on the specific form we provide directly to our processing office. We will confirm all transfers in writing.

 

Please see “Allocating your contributions” in “Purchasing the Contract” for more information about your role in managing your allocations.

 

Disruptive transfer activity

 

You should note that the contract is not designed for professional “market timing” organizations, or other organizations or individuals engaging in a market timing strategy. The contract is not designed to accommodate programmed transfers, frequent transfers or transfers that are large in relation to the total assets of the underlying Portfolio.

 

Frequent transfers, including market timing and other program trading or short-term trading strategies, may be disruptive to the underlying Portfolios in which the variable investment options invest. Disruptive transfer activity may adversely affect performance and the interests of long-term investors by requiring a Portfolio to maintain larger amounts of cash or to liquidate Portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time or price. For example, when market timing occurs, a Portfolio may have to sell its holdings to have the cash necessary to redeem the market timer’s investment. This can happen when it is not advantageous to sell any securities, so the Portfolio’s performance may be hurt. When large dollar amounts are involved, market timing can also make it difficult to use long-term investment strategies because a Portfolio cannot predict how much cash it will have to invest. In addition, disruptive transfers or purchases and redemptions of portfolio investments may impede efficient portfolio management and impose increased transaction costs, such as brokerage costs, by requiring the portfolio manager to effect more frequent purchases and sales of portfolio securities. Similarly, a Portfolio may bear increased administrative costs as a result of the asset level and investment volatility that accompanies patterns of excessive or short-term trading. Portfolios that invest a significant portion of their assets in foreign securities or the securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies tend to be subject to the risks associated with market timing and short-term trading strategies to a greater extent than Portfolios that do not. Securities trading in overseas markets present time zone arbitrage opportunities when events affecting Portfolio securities values occur after the close of the overseas market but prior to the close of the U.S. markets. Securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies present arbitrage opportunities because the market for such securities may be less liquid than the market for securities of larger companies, which could result in pricing inefficiencies. Please see the prospectuses for the underlying Portfolios for more information on how Portfolio shares are priced.

 

We currently use the procedures described below to discourage disruptive transfer activity. You should understand,

 

 

70


however, that these procedures are subject to the following limitations: (1) they primarily rely on the policies and procedures implemented by the underlying Portfolios; (2) they do not eliminate the possibility that disruptive transfer activity, including market timing, will occur or that portfolio performance will be affected by such activity; (3) the design of market timing procedures involves inherently subjective judgments, which we seek to make in a fair and reasonable manner consistent with the interests of all contract owners.

 

We offer investment options with underlying Portfolios that are part of affiliated Trust, as well as investment options with underlying Portfolios of outside trusts with which the Company has entered participation agreements (the “unaffiliated trusts” and, collectively with the affiliated Trust, the “trusts”). The affiliated Trust has adopted policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. It discourages frequent purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares and will not make special arrangements to accommodate such transactions. It aggregates inflows and outflows for each Portfolio on a daily basis. On any day when a Portfolio’s net inflows or outflows exceed an established monitoring threshold, the affiliated Trust obtains from us contract owner trading activity. The affiliated Trust currently considers transfers into and out of (or vice versa) the same variable investment option within a five business day period as potentially disruptive transfer activity.

 

When a contract is identified in connection with potentially disruptive transfer activity for the first time, a letter is sent to the contract owner explaining that there is a policy against disruptive transfer activity and that if such activity continues certain transfer privileges may be eliminated. If and when the contract owner is identified a second time as engaged in potentially disruptive transfer activity under the contract, we currently prohibit the use of voice, fax and automated transaction services. We currently apply such action for the remaining life of each affected contract. We or a trust may change the definition of potentially disruptive transfer activity, the monitoring procedures and thresholds, any notification procedures, and the procedures to restrict this activity. Any new or revised policies and procedures will apply to all contract owners uniformly. We do not permit exceptions to our policies restricting disruptive transfer activity.

 

Each unaffiliated trust may have its own policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. If an unaffiliated trust advises us that there may be disruptive activity from one of our contract owners, we will work with the unaffiliated trust to review contract owner trading activity. Each trust reserves the right to reject a transfer that it believes, in its sole discretion, is disruptive (or potentially disruptive) to the management of one of its Portfolios. Please see the prospectuses for the trusts for more information.

 

It is possible that a trust may impose a redemption fee designed to discourage frequent or disruptive trading by contract owners. As of the date of this Prospectus, the trusts had not implemented such a fee. If a redemption fee is implemented by a trust, that fee, like any other trust fee, will be borne by the contract owner.

Contract owners should note that it is not always possible for us and the underlying trusts to identify and prevent disruptive transfer activity. In addition, because we do not monitor for all frequent trading at the separate account level, contract owners may engage in frequent trading which may not be detected, for example, due to low net inflows or outflows on the particular day(s). Therefore, no assurance can be given that we or the trusts will successfully impose restrictions on all potentially disruptive transfers. Because there is no guarantee that disruptive trading will be stopped, some contract owners may be treated differently than others, resulting in the risk that some contract owners may be able to engage in frequent transfer activity while others will bear the effect of that frequent transfer activity. The potential effects of frequent transfer activity are discussed above.

 

Systematic transfer program

 

Under the systematic transfer program, you may elect to have amounts from the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option transferred to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. This can be done on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. There are four transfer options available under this program.

 

 

Please check with your financial professional or one of our customer service representatives regarding the availability of our Systematic transfer program options.

 

 

(i)

Fixed dollar. Under this option, you can transfer a specified dollar amount, subject to a minimum of $50. The dollar amount you select cannot be changed while the program is in effect. If your Investment account value on the transfer date is $50 or less, and you have not elected the systematic transfer program to be in effect for a specified period of time, we will transfer the entire amount and the program will end.

 

(ii)

Fixed percentage. Under this program, you can transfer a specified percentage of your Investment account as of the date of the transfer. The percentage you select cannot be changed while the program is in effect. If your Investment account value on the transfer date is $50 or less, and you have not elected the systematic transfer program to be in effect for a specified period of time, we will transfer the entire amount and the program will end.

 

(iii)

Transfer the gains. Under this option, you can transfer amounts in excess of your “total net contributions” (described below) made to the Investment account as of the date of the transfer. The calculated amount to be transferred must be $50 or greater in order for the transfer to occur. If you elect this option after issue, the first transfer will be for all gains in the Investment account as of the date of the transfer. If there are no gains in the Investment account, a transfer will not occur.

 

(iv)

Transfer the gains in excess of a specified percentage. Under this option, you can transfer amounts in excess of a specified percentage of your “total net contributions”

 

 

71


  (described below) made to the Investment account as of the date of the sweep. There is no restriction on the maximum percentage you can request, however, the specified percentage cannot be changed while the program is in effect. Also, the calculated amount to be transferred must be $50 or greater in order for the transfer to occur. If you elect this option after issue, the first transfer will be for all gains in the Investment account in excess of a specified percentage. If there are no gains in the Investment account, a transfer will not occur.

 

For all options, you may elect the systematic transfer program to be in effect for a specified period of time. If you elect the systematic transfer program to be in effect for a specified period of time, the program will continue in effect until the end of the specified period of time or, if earlier, the date you are no longer eligible to transfer amounts into the Protected Benefit account. Any contributions made to the Investment account while the program is in effect will be subject to transfer or sweep to the Protected Benefit account until the date you are no longer eligible to transfer amounts into the Protected Benefit account.

 

For options (iii) and (iv), the “net contribution amount” is the total contributions made to the Investment account, adjusted for withdrawals (and any applicable withdrawal charges) and all transfers to the Protected Benefit account. All subsequent contributions made to the Investment account will increase the net contribution amount by the dollar amount of the contribution as of the transaction date of the contribution. All withdrawals and ad hoc transfers from the Investment account will be withdrawn or transferred — gains first. The net contribution amount will only be reduced by a withdrawal (and any applicable withdrawal charges) or transfer to the extent that the withdrawal or transfer is in excess of “gains” in the Investment account on the date of the transfer. For this purpose, “gains” is equal to the Investment account value immediately prior to the withdrawal or transfer in excess of net contribution.

 

Please note the following under the Systematic transfer program:

 

  As noted above, transfers can be made on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. You can choose a start date for transfers but it cannot be later than the 28th day of the month or later than one year from the date you enroll. The frequency for transfers cannot be changed while the program is in effect. If you decide you want to change the frequency of transfers, you must cancel your current program and re-enroll in the program.

 

  For Series CP® contracts, any credits and Earnings bonus applied to the Investment account will not be part of the net contribution amount. The total amount of credit and Earnings bonus applied to the Investment account will be considered transferred to the Protected Benefit account first before any earnings are transferred under our Systematic transfer program.
  Each transfer will be pro-rated from all of your investment options in the Investment account, except for amounts allocated to a Special DCA program. If either option (iii) or (iv) is selected and there are amounts allocated to a Special DCA program, the calculation of the sweep will use your Investment account value (including any amounts in the Special DCA program that are designated for future transfers to the Investment account). However, once the amount to be transferred is calculated, the transfer will be pro-rated from the Investment account variable investment options and the Guaranteed interest option. No amounts will be transferred from the Special DCA program.

 

  Under the Fixed percentage option, the calculation of the transfer will not include any amounts in the Special DCA program and the transfer will be pro-rated from the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option.

 

  All transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options will be in accordance with your allocation instructions on file.

 

  An ad hoc transfer from the Investment account to the Protected Benefit account that is not part of the Systematic transfer program will not terminate the program. Please note, however, that a transfer under options (iii) or (iv) could decrease the net contribution amount that is used to determine the gains on each transfer date.

 

  You can only have one Systematic transfer program in effect at any one time.

 

  You can cancel your Systematic transfer program at any time.

 

  Transfers under your Systematic transfer program do not count toward the transfers under the contract that may be subject to a transfer charge.

 

  The Systematic transfer program is available with any dollar cost averaging program available under your contract.

 

  You can elect a rebalancing program for your Investment account value while the Systematic transfer program is in effect. If a rebalancing transaction date and Systematic transfer program transaction date happen to be on the same Business day, the transfer under the Systematic transfer program will be processed first. Then, we will process the rebalancing of your Investment account value.

 

  If all Guaranteed benefits are dropped post-funding of the Protected Benefit account, your Systematic transfer program will be terminated.

 

 

If we exercise our right to discontinue contributions and/or transfers to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, or if you are unable to make subsequent contributions and/or transfers to the Protected

 

 

72


   

Benefit account variable investment options due to any other contribution or transfer restriction, your Systematic transfer program will be terminated.

 

  If you make a contribution to your Investment account following your first withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account, your Systematic transfer program will be terminated.

 

  Transfers under a Systematic transfer program are subject to the limitations specified in “Transferring your account value”.

    

 

 

73


6. Accessing your money

 

 

 

Withdrawing your account value

 

You have several ways to withdraw your Total account value before payments begin. The table below shows the methods available under each type of contract.

 

Withdrawals reduce your account value and may be subject to withdrawal charges and have tax consequences, including possible tax penalties. Your account value could become insufficient due to withdrawals and/or poor market performance. For information on how withdrawals could significantly reduce or terminate your Guaranteed benefits and potentially cause your contract to terminate, please see “Effect of your account values falling to zero” in “Determining your contract’s value” and “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits” in “Benefits available under the contract”.

 

If you take a withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, the withdrawal may impact your existing benefits and you will no longer be permitted to make subsequent contributions into the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. The first withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account may also affect the applicable Roll-up rate used in calculating certain Guaranteed benefits. See “How you can purchase and contribute to your contract” in “Purchasing the Contract” and “Annual Roll-up rate” and “Deferral Roll-up rate” under “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” in “Benefits available under the contract” and “Rules regarding contributions to your contract” in Appendix “Rules regarding contributions to your contract” for more information. Please note that the Deferral Roll-up Rate and Annual Roll-up rate may be the same.

 

   
    Method of withdrawal
Contract(1)  

Auto-

matic

payment

plans(2)

  Partial  

Syste-

matic(3)

 

Pre-age

5912

sub-

stantially

equal

 

Lifetime

required

minimum

distribu-

tion

NQ   Yes   Yes   Yes   No   No
Traditional IRA   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes
Roth IRA   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   No
Inherited IRA   No   Yes   No   No   Yes(4)
QP(5)   Yes   Yes   No   No   No
SEP IRA   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes   Yes
(1)

Please note that not all contract types are available under all Series.

(2)

Available for contracts with GMIB only.

(3)

Available for withdrawals from your Investment account variable investment options and guaranteed interest option only.

(4)

The contract (whether traditional IRA or Roth IRA) pays out post-death required minimum distributions. See “Inherited IRA beneficiary continuation contract” in “Purchasing the Contract”.

(5)

All payments are made to the plan trust as the owner of the contract. See Appendix “Purchase considerations for QP contracts”.

Automatic payment plans

 

(For contracts with GMIB)

 

You may take automatic withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account under either the Maximum payment plan or the Customized payment plan, as described below. Under either plan, you may take withdrawals on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis. The first payment date cannot be more than one full payment period from the date the enrollment form is received at our processing office. If a later date is specified, we will not process your enrollment form. You may change the payment frequency of your withdrawals at any time, and the change will become effective on the next contract date anniversary. All withdrawals from an Automatic payment plan reduce your free withdrawal amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis but will not exceed your Annual withdrawal amount.

 

You may elect either the Maximum payment plan or the Customized payment plan beginning in the contract year in which you first fund your Protected Benefit account. You must wait at least 28 days from enrollment in a plan before automatic payments begin. We will make the withdrawals on any day of the month that you select as long as it is not later than the 28th day of the month. However, you must elect a date that is more than three calendar days prior to your contract date anniversary.

 

Each scheduled payment cannot be less than $50. If scheduled payments would be less than $50, the program will be terminated. This applies even if an RMD withdrawal causes the reduction of scheduled amounts below $50. Scheduled payments are taken pro rata from all Protected Benefit account variable investment options. Scheduled payments are not taken out of the Special DCA programs.

 

If you take a partial withdrawal while an automatic payment plan is in effect:

 

  After scheduled payments begin, a partial withdrawal (together with all withdrawals to date in the contract year) that exceeds the Annual withdrawal amount will terminate the program. You may set up a new program immediately, but it will not begin until the next contract year.

 

  After scheduled payments begin, a partial withdrawal (together with all withdrawals to date in the contract year) that is less than or equal to the Annual withdrawal amount may cause payments to be suspended until the next contract year once the full Annual withdrawal amount for that contract year has been paid out. After a partial withdrawal is taken, you will continue to receive scheduled payments without a disruption in payments until the Annual withdrawal amount is paid out. After the full Annual withdrawal amount has been paid out, the program will be suspended for the remainder of the contract year.
 

 

74


Maximum payment plan

 

If you have funded the GMIB, the Maximum payment plan is available beginning in the contract year in which you first fund your Protected Benefit account. Under the Maximum payment plan, you can request us to pay you the Annual withdrawal amount as scheduled monthly, quarterly or annual payments. The payment amount may increase or decrease annually as the result of a change in the Annual Roll-up rate. Also, the payment amount may increase as the result of a reset of your GMIB benefit base.

 

For monthly or quarterly payments, the Annual withdrawal amount will be divided by 12 or 4 (as applicable). The program is designed to pay the entire Annual withdrawal amount in each contract year, regardless of whether the program is started at the beginning of the contract year or on some other date during the contract year. Consequently, a program that commences on a date other than during the first month or quarter, as applicable, following a contract date anniversary will account for any payments that would have been made since the beginning of the contract year, as if the program were in effect on the contract date anniversary. A catch-up payment will be paid for the number of payment dates that have elapsed from the beginning of the contract year up to the date the enrollment is processed. The catch-up payment is made immediately when the Maximum payment plan enrollment is processed. Thereafter, scheduled payments will begin one payment period later.

 

If you make a contribution or transfer to the Protected Benefit account and later in the same contract year enroll in the Maximum payment plan, we will calculate the pro-rated Roll-up amount associated with the contribution or transfer and add it to the portion of the Annual withdrawal amount not yet paid for the year. Once the Maximum payment plan takes effect, the payments you receive will include catch-up payments to ensure you receive the higher Annual withdrawal amount.

 

If you make a contribution or transfer to the Protected Benefit account after having enrolled in the Maximum payment plan during the same contract year, your remaining payments for that contract year will not change. On your next contract date anniversary, your GMIB benefit base and Annual withdrawal amount will be adjusted for the contribution or transfer, and this adjustment will be reflected in your subsequent payments under the Maximum payment plan.

 

A partial withdrawal taken from the Protected Benefit account in the same contract year prior to enrollment in the Maximum payment plan will have the following effect:

 

  If the amount of the partial withdrawal is more than the Annual withdrawal amount, we will not process your enrollment form.

 

  If the amount of the partial withdrawal is less than the Annual withdrawal amount, then the partial withdrawal will be factored into the Maximum payment plan payments for that contract year.
  Annual frequency: If the amount of the partial withdrawal is less than the Annual withdrawal amount, the remaining Annual withdrawal amount is paid on the date the enrollment form is processed or a later date selected by the owner. You may not select a date later than the next contract date anniversary.

 

  A partial withdrawal that is taken after you are enrolled in the program but before the first payment is made terminates the program.

 

Customized payment plan

 

 

Please check with your financial professional or one of our customer service representatives regarding the availability of our Customized payment plan options.

 

 

If you have funded the GMIB, the Customized payment plan is available beginning in the contract year in which you first fund your Protected Benefit account. Currently, any of the following five Customized payment plan options can be elected. For options that are based on a withdrawal percentage, the specified percentage is applied to your GMIB benefit base as of the most recent contract date anniversary. See “Annual withdrawal amount” in “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” under “Benefits available under the contract”.

 

The following payment options can be elected under the Customized payment plan. For options (i)-(iii) and (v), your payment may increase or decrease annually as the result of a change in the Annual Roll-up rate. Also, the payment amount may increase as the result of a reset of your GMIB benefit base.

 

(i)

Guaranteed minimum percentage: You can request us to pay you as scheduled payments a withdrawal amount based on a withdrawal percentage that is fixed at the guaranteed Roll-up floor rate.

 

(ii)

Fixed percentage below the Annual Roll-up rate: You can request us to pay you as scheduled payments a withdrawal amount based on the applicable Annual Roll-up rate minus a fixed percentage for each contract year. If in any contract year the calculation would result in a payment that is less than the guaranteed Roll-up floor, your withdrawal percentage for that contract year will be equal to the guaranteed Roll-up floor. In other words, the withdrawal percentage can never be less than the guaranteed Roll-up floor. Your percentage requests must be in increments of 0.50%.

 

(iii)

Fixed percentage: You can request us to pay you as scheduled payments a withdrawal amount based on a fixed percentage. The percentage may not exceed the Annual Roll-up rate in any contract year. If in any contract year the fixed percentage is greater than your Annual Roll-up rate for that contract year, or if a scheduled payment would cause your total withdrawals for the year to exceed the Annual withdrawal amount, we will pay you only the Annual withdrawal amount as scheduled payments for that contract year and any

 

 

75


  remaining payments will be suspended. Your percentage requests must be in increments of 0.50%.

 

(iv)

Fixed dollar amount: You can request us to pay you as scheduled payments a fixed dollar withdrawal amount each contract year. The fixed dollar amount may not exceed your Annual withdrawal amount in any contract year. If in any contract year the fixed dollar amount is greater than your Annual withdrawal amount, we will pay you as scheduled payments only your Annual withdrawal amount.

 

(v)

Fixed dollar amount or fixed percentage from both your Protected Benefit account and your Investment account: You can request us to pay you a fixed dollar amount or fixed percentage as scheduled payments that may be greater than your Annual withdrawal amount. The Annual withdrawal amount will be withdrawn from your Protected Benefit account. We will pay you any requested amount that is in excess of your Annual withdrawal amount from your Investment account. If in any contract year there is insufficient value in the Investment account to satisfy your requested fixed dollar or fixed percentage withdrawal, we will pay you the maximum amount that can be withdrawn from your Annual withdrawal amount and your Investment account as scheduled payments for that contract year even though this amount will be less than you requested.

 

For examples of how withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefit bases, see Appendix “Examples of how withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefit bases”.

 

Partial withdrawals and surrenders

(All contracts)

 

You may take partial withdrawals from your contract at any time. All withdrawal requests must be made on a specific form provided by us. Please see “How to reach us” under ”The Company” for more information. Currently, the minimum withdrawal amount is $300. For discussion on how amounts can be withdrawn, see “How withdrawals are taken from your Total account value”. You can also surrender your contract at any time.

 

Partial withdrawals will be subject to a withdrawal charge if they exceed the free withdrawal amount. For more information, see “Free withdrawal amount” in “Charges and expenses”.

 

Any request for a partial withdrawal that results in an Excess withdrawal will suspend your participation in either the Maximum payment plan or Customized payment plan.

 

Systematic withdrawals

(All contracts except Inherited IRA and QP)

 

You may take systematic withdrawals of a particular dollar amount, a particular percentage of, or a specific investment option from your Investment account variable investment options and guaranteed interest option. If there is insufficient account value in the specific investment option you elected, your systematic withdrawals will continue from the remaining Investment account variable investment option or the guaranteed interest option on a pro rata basis.

If your contract is subject to withdrawal charges, you may take systematic withdrawals on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis as long as the withdrawals do not exceed the following percentages of your Investment account value: 0.8% monthly, 2.4% quarterly and 10.0% annually. The minimum amount you may take in each systematic withdrawal is $250. If the amount withdrawn would be less than $250 on the date a withdrawal is to be taken, we will not make a payment and we will terminate your systematic withdrawal election.

 

If the withdrawal charges on your contract have expired, you may elect a systematic withdrawal option in excess of percentages described in the preceding paragraph, up to 100% of your Investment account value. However, if you elect a systematic withdrawal option in excess of these limits, and make a subsequent contribution to your Investment account, the systematic withdrawal option will be terminated. You may then elect a new systematic withdrawal option within the limits described in the preceding paragraph.

 

If you elect our systematic withdrawal program, you may request to have your withdrawals made on any day of the month, subject to the following restrictions:

 

  You must select a date that is more than three calendar days prior to your contract date anniversary; and

 

  You cannot select the 29th, 30th or 31st.

 

If you do not select a date, we will make the withdrawals the same day of the month as the day we receive your request to elect the program, subject to the same restrictions listed above. If you have also elected a GMIB Automatic payment plan, unless you instruct us otherwise, your systematic withdrawal option withdrawals will be on the same date as your automatic payment plan. You must wait at least 28 days after your contract is issued before your systematic withdrawals can begin.

 

You may elect to take systematic withdrawals at any time.

 

If the systematic withdrawal option is elected with an Automatic payment plan, the payment frequency will be the same as the Automatic payment plan.

 

You may change the payment frequency, or the amount or the percentage of your systematic withdrawals, once each contract year. However, you may not change the amount or percentage in any contract year in which you have already taken a partial withdrawal. You can cancel the systematic withdrawal option at any time.

 

If you take a partial withdrawal while you are taking systematic withdrawals, your systematic withdrawal option will be terminated. You may then elect a new systematic withdrawal option.

 

Systematic withdrawals are not subject to a withdrawal charge, except to the extent that, when added to a partial withdrawal amount previously taken in the same contract year, the systematic withdrawal exceeds the free withdrawal amount.

 

 

76


Substantially equal withdrawals

(Traditional IRA, Roth IRA and SEP IRA contracts only)

 

We offer our “substantially equal withdrawals option” to allow you to receive distributions from your contract without triggering the 10% additional federal income tax penalty, which normally applies to distributions made before age 5912. Substantially equal withdrawals are also referred to as “72(t) exception withdrawals”. See “Tax information”. The substantially equal withdrawals option is available only if 100% of your Total account value is allocated to either the Protected Benefit account or the Investment account. This option is not available if your Total account value is split between the Protected Benefit account and the Investment account at the time you elect this option. If you elect to take substantially equal withdrawals, you may not elect any other automated withdrawal program. Once you have elected substantially equal withdrawals, amounts can be allocated to either or both the Investment account and the Protected Benefit account.

 

If you elect our substantially equal withdrawals option, we calculate the permissible distributions for you using one of the IRS-approved methods for doing this. You should be aware that the portion of any withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account that is in excess of the Annual withdrawal amount will reduce the benefit base(s) for your Guaranteed benefits on a pro rata basis as of the date of the withdrawal. See “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits” and “Annual withdrawal amount” under “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” in “Benefits available under the contract” for more information.

 

Our substantially equal withdrawals option is not the exclusive method of meeting the penalty exception. After consultation with your tax adviser, you may decide to use any permissible method. If you do not elect our substantially equal withdrawals option, you would have to compute withdrawal amounts yourself and request partial withdrawals.

 

Once you begin to take substantially equal withdrawals, you should not do any of the following until after the later of age 5912 or five full years after the first withdrawal: (i) stop them; (ii) change the pattern of your withdrawals (for example, by taking an additional partial withdrawal); or (iii) contribute any more to the contract. If you alter the pattern of withdrawals, you may be liable for the 10% federal tax penalty that would have otherwise been due on prior withdrawals made under this option and for any interest on the delayed payment of the penalty.

 

Making additional contributions to the contract is treated as changing the pattern of withdrawals. It does not matter whether the additional contributions are made by direct transfer or rollover; nor does it matter if they are made to the Investment account or the Protected Benefit account. Because the penalty exception method does not permit additional contributions or payment changes to restore any Guaranteed benefit base under the contract, you and your tax adviser should consider carefully whether you should elect the Substantially equal withdrawals option or any other

method of penalty exception withdrawals if you have allocated or intend to allocate amounts to the Protected Benefit account value after starting Substantially equal withdrawals.

 

In accordance with IRS guidance, an individual who has elected to receive substantially equal withdrawals may make a one-time change, without penalty, from one of the IRS-approved methods of calculating fixed payments to another IRS-approved method (similar to the required minimum distribution rules) of calculating payments, which vary each year.

 

If the contract is eligible, you may elect to take substantially equal withdrawals at any time before age 5912. We will make the withdrawal on any day of the month that you select as long as it is not later than the 28th day of the month. However, you must elect a date that is more than three calendar days prior to your contract date anniversary. We will calculate the amount of your substantially equal withdrawals using the IRS-approved method we offer. The payments will be made monthly, quarterly or annually as you select. These payments will continue until (i) we receive written notice from you to cancel this option; (ii) you take an additional partial withdrawal; or (iii) you contribute any more to the contract. You may elect to start receiving substantially equal withdrawals again, but the payments may not restart in the same calendar year in which you took a partial withdrawal or added amounts to the contract. We will calculate the new withdrawal amount.

 

Because the IRS-approved penalty exception methods do not permit you to add contributions or change payments to restore the Guaranteed benefit base(s), as noted above, you and your tax adviser should consider carefully whether you should elect the substantially equal withdrawals option or any other method of penalty exception withdrawals if you have allocated any amounts to the Protected Benefit account. Please note that electing to take substantially equal withdrawals from a contract with the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit may limit the utility of that benefit. See the discussion of the “RMD Wealth Guard death benefit” under “Benefits available under the contract”.

 

Lifetime required minimum distribution withdrawals

(Traditional IRA and SEP IRA contracts only — See “Tax information”)

 

We offer our “Automatic required minimum distribution (RMD) service” to help you meet lifetime required minimum distributions under federal income tax rules. The Automatic RMD service generally offers RMD payments from your Investment account value. This is not the exclusive way for you to meet these rules. After consultation with your tax adviser, you may decide to compute RMDs yourself and request partial withdrawals. In such a case, a withdrawal charge may apply. Before electing this account-based withdrawal option, you should consider whether annuitization might be better in your situation. Except as described in “RMDs for contracts with GMIB”, if you have funded your Guaranteed benefit(s), amounts withdrawn from the contract to meet RMDs may reduce your benefit base(s) and may limit the utility for most benefit(s),

 

 

77


other than the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit. Also, the actuarial present value of additional contract benefits must be added to the Total account value in calculating RMD payments from annuity contracts funding IRAs, which could increase the amount required to be withdrawn. Please refer to “Required minimum distributions” in “Tax information”.

 

This service is not available under QP contracts. All withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account under a QP contract owned by a defined contribution plan reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base on a pro rata basis (including any applicable withdrawal charges) until the contract is converted into a IRA. (See Appendix “Purchase considerations for QP contracts”).

 

Under legislation enacted at the end of 2019:

 

  If your birthdate is June 30, 1949 or earlier, you may elect our “automatic required minimum distribution (RMD) service” in the year in which you reach age 7012, or in any later year.

 

  If your birthdate is July 1, 1949 or later, you may elect our “automatic required minimum distribution (RMD) service” in the year in which you reach age 72, or in any later year.

 

See the discussion of lifetime required minimum distributions under “Tax Information”.

 

However, unless you have the GMIB you cannot elect this service until after your first contract date anniversary. The minimum amount we will pay out is $250. Currently, RMD payments will be made annually.

 

Except for contracts with the GMIB (discussed in the next section), this service does not generate automatic RMD payments during the first calendar year during which your contract is issued. Therefore, if you are making a rollover or transfer contribution to the contract after age 72 (or age 7012 if applicable), you must take any RMDs before the rollover or transfer. If you do not, any withdrawals that you take during the first contract year to satisfy your RMDs may be subject to withdrawal charges, if applicable, if they exceed the free withdrawal amount.

 

 

For traditional IRA contracts, we will send a form outlining the distribution options available in the year you reach age 72 (or age 7012 if applicable) (if you have not begun your annuity payments before that time).

 

 

Unless you enroll in our Automatic RMD service, withdrawal charges may apply to withdrawals you take to satisfy your RMD obligations if they exceed the free withdrawal amount. However, we do not impose a withdrawal charge on RMD payments taken through our Automatic RMD service even if, when added to a partial withdrawal previously taken in the same contract year, the RMD payments exceed the free withdrawal amount.

 

If you elect the Automatic RMD service and have an existing systematic withdrawal program in place, your systematic

withdrawal program will terminate unless, at the time a withdrawal under the Automatic RMD service is scheduled, the total amount of all withdrawals you have already taken during the year equals or exceeds the amount of your RMD obligation for that year. In that case, there will be no withdrawal under your Automatic RMD service and your systematic withdrawal program will remain in effect. If your systematic withdrawal program does terminate, you may establish a new program the following year.

 

RMDs for contracts with GMIB.  (Traditional IRA and SEP IRA contracts only — See “Tax information”)

 

For contracts with GMIB, if you elect our Automatic RMD service, any Lifetime RMD payment we make to you up to the greater of your Lifetime RMD payment or Annual withdrawal amount each year will count towards your Annual withdrawal amount but:

 

(i)

during the GMIB Roll-up period, will not offset the Annual Roll-up amount by more than the Annual withdrawal amount; and

 

(ii)

during the GMIB Roll-up period and after the GMIB Roll-up period ends, will not reduce your GMIB benefit base.

 

See “Excess withdrawals”.

 

If you do not elect the Automatic RMD service, any withdrawal in excess of the Annual withdrawal amount is an Excess withdrawal that will reduce your GMIB benefit base and GMDB Roll-up benefit base on a pro rata basis.

 

For contracts with GMIB and the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit or Return of Principal death benefit, if you elect our Automatic RMD service, any Lifetime RMD payment we make to you up to the greater of your Lifetime RMD payment or Annual withdrawal amount each year will count towards your Annual withdrawal amount, but:

 

(i)

during the GMIB Roll-up period, will not offset the Annual Roll-up amount by more than the Annual withdrawal amount;

 

(ii)

during the GMIB Roll-up period and after the GMIB Roll-up period ends, will not reduce your GMIB benefit base; and

 

(iii)

will reduce your Highest Anniversary Value on a dollar-for-dollar basis and Return of Principal benefit base on a pro rata basis.

 

See “Excess withdrawals”.

 

If you do not elect the Automatic RMD service, any withdrawal in excess of the Annual withdrawal amount is an Excess withdrawal that will reduce your GMIB benefit base and Highest Anniversary Value benefit base or Return of Principal benefit base on a pro rata basis.

 

For contracts with the Return of Principal death benefit or the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit elected without the GMIB, all withdrawals, including RMD payments through our Automatic RMD service, reduce those benefit bases on a pro

 

 

78


rata basis. Amounts from both your Protected Benefit account and Investment account values are used to determine your Lifetime RMD payment each year.

 

Excess withdrawals.  If, either before or after receiving your Lifetime RMD payment, you take one or more partial withdrawals from the Protected Benefit account during the same contract year, the amount by which your total withdrawals for the year exceed the Annual withdrawal amount is treated as an Excess Withdrawal that will reduce your Guaranteed benefit bases on a pro rata basis.

 

The no-lapse guarantee will not be terminated if a RMD payment using our Automatic RMD service causes your cumulative withdrawals from the Protected Benefit account in the contract year to exceed your Annual withdrawal amount.

 

Additional RMD payment.  If you elect either the Maximum payment plan or the Customized payment plan (together, “automatic payment plans”) and our Automatic RMD service, we will make an extra payment, if necessary, in December that will equal your Lifetime RMD amount less all payments made through your payment date and any scheduled December payment. The combined Automatic payment plan and RMD payment will not be treated as an Excess withdrawal if the RMD, together with any withdrawal taken under one of our automatic plans exceeds your Annual withdrawal amount.

 

  For contracts with the GMIB the additional payment will not reduce your GMIB benefit base if received during the GMIB Roll-up period, as long as you elected Automatic RMD service. After the end of the GMIB Roll-up period, your GMIB benefit base will not be reduced by the amount of the additional payment.

 

  For contracts with the GMIB and Highest Anniversary Value death benefit, your GMIB benefit base will not be reduced by the amount of the additional payment, while the additional payment will reduce your Highest Anniversary Value benefit base on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

 

  For contracts with the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit if the GMIB is not also elected, all withdrawals reduce your Highest Anniversary Value benefit base on a pro rata basis.

 

If you take any partial withdrawals in addition to your RMD and Automatic payment plan payments, your applicable Automatic payment plan may be suspended as discussed above. Any partial withdrawal taken from your Protected Benefit account may cause an Excess withdrawal and may be subject to a withdrawal charge. Further, your GMIB benefit base and Annual withdrawal amount will be reduced.

 

If you elect our Automatic RMD service and elect to take your Annual withdrawal amount in partial withdrawals without electing one of our available Automatic payment plans, we will make a payment, if necessary, in December that will equal your RMD payment less all withdrawals made through your payment date. If prior to your payment date you make a

partial withdrawal that exceeds your Annual withdrawal amount and your RMD amount, any portion of that partial withdrawal taken from your Protected Benefit account will be treated as an Excess withdrawal, as well as any subsequent partial withdrawals taken from your Protected Benefit account made during the same contract year. However, if by your payment date your withdrawals have not exceeded your RMD amount, the RMD payment we make to you will not be treated as an Excess withdrawal.

 

Your RMD payment will be withdrawn on a pro rata basis from your Investment account variable investment options and guaranteed interest option, excluding amounts in a Special DCA program. If there is insufficient value or no value in those options, we will withdraw amounts from your Special DCA program. If there is insufficient value in those options, any additional amount of the RMD payment or the total amount of the RMD payment will be withdrawn from your Protected Benefit account variable investment options. For information on how RMD payments are taken from your contract see “How withdrawals are taken from your Total account value”.

 

If you do not elect our Automatic RMD service and if your Annual withdrawal amount is insufficient to satisfy the RMD payment, any additional withdrawal taken in the same contract year (even one to satisfy your RMD payment) from your Protected Benefit account will be treated as an Excess withdrawal.

 

RMDs for Traditional IRA and SEP IRA contracts with the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit.  (See “Tax information”)

 

For contracts with the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, we offer the RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service for RMD withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account and/or Investment account to help you meet lifetime required minimum distributions under federal income tax rules. This is not the exclusive way for you to meet these rules. After consultation with your tax adviser, you may decide to compute RMDs yourself. In such a case, a withdrawal charge may apply.

 

If you enroll in our RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service, you will be able to elect to take RMD withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account value and Investment account value. You may elect the RMD withdrawal service in the calendar year in which you reach age 70½ or in any later year. The minimum amount we will pay out is $50. Withdrawals from the Protected Benefit account, other than Excess RMD withdrawals, will not reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base. Your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base will be reduced on a pro rata basis by Excess RMD withdrawals. An Excess RMD withdrawal is any of the following:

 

  the full amount of any withdrawal from your Protected Benefit Account taken before the calendar year in which you turn age 70½;

 

  the full amount of any withdrawal from your Protected Benefit Account taken during your first contract year, even if you turn age 70½ during that year; or
 

 

79


  the portion of a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account that exceeds your RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amount for the calendar year.

 

RMD payments under our RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service can be paid monthly, quarterly or annually. We do not impose a withdrawal charge on RMD payments taken through our RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service even if, when added to a partial withdrawal previously taken in the same contract year, the RMD payments exceed the free withdrawal amount.

 

If you elect the RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal service and had previously elected the systematic withdrawal option, your systematic withdrawal program will be terminated.

 

Since RMDs are generally not required to be withdrawn from a Roth IRA during your lifetime, prior to converting your IRA to a Roth IRA, you must drop the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit. For information on dropping this benefit, see “Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits” in “Benefits available under the contract”, and under Appendix “Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits”.

 

This service is not available under QP contracts. All withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account under a QP contract owned by a defined contribution plan reduce your RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base on a pro rata basis (including any applicable withdrawal charges) until the contract is converted into a IRA. (See Appendix “Purchase considerations for QP contracts”).

 

For more information about the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, see “RMD Wealth Guard death benefit” under “Benefits available under the contract”.

 

How withdrawals are taken from your Total account value

 

Unless you specify otherwise, all withdrawals (other than Automatic payment plan withdrawals and lump sum withdrawals of your Annual withdrawal amount and substantially equal withdrawals, as discussed below) will be taken on a pro rata basis from your Investment account variable investment options and guaranteed interest option, excluding amounts in a Special DCA program. If there is insufficient value or no value in those options, we will subtract amounts from a Special DCA program. If there is insufficient value in those options, any additional amount of the withdrawal required or the total amount of the withdrawal will be withdrawn from your Protected Benefit account variable investment options. Any amounts withdrawn from a Special DCA program that were designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options will reduce your Guaranteed benefit base(s).

 

Automatic payment plan withdrawals (other than fixed dollar amount or fixed percentage withdrawals) and lump sum withdrawals of your Annual withdrawal amount will always be taken on a pro rata basis only from your Protected Benefit account variable investment options.

Lump sum, fixed dollar amount or fixed percentage withdrawals are first taken on a pro rata basis from your Protected Benefit account variable investment options. If there is insufficient value or no value in those options, we will subtract amounts from your Investment account variable investment options and guaranteed interest option, excluding amounts in a Special DCA program. If there is insufficient value or no value in those options, we will subtract amounts from a Special DCA program.

 

Substantially equal withdrawals are taken on a pro rata basis from your Total account value. However, if after you have elected the substantially equal withdrawals option your Total account value is split between the Protected Benefit account value and the Investment account value, your substantially equal withdrawals will be taken on a pro rata basis from your Investment account variable investment options and guaranteed interest option, excluding amounts in a Special DCA program. If there is insufficient value or no value in those options, we will subtract amounts from a Special DCA program. If there is insufficient value in those options, any additional amount of the withdrawal required or the total amount of the withdrawal will be withdrawn from your Protected Benefit account variable investment options. Any amounts withdrawn from a Special DCA program that were designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options will reduce your Guaranteed benefit base(s).

 

You may choose to have withdrawals subtracted from your contract based on the following options:

 

(1)

Take the entire withdrawal on a pro rata basis from the Protected Benefit account variable investment options; or

 

(2)

Take the entire withdrawal from the Investment account value, either on a pro rata basis, or specifying which Investment account variable investment options and/or guaranteed interest option the withdrawal should be taken from;

 

(3)

Request a withdrawal to be taken from the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and take the remaining part of the withdrawal from the Investment account variable investment options. You must specify the investment options for the Investment account value. The withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account variable investment options will be taken on a pro rata basis; or

 

(4)

Request a withdrawal to be taken from the Investment account variable investment options and take the remaining part of the withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account variable investment options. You must specify the investment options for the Investment account value. The withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account variable investment options will be taken on a pro rata basis.

 

For more information on how withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits, see “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits” in “Benefits available under the contract” and Appendix “Examples of how withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefit bases”.

 

 

80


Withdrawals treated as surrenders

 

Certain withdrawals may cause your contract and certain Guaranteed benefits to terminate, as follows:

 

  Any fee deduction and/or withdrawal that causes your Total account value to fall to zero will terminate the contract and any applicable Guaranteed benefit, subject to the following:

 

 

the GMIB (while the no-lapse guarantee is in effect unless your Protected Benefit account value falls to zero due to an “Excess withdrawal”) will continue as described under “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” in “Benefits available under the contract”; and

 

 

if you elected the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit and your Protected Benefit account falls to zero, you will be eligible for a refund of 10% of your total contributions and transfers to the Protected Benefit account less the dollar amount of any Excess RMD withdrawals you have taken. For more information, see “RMD Wealth Guard Refund feature” in “Benefits available under the contract”.

 

  If you do not have, or if you have not yet funded, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit or the GMIB or if the no-lapse guarantee is no longer in effect, the following applies:

 

 

a request to withdraw 90% or more of your cash value will terminate your contract and any applicable Guaranteed minimum death benefit;

 

 

we reserve the right to terminate the contract and any applicable Guaranteed minimum death benefit if no contributions are made during the last three contract years and the cash value is less than $500; and

 

 

we reserve the right to terminate your contract and any applicable Guaranteed minimum death benefit if any withdrawal would result in a remaining cash values of less than $500.

 

If your contract is terminated, we will pay you the contract’s cash value. See “Surrendering your contract to receive its cash value”. For the tax consequences of withdrawals, see “Tax information”.

 

Surrendering your contract to receive its cash value

 

You may surrender your contract to receive its cash value at any time while an owner is living (or for contracts with non-natural owners, while an annuitant is living) and before you begin to receive annuity payments (Lifetime GMIB payments or otherwise). For a surrender to be effective, we must receive your written request and your contract at our processing office. We will determine your cash value on the date we receive the required information.

 

Upon your request to surrender your contract for its cash value, all benefits under the contract, including the GMIB, will

terminate as of the date we receive the required information if your cash value in your Protected Benefit account is greater than your Annual withdrawal amount remaining for that year. If your cash value is not greater than your Annual withdrawal amount remaining for that year and your no-lapse guarantee is still in effect, then you will receive your cash value and a supplementary life annuity contract under which we will pay you Lifetime GMIB payments. For more information, please see “Effect of your account values falling to zero” in “Determining your contract’s value” and “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” in “Benefits available under the contract”.

 

You may receive your cash value in a single sum payment or apply it to one or more of the annuity payout options. See “Your annuity payout options”. For the tax consequences of surrenders, see “Tax information”.

 

When to expect payments

 

Generally, we will fulfill requests for payments out of the variable investment options within seven calendar days after the business day the transaction request is received by us in good order. These transactions may include applying proceeds to a payout annuity, payment of a death benefit, payment of any amount you withdraw (less any withdrawal charge, if applicable) and, upon surrender, payment of the cash value. We may postpone such payments or applying proceeds for any period during which:

 

(1)

the New York Stock Exchange is closed or restricts trading,

 

(2)

the SEC determines that an emergency exists as a result of sales of securities or determination of the fair value of a variable investment option’s assets is not reasonably practicable, or

 

(3)

the SEC, by order, permits us to defer payment to protect people remaining in the variable investment options.

 

We can defer payment of any portion of your value in the guaranteed interest option or a Special DCA program, (other than for death benefits) for up to six months while you are living. We also may defer payments for a reasonable amount of time (not to exceed 10 days) while we are waiting for a contribution check to clear.

 

All payments are made by check and are mailed to you (or the payee named in a tax-free exchange) by U.S. mail, unless you request that we use an express delivery or wire transfer service at your expense.

 

Signature guarantee

 

As a protection against fraud, we require a signature guarantee (i.e., Medallion Signature Guarantee as required by us) for the following transaction requests:

 

  disbursements, including but not limited to partial withdrawals, surrenders, transfers and exchanges, over $250,000;

 

  any disbursement requested within 30 days of an address change;
 

 

81


  any disbursement when we do not have an originating or guaranteed signature on file or where we question a signature or perceive any inconsistency between the signature on file and the signature on the request; and

 

  any other transaction we require.

 

We may change the specific requirements listed above, or add signature guarantees in other circumstances, at our discretion if we deem it necessary or appropriate to help protect against fraud. For current requirements, please refer to the requirements listed on the appropriate form or call us at the number listed in this Prospectus.

 

You can obtain a Medallion Signature Guarantee from more than 7,000 financial institutions that participate in a Medallion Signature Guarantee program. The best source of a Medallion Signature Guarantee is a bank, brokerage firm or credit union with which you do business. A notary public cannot provide a Medallion Signature Guarantee. Notarization will not substitute for a Medallion Signature Guarantee.

 

Your annuity payout options

 

The following description assumes annuitization of your entire contract. For partial annuitization, see “Partial Annuitization”.

 

Deferred annuity contracts such as Retirement Cornerstone® 19 provide for conversion to annuity payout status at or before the contract maturity date. This is called “annuitization.” Upon annuitization, your account value is applied to provide periodic payments as described in this section; the contract and all its benefits terminate; and will be converted to a supplementary contract for the periodic payments (“payout option”). The supplementary contract does not have an account value or cash value.

 

You may choose to annuitize your contract at any time after 13 months (five years for Series CP® contracts) after the contract date. The contract maturity date is the latest date on which annuitization can occur. If you do not annuitize before the contract maturity date and at the contract maturity date have not made an affirmative choice as to the type of annuity payments to be received, we will convert your contract to the default annuity payout option which is a life annuity with a period certain. In this case, the period certain will be based on the annuitant’s age and will not exceed 10 years.

 

If you elected the GMIB or a Guaranteed minimum death benefit, your contract may have both a Protected Benefit account value and an Investment account value. If there is a Protected Benefit account value and you choose to annuitize your contract before the contract maturity date, the GMIB will terminate without value even if your GMIB benefit base is greater than zero. The payments that you receive under the payout annuity option you select may be less than you would have received by exercising the GMIB. See “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” in “Benefits available under the contract” for further information. Any Guaranteed minimum death benefit terminates upon annuitization.

In general, your periodic payment amount upon annuitization is determined by your Total account value, the form of the annuity payout option you elect as described below, the timing of your purchase and the applicable annuity purchase rate to which that value is applied. Once begun, annuity payments cannot be stopped unless otherwise provided in the supplementary contract. Your contract guarantees that upon annuitization, your account value will be applied to a guaranteed annuity purchase rate for a life annuity. We reserve the right, with advance notice to you, to change guaranteed annuity purchase rates any time after your fifth contract date anniversary and at not less than five-year intervals after the first change. (Please see your contract and SAI for more information.) In the event that we exercise our contractual right to change the guaranteed annuity purchase factors, we would segregate the account value based on contributions and earnings received prior to and after the change. When your contract is annuitized, we would calculate the payments by applying the applicable purchase factors separately to the value of the contributions received before and after the rate change. We will provide you with 60 days advance written notice of such a change.

 

In addition, you may apply your Total account value or cash value, whichever is applicable, to any other annuity payout option that we may offer at the time of annuitization. We have the right to require you to provide any information we deem necessary to provide an annuity upon annuitization. If the annuity payment amount is later found to be based on incorrect information, it will be adjusted on the basis of the correct information.

 

We currently offer you several choices of annuity payout options. The options available directly under the contract entitle you to receive fixed annuity payments. We may offer other payout options not outlined here. Your financial professional can provide details.

 

The payments that you receive upon annuitization of your Protected Benefit account value may be less than your Annual withdrawal amount or your Lifetime GMIB payments. If you are considering annuitization, you should ask your financial professional for information about the payment amounts that would be made under the various choices that are available to you. You may also obtain that information by contacting us. Annuitization of your Investment account value after the date your Lifetime GMIB payments begin will not affect those payments.

 

You can currently choose from among the annuity payout options listed below. Restrictions may apply, depending on the type of contract you own or the owner’s and annuitant’s ages at contract issue. Other than life annuity with period certain, we reserve the right to add, remove or change any of these annuity payout options at any time. In addition, if you are exercising your GMIB, your choice of payout options are those that are available under the GMIB (see “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” in “Benefits available under the contract”).

 

Fixed annuity payout options

  

•   Life annuity

•   Life annuity with period certain

•   Life annuity with refund certain

 

 

82


  Life annuity:  An annuity that guarantees payments for the rest of the annuitant’s life. Payments end with the last monthly payment before the annuitant’s death. Because there is no continuation of benefits following the annuitant’s death with this payout option, it provides the highest monthly payment of any of the life annuity options, so long as the annuitant is living. It is possible that the Life annuity option could result in only one payment if the annuitant dies immediately after the first payment.

 

  Life annuity with period certain: An annuity that guarantees payments for the rest of the annuitant’s life. If the annuitant dies before the end of a selected period of time (“period certain”), payments continue to the beneficiary for the balance of the period certain. The period certain cannot extend beyond the annuitant’s life expectancy. A life annuity with a period certain is the form of annuity under the contract that you will receive if you do not elect a different payout option. In this case, the period certain will be based on the annuitant’s age and will not exceed 10 years.

 

  Life annuity with refund certain: An annuity that guarantees payments for the rest of the annuitant’s life. If the annuitant dies before the amount applied to purchase the annuity option has been recovered, payments to the beneficiary will continue until that amount has been recovered. This payout option is available only as a fixed annuity.

 

The life annuity, life annuity with period certain, and life annuity with refund certain payout options are available on a single life or joint and survivor life basis. The joint and survivor life annuity guarantees payments for the rest of the annuitant’s life, and after the annuitant’s death, payments continue to the survivor. We may offer other payout options not outlined here. Your financial professional can provide you with details.

 

We guarantee fixed annuity payments will be based either on the tables of guaranteed annuity purchase factors in your contract or on our then current annuity purchase factors, whichever is more favorable for you.

 

The amount applied to purchase an annuity payout option

 

The amount applied to purchase an annuity payout option varies, depending on the payout option that you choose, and the timing of your purchase as it relates to any withdrawal charges that apply under your contract.

 

We use the account value if you select a life annuity, life annuity with period certain or life annuity with refund certain. If we are offering non-life contingent forms of annuities, we use the cash value if you select one of these payout options as any applicable withdrawal charge will apply.

 

Partial Annuitization.  Partial annuitization of nonqualified deferred annuity contracts is permitted under certain circumstances. You may choose from the life-contingent annuity payout options described here. We no longer offer a period certain option for partial annuitization. We require you to elect partial annuitization on the form we specify.

Partial annuitization is not available for the GMIB under a contract. For purposes of this contract, we will effect any partial annuitization as a withdrawal applied to a payout annuity. Please note that a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account to purchase an annuity payout contract will affect your Guaranteed benefit bases just like any other withdrawal. See “How withdrawals are taken from your Total Account Value”. Also, see the discussion of “Partial Annuitization” in “Tax Information”.

 

Selecting an annuity payout option

 

When you select a payout option, we will issue you a separate written agreement confirming your right to receive annuity payments. We require you to return your contract before annuity payments begin. The contract owner and annuitant must meet the issue age and payment requirements.

 

You can choose the date annuity payments begin but it may not be earlier than thirteen months from your contract date or not earlier than five years from your Series CP® contract date (in a limited number of jurisdictions this requirement may be more or less than five years). Please see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits” for information on state variations. You can change the date your annuity payments are to begin at any time. The date may not be later than the annuity maturity date described below.

 

For Series CP® contracts, if you start receiving annuity payments within three years of making any contribution, we will recover the credit that applies to any contribution made within the prior three years. Please see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits” for information on state variations.

 

The amount of the annuity payments will depend on the amount applied to purchase the annuity and the applicable annuity purchase factors, discussed earlier. The amount of each annuity payment will be less with a greater frequency of payments, or with a longer certain period of a life contingent annuity. Once elected, the frequency with which you receive payments cannot be changed.

 

If, at the time you elect a payout option, the amount to be applied is less than $2,000 or the initial payment under the form elected is less than $20 monthly, we reserve the right to pay your Total account value in a single sum rather than as payments under the payout option chosen. If you select an annuity payout option and payments have begun, no change can be made.

 

You will not be able to make withdrawals or change annuity payout options once your contract is annuitized.

 

Annuity maturity date

 

Your contract has a maturity date. In general, the contract maturity date is based on the age of the original annuitant at contract issue and cannot be changed other than in conformance with applicable law, even if you name a new annuitant. The contract maturity date is the contract date anniversary that follows the annuitant’s 95th birthday (or older

 

 

83


joint annuitant if your contract has joint annuitants), unless you have elected otherwise. If you have a NQ contract with the GMIB and the owner is older than the annuitant, the contract maturity date is based on the age of the owner. The contract maturity date may not be less than thirteen months from your contract date, unless otherwise stated in your contract. We will send a notice with the contract statement one year prior to the contract maturity date and with each quarterly statement until the contract maturity date. The notice will include the contract maturity date, describe the available annuity payout options, state the availability of a lump sum payment option, and identify the default payout option, if you do not provide an election by the time of your contract maturity date.

 

If you have not funded the GMIB, you may either take a lump sum payment or select an annuity payout option on the contract maturity date. If you do not make an election at the contract maturity date, we will apply your Total account value to a life annuity with payments based on the greater of guaranteed or then current annuity purchase rates.

 

If you have funded the GMIB, the following applies on the contract maturity date:

 

  For amounts allocated to your Investment account, you may select an annuity payout option or take a lump sum payment.

 

  If you do not make an election for your Protected Benefit account value on your contract maturity date, we will apply the greater of the Protected Benefit account value to (a) and the GMIB benefit base to (b) below:

 

  (a)

a fixed life annuity with payments based on the greater of the guaranteed or then current annuity purchase rates, or

 

  (b)

a supplementary contract with annual payments equal to your GMIB benefit base applied to the applicable GMIB payout factor.

 

If you elect payments on a joint life basis, the joint life must be your spouse and the joint life GMIB payout factors will be reduced. See “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” in “Benefits available under the contract”. You may also elect to have your Protected Benefit account value paid to you in a lump sum or applied to an annuity payout option we are offering at the time.

 

For amounts allocated to your Investment account, you must select an annuity payout option or take a lump sum payment.

 

If you are the contract owner and your spouse is the sole primary beneficiary or you jointly own the contract with your younger spouse, your spouse may elect to continue the contract as successor owner upon your death. Under certain circumstances, your surviving spouse may be substituted as annuitant as of the date of your death. If your surviving spouse becomes the annuitant, the contract maturity date may be changed based on the age of the new annuitant. For information about spousal continuation please see “Spousal continuation”.

    

 

 

84


7. Charges and expenses

 

 

 

Charges that the Company deducts

 

We deduct the following charges each day from the net assets of each variable investment option. These charges are reflected in the unit values of each variable investment option:

 

  An operations charge

 

  An administration charge

 

  A distribution charge

 

We deduct the following charges as described later in this section. When we deduct these charges from your variable investment options, we reduce the number of units credited to your contract:

 

  On each contract date anniversary — an annual administrative charge, if applicable.

 

  At the time you make certain withdrawals or surrender your contract — a withdrawal charge (if applicable).

 

  On each contract date anniversary — a charge for each optional benefit you elect: a Guaranteed minimum death benefit (other than the Return of Principal death benefit) and the Guaranteed minimum income benefit.

 

  At the time annuity payments are to begin — charges designed to approximate certain taxes that may be imposed on us, such as premium taxes in your state.

 

  At the time you request a transfer in excess of 12 transfers in a contract year — a transfer charge (currently, there is no charge).

 

More information about these charges appears below. We will not increase these charges for the life of your contract, except as noted. We may reduce certain charges under group or sponsored arrangements. See “Group or sponsored arrangements”.

 

The charges under the contracts are designed to cover, in the aggregate, our direct and indirect costs of selling, administering and providing benefits under the contracts. They are also designed, in the aggregate, to compensate us for the risks of loss we assume pursuant to the contracts. If, as we expect, the charges that we collect from the contracts exceed our total costs in connection with the contracts, we will earn a profit. Otherwise, we will incur a loss.

 

The rates of certain of our charges have been set with reference to estimates of the amount of specific types of expenses or risks that we will incur. In most cases, this Prospectus identifies such expenses or risks in the name of the charge; however, the fact that any charge bears the name of, or is designed primarily to defray, a particular expense or risk does not mean that the amount we collect from that charge will never be more than the amount of such expense or risk. This

does not mean that we may not also be compensated for such expense or risk out of any other charges we are permitted to deduct by the terms of the contracts.

 

To help with your retirement planning, we may offer other annuities with different charges, benefits and features. Please contact your financial professional for more information.

 

Base Contract expenses

 

Operations charge.  We deduct a daily charge from the net assets in each variable investment option to compensate us for operations expenses, a portion of which compensates us for mortality and expense risks, described below. In connection with the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, a portion of this charge compensates us for our costs in providing the Return of Principal death benefit. Below is the daily charge shown as an annual rate of the net assets in each variable investment option:

 

Series B:

   0.80%

Series CP®:

   1.05%

 

The mortality risk we assume is the risk that annuitants as a group will live for a longer time than our actuarial tables predict. If that happens, we would be paying more in annuity income than we planned. We also assume a risk that the mortality assumptions reflected in our guaranteed annuity payment tables, shown in each contract, will differ from actual mortality experience. Lastly, we assume a mortality risk to the extent that at the time of death, the Guaranteed minimum death benefit exceeds the cash value of the contract. The expense risk we assume is the risk that it will cost us more to issue and administer the contracts than we expect.

 

For Series CP® contracts, a portion of this charge also compensates us for any credits we apply to the contract. We expect to make a profit from this charge. For a discussion of the credit, see “Credits and Earnings Bonus” in “Purchasing the Contract”.

 

Administration charge.  We deduct a daily charge from the net assets in each variable investment option. The charge, together with the annual administrative charge described below, is to compensate us for administrative expenses under the contracts. Below is the daily charge shown as an annual rate of the net assets in each variable investment option:

 

Series B:

   0.30%

Series CP®:

   0.35%

 

Distribution charge.  We deduct a daily charge from the net assets in each variable investment option to compensate us for a portion of our sales expenses under the contracts. Below is the daily charge shown as an annual rate of the net assets in each variable investment option:

 

Series B:

   0.20%

Series CP®:

   0.25%
 

 

85


Account value charges

 

Annual administrative charge.  We deduct an administrative charge from your Total account value on each contract date anniversary. We deduct the charge if your Total account value on the last business day of the contract year is less than $50,000. If your Total account value on such date is $50,000 or more, we do not deduct the charge. During the first two contract years, the charge is equal to $30 or, if less, 2% of your Total account value. The charge is $30 for contract years three and later.

 

We will deduct this charge from your value in the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option (see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits” to see if deducting this charge from the guaranteed interest option is permitted in your state) on a pro rata basis. If those amounts are insufficient, we will deduct all or a portion of the charge from a Special DCA account. If those amounts are insufficient, we will deduct all or a portion of the charge from the Protected Benefit account variable investment options.

 

If the contract is surrendered or annuitized or a death benefit is paid on a date other than a contract date anniversary, we will deduct a pro rata portion of the charge for that year.

 

If your Total account value is insufficient to pay this charge, your contract will terminate without value and you will lose any applicable Guaranteed benefits except as noted under “Effect of your account values falling to zero” in “Determining your contract’s value”.

 

Transfer charge

 

Currently, we do not charge for transfers among investment options under the contract. However, we reserve the right to charge for any transfers in excess of 12 per contract year. We will provide you with advance notice if we decide to assess the transfer charge, which will never exceed $35 per transfer. The transfer charge (if applicable), will be assessed at the time that the transfer is processed. Any transfer charge will be deducted from the investment options from which the transfer is made. We will not charge for transfers made in connection with one of our dollar cost averaging programs. Also, transfers from a dollar cost averaging program, our Systematic transfer program or our rebalancing program do not count toward your number of transfers in a contract year for the purposes of this charge.

 

Special service charges

 

We deduct a charge for providing the special services described below. These charges compensate us for the expense of processing the special service. Except for the duplicate contract charge, we will deduct from your account value any withdrawal charge that applies and the charge for the special service provided.

 

Wire transfer charge.  We charge $90 for outgoing wire transfers. Unless you specify otherwise, this charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

 

Express mail charge.  We charge $35 for sending you a check by express mail delivery. This charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

Duplicate contract charge.  We charge $35 for providing a copy of your contract. The charge for this service can be paid (i) using a credit card acceptable to us, (ii) by sending a check to our processing office, or (iii) by any other means we make available to you.

 

Check preparation charge.  The standard form of payment for all withdrawals is direct deposit. If direct deposit instructions are not provided, payment will be made by check. Currently, we do not charge for check preparation, however, we reserve the right to impose a charge. We reserve the right to charge a maximum of $85.

 

Charge for third-party transfer or exchange.  Currently, we are waiving the $65 charge for each third-party transfer or exchange; this waiver may be discontinued at any time, with or without notice. Absent this waiver, we deduct a charge for direct rollovers or direct transfers of amounts from your contract to a third party, such as in the case of a trustee-to-trustee transfer for an IRA contract, or if you request that your contract be exchanged for a contract issued by another insurance company. We reserve the right to increase this charge to a maximum of $125. Please see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits” for variations in your state.

 

Withdrawal charge

 

A withdrawal charge applies in three circumstances: (1) if you make one or more withdrawals during a contract year that, in total, exceed the free withdrawal amount, described below, or (2) if you surrender your contract to receive its cash value or (3) annuitize your contract and elect a non-life contingent annuity option. For more information about the withdrawal charge if you select an annuity payout option, see “Your annuity payout options — The amount applied to purchase an annuity payout option” in “Accessing your money”. For Series CP® contracts, a portion of this charge also compensates us for any credits we apply to the contract. For a discussion of the credit, see “Credits and Earning Bonus” in “Purchasing the Contract”. We expect to make a profit from this charge.

 

The withdrawal charge equals a percentage of the contributions withdrawn. For Series CP® contracts, we do not consider credits to be contributions. Therefore, there is no withdrawal charge associated with a credit.

 

The percentage of the withdrawal charge that applies to each contribution depends on how long each contribution has been invested in the contract. We determine the withdrawal charge separately for each contribution according to the following table:

 

Withdrawal charge as a % of contribution for each year following
receipt of contribution
 
      1      2      3      4      5      6      7      8     9      10  

Series B

     7%        7%        6%        6%        5%        3%        1%        0% (1)              

Series CP®

     8%        8%        7%        6%        5%        4%        3%        2%       1%        0% (2) 
(1)

Charge does not apply in the 8th and subsequent years following contribution.

(2)

Charge does not apply in the 10th and subsequent years following contribution.

 

 

86


For purposes of calculating the withdrawal charge, we treat the contract year in which we receive a contribution as “year 1” and the withdrawal charge is reduced or expires on each applicable contract date anniversary. Amounts withdrawn that are not subject to the withdrawal charge are not considered withdrawals of any contribution. We also treat contributions that have been invested the longest as being withdrawn first. We treat contributions as withdrawn before earnings for purposes of calculating the withdrawal charge. However, federal income tax rules treat earnings under your contract as withdrawn first. See “Tax information”.

 

Please see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits” for possible withdrawal charge schedule variations in your state.

 

In order to give you the exact dollar amount of the withdrawal you request, we deduct the amount of the withdrawal and the withdrawal charge from your Total account value. Any amount deducted to pay withdrawal charges is also subject to that same withdrawal charge percentage. Any applicable withdrawal charge will be calculated on the portion of the withdrawal amount that is subject to withdrawal charges. The charge will be taken out of your Protected Benefit account and your Investment account values based on the proportion of the withdrawal amount that is subject to the charge from the respective account values. We deduct the charge in proportion to the amount of the withdrawal subtracted from each investment option. The withdrawal charge helps cover our sales expenses.

 

For purposes of calculating reductions in your Guaranteed benefits and associated benefit bases, the withdrawal amount includes both the withdrawal amount paid to you and the amount of the withdrawal charge deducted from your Total account value. For more information, see “How withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefits” in “Benefits available under the contract”.

 

The withdrawal charge does not apply in the circumstances described below.

 

Free withdrawal amount

 

Each contract year you can withdraw a certain amount from your contract without paying a withdrawal charge. In the first contract year, the free withdrawal amount is determined using all contributions received in the first 90 days of the contract year. The free withdrawal amount does not apply if you surrender your contract except where required by law.

 

For contracts without a Guaranteed benefit.  If you do not have a Guaranteed benefit with your contract, your free withdrawal amount for the current year is equal to 10% of your Investment account value on your prior contract date anniversary and is not increased by additional contributions during the current year.

 

For contracts with a Guaranteed minimum death benefit (other than the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit) and without GMIB.  If you have a Guaranteed minimum death benefit with your contract, but did not elect the GMIB, your free withdrawal amount for the current year is equal to 10% of your Investment account value and 10% of your Protected Benefit account value on your immediately prior contract

date anniversary. In the first contract year, if you do not fund your Guaranteed minimum death benefit until more than 90 days after your contract is issued, there is no free withdrawal amount in connection with the Protected Benefit account value until your first contract date anniversary. If you fund your Guaranteed minimum death benefit with a transfer, your free withdrawal amount from your Investment account value in that contract year will not be reduced by the amount of the transfer. If you fund the Guaranteed minimum death benefit after issue with a transfer of 100% of your Investment account value more than 90 days after your contract is issued, you will not have a free withdrawal amount for the remainder of that contract year.

 

For contracts with GMIB.  With respect to the Investment account, your free withdrawal amount for the current year is 10% of the Investment account value on your prior contract date anniversary.

 

With respect to the Protected Benefit account the free withdrawal amount is equal to the greater of (a) 10% of your Protected Benefit account value on your contract date anniversary and (b) your Annual withdrawal amount. However, any free withdrawal amount that exceeds your Annual withdrawal amount will cause a pro rata reduction to the GMIB benefit base and, except in the contract year in which you first fund the Protected Benefit account, void the no-lapse guarantee. If you enroll in an Automatic payment plan, payments will not exceed your Annual withdrawal amount. The Deferral Roll-up rate is never used to determine the free withdrawal amount.

 

In the first contract year, the free withdrawal amount from the Protected Benefit account is determined using all contributions (but not including transfers) to the Protected Benefit account in the first 90 days of the contract year. If you fund your GMIB with a transfer, your free withdrawal amount from your Investment account in that contract year will not be reduced by the amount of the transfer. The amount of any contribution or transfer into the Protected Benefit account and contribution into the Investment account after the first 90 days of the contract year will not be included in your free withdrawal amount for that contract year. However, you may still withdraw any amount up to your pro-rated Annual withdrawal amount for that contract year without paying a withdrawal charge. See “Annual withdrawal amount” in the “Benefits available under the contract” section for more information.

 

If you fund the GMIB in a contract year after the first contract year, you will not have a free withdrawal amount from the Protected Benefit account for that contract year. However, you may still withdraw any amount up to your pro-rated Annual withdrawal amount without paying a withdrawal charge.

 

For each contract year following the year in which your Protected Benefit account is first funded, the free withdrawal amount for the current year is determined on your immediately prior contract date anniversary and is not increased by contributions or transfers during that year.

 

 

87


When a withdrawal is taken from both the Investment account and the Protected Benefit account, the free withdrawal amount is allocated based on the amounts withdrawn from each.

 

Withdrawal charges will not apply when the GMIB is exercised under the no-lapse guarantee on the contract date anniversary following age 95.

 

For contracts with the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit.  With respect to the Investment account, your free withdrawal amount is 10% of the Investment account value at the beginning of the contract year.

 

With respect to the Protected Benefit account, the free withdrawal amount is 10% of the Protected Benefit account value at the beginning of the contract year. Withdrawal charges do not apply to RMD Wealth Guard withdrawal amounts.

 

Disability, terminal illness, or confinement to nursing home.  There are specific circumstances (described below) under which the withdrawal charge will not apply. At any time after the first contract date anniversary, you may submit a claim to have the withdrawal charge waived if you meet certain requirements. You are not eligible to make a claim prior to your first contract date anniversary. Also, your claim must be on the specific form we provide for this purpose.

 

The withdrawal charge does not apply if:

 

(i)

We receive proof satisfactory to us (including certification by a licensed physician) that an owner (or older joint owner, if applicable) is unable to perform three of the following “activities of daily living”:

 

 

“Bathing” means washing oneself by sponge bath; or in either a tub or shower, including the task of getting into or out of the tub or shower.

 

 

“Continence” means the ability to maintain control of bowel and bladder function; or, when unable to maintain control of bowel or bladder function, the ability to perform associated personal hygiene (including caring for catheter or colostomy bag).

 

 

“Dressing” means putting on and taking off all items of clothing and any necessary braces, fasteners or artificial limbs.

 

 

“Eating” means feeding oneself by food into the body from a receptacle (such as a plate, cup or table) or by a feeding tube or intravenously.

 

 

“Toileting” means getting to and from the toilet, getting on and off the toilet, and performing associated personal hygiene.

 

 

“Transferring” means moving into or out of a bed, chair or wheelchair.

 

(ii)

We receive proof satisfactory to us (including certification by a licensed physician) that an owner’s (or older joint owner’s, if applicable) life expectancy is six months or less.

 

(iii)

An owner (or older joint owner, if applicable) has been confined to a nursing home for more than 90 days (or

  such other period, as required in your state) as verified by a licensed physician. A nursing home for this purpose means one that is (a) approved by Medicare as a provider of skilled nursing care service, or (b) licensed as a skilled nursing home by the state or territory in which it is located (it must be within the United States, Puerto Rico, or U.S. Virgin Islands) and meets all of the following:

 

 

its main function is to provide skilled, intermediate, or custodial nursing care;

 

 

it provides continuous room and board to three or more persons;

 

 

it is supervised by a registered nurse or licensed practical nurse;

 

 

it keeps daily medical records of each patient;

 

 

it controls and records all medications dispensed; and

 

 

its primary service is other than to provide housing for residents.

 

Some states may not permit us to waive the withdrawal charge in the above circumstances, or may limit the circumstances for which the withdrawal charge may be waived. Your financial professional can provide more information or you may contact our processing office.

 

Guaranteed benefit charges

 

Return of Principal death benefit.  There is no additional charge for this death benefit. The Return of Principal death benefit, like all of the guaranteed minimum death benefits, only applies to amounts you allocate to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and not to the contract as a whole.

 

Highest Anniversary Value death benefit.  If you elect the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit, we deduct a charge annually from your Protected Benefit account variable investment options on each contract date anniversary for which it is in effect. The charge is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement. If you elect this benefit, but do not fund it until after your contract date, we will deduct the full charge on the contract date anniversary following the date on which you fund the benefit.

 

RMD Wealth Guard death benefit.  If you elect the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, we will deduct a charge annually from your Protected Benefit account variable investment options on each contract date anniversary for which it is in effect. The current charge is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement. If you have this benefit, but do not fund it until after your contract date, we will deduct the full charge on the contract date anniversary following the date on which you fund the benefit. We reserve the right to increase the charge for this benefit up to a maximum of 1.20% (if you were age 20-64 on your contract date) or 2.00% (if you were age 65-68 on your contract date). See, “Fee changes for the Guaranteed minimum income benefit and RMD Wealth Guard death benefit” for more information.

 

 

88


Guaranteed minimum income benefit charge.  If you elected the GMIB, we deduct a charge annually from your Protected Benefit account variable investment options on each contract date anniversary until such time that your Lifetime GMIB payments begin or you elect another annuity payout option, whichever occurs first. The current charge is reflected on the Rate Sheet Supplement. If you have this benefit, but do not fund it until after your contract date anniversary, we will deduct the full charge on the contract date anniversary following the date on which you fund the benefit. We reserve the right to increase the charge for this benefit up to a maximum of 2.50%. See “Fee changes for the Guaranteed minimum income benefit and “RMD Wealth Guard” death benefit” for more information.

 

For the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit, GMIB and RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, we will deduct each charge from your Protected Benefit account variable investment options on a pro rata basis. If those amounts are insufficient to pay the charge and you have no amounts in the Special DCA program designated for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, your benefit will terminate without value and you will lose any applicable Guaranteed benefits except as noted under “Effect of your account values falling to zero” in “Determining your contract’s value”. Your contract will also terminate if you do not have any Investment account value.

 

For the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit, the GMIB and RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, if any of the events listed below occur on a date other than a contract date anniversary, we will deduct a pro rata portion of the charge for that year. The pro rata portion of the charge will be based on the fee that is in effect at the time the charge is assessed.

 

  A death benefit is paid;

 

  you surrender the contract to receive its cash value;

 

  you annuitize your Protected Benefit account value;

 

  you transfer 100% of your Protected Benefit account value to the Investment account (following the dropping of your Guaranteed benefits); or

 

  you withdraw 100% of your Protected Benefit account value (following the dropping of your Guaranteed benefits).

 

Fee changes for the Guaranteed minimum income benefit and RMD Wealth Guard death benefit

 

We may increase or decrease the charge for the Guaranteed minimum income benefit and RMD Wealth Guard death benefit. You will be notified of a change in the charge at least 30 days in advance. The charge for each benefit may only change once in a 12 month period and will never exceed the maximum shown in the fee table. If you are within your first two contract years at the time we notify you of a revised charge, the revised charge will be effective the first day of the third contract year or at least 30 days following the notification date and will be assessed beginning on your third contract date anniversary. If you have reached your second contract date anniversary at the time we notify you of a revised charge,

the revised charge will be effective 30 days after the notification date and will be assessed as of your next contract date anniversary that is at least 30 days after the fee change notification date and on all contract date anniversaries thereafter. A pro-rated charge assessed during any contract year will be based on the charge in effect at that time. See “Guaranteed benefit charges” for more information. You may not opt out of a fee change but you may drop the benefit if you notify us in writing within 30 days after a fee change is declared. The requirement that all withdrawal charges have expired will be waived. See “Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits” in “Benefits available under the contract,” as well as Appendix “Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits” for more information.

 

Exercise of the GMIB in the event of a GMIB fee increase.  In the event we increase the charge for the GMIB, you may exercise the GMIB subject to the following rules. If you are within your first two contract years at the time we notify you of a GMIB fee increase, you may elect to exercise the GMIB during the 30 day period beginning on your second contract date anniversary. If you have reached your second contract date anniversary at the time we notify you of a GMIB fee increase, you may elect to exercise the GMIB during the 30 day period beginning on the date of the fee increase notification. Note that if you are within your first two contract years at the time we notify you of a GMIB fee increase, your opportunity to drop the benefit is the 30 day period following notification, not the 30 day period following your second contract date anniversary. We must receive your election to exercise the GMIB within the applicable 30 day GMIB exercise period. Any applicable GMIB exercise waiting period will be waived. Upon expiration of the 30 day exercise period, any contractual waiting period will resume. If your GMIB exercise waiting period has already elapsed when a fee increase is announced, you may exercise your GMIB during either (i) the 30 day GMIB exercise period provided by your contract or (ii) the 30 day exercise period provided by the fee increase. It is possible that these periods may overlap. For more information on your contract’s GMIB exercise period and exercise rules, see “Exercise of GMIB” in “Benefits available under the contract”. This feature may not be available in all states. In addition, this feature may vary in your state. For a state-by-state description of all material variations of this contract, see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits”.

 

For single owner contracts, the payout can be either based on a single life (the owner’s life) or joint lives. For IRA contracts, the joint life must be the spouse of the owner. For jointly owned contracts, payments can be based on a single life (based on the life of the older owner) or joint lives. For non-natural owners, payments are available on the same basis (based on the annuitant or joint annuitant’s life). Your Lifetime GMIB payments are calculated by applying your GMIB benefit base (as of the date we receive your election in good order) less any applicable withdrawal charge remaining, to guaranteed GMIB annuity purchase factors. See “Exercise of GMIB” under “Benefits available under the contract” for additional information regarding GMIB exercise.

 

 

89


Charges for state premium and other applicable taxes

 

We deduct a charge designed to approximate certain taxes that may be imposed on us, such as premium taxes in your state. Generally, we deduct the charge from the amount applied to provide an annuity pay-out option. The current tax charge that might be imposed varies by jurisdiction and ranges from 0% to 3.5%.

 

Charges that the Trusts deduct

 

The Trusts deduct charges for the following types of fees and expenses:

 

  Management fees.

 

  12b-1 fees.

 

  Operating expenses, such as trustees’ fees, independent public accounting firms’ fees, legal counsel fees, administrative service fees, custodian fees and liability insurance.

 

  Investment-related expenses, such as brokerage commissions.

 

These charges are reflected in the daily share price of each Portfolio. Since shares of each Trust are purchased at their net asset value, these fees and expenses are, in effect, passed on to the variable investment options and are reflected in their unit values. Certain Portfolios available under the contract in turn invest in shares of other Portfolios of the Trusts and/or shares of unaffiliated Portfolios (collectively, the “underlying Portfolios”). The underlying Portfolios each have their own fees and expenses, including management fees, operating expenses, and investment related expenses such as brokerage commissions. For more information about these charges, please refer to the prospectuses for the Trusts.

 

Group or sponsored arrangements

 

For certain group or sponsored arrangements, we may reduce the withdrawal charge (if applicable) or the daily contract charge, or change the minimum initial contribution requirements. We also may change the Guaranteed benefits, or offer variable investment options that invest in shares of the Trusts that are not subject to the 12b-1 fee. We may also change the crediting percentage that applies to contributions. Credits are subject to recovery under certain circumstances. See “Credits and Earnings bonus (for Series CP® contracts)” under “Purchasing the Contract”. Group arrangements include those in which a trustee or an employer, for example, purchases contracts covering a group of individuals on a group basis. Group arrangements are not available for traditional IRA and Roth IRA contracts. Sponsored arrangements include those in which an employer allows us to sell contracts to its employees or retirees on an individual basis.

 

Our costs for sales, administration and operations generally vary with the size and stability of the group or sponsoring organization, among other factors. We take all these factors into account when reducing charges. To qualify for reduced

charges, a group or sponsored arrangement must meet certain requirements, such as requirements for size and number of years in existence. Group or sponsored arrangements that have been set up solely to buy contracts or that have been in existence less than six months will not qualify for reduced charges.

 

We will make these and any similar reductions according to our rules in effect when we approve a contract for issue. We may change these rules from time to time. Any variation will reflect differences in costs or services and will not be unfairly discriminatory.

 

Group or sponsored arrangements may be governed by federal income tax rules, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) or both. We make no representations with regard to the impact of these and other applicable laws on such programs. We recommend that employers, trustees, and others purchasing or making contracts available for purchase under such programs seek the advice of their own legal and benefits advisers.

 

Other distribution arrangements

 

We may reduce or eliminate charges when sales are made in a manner that results in savings of sales and administrative expenses, such as sales through persons who are compensated by clients for recommending investments and who receive no commission or reduced commissions in connection with the sale of the contracts. We will not permit a reduction or elimination of charges where it would be unfairly discriminatory.

 

 

90


8. Tax information

 

 

 

Overview

 

In this part of the Prospectus, we discuss the current federal income tax rules that generally apply to Retirement Cornerstone® Series contracts owned by United States individual taxpayers. The tax rules can differ, depending on the type of contract, whether NQ, traditional IRA, Roth IRA or QP. Therefore, we discuss the tax aspects of each type of contract separately.

 

Federal income tax rules include the United States laws in the Internal Revenue Code, and Treasury Department Regulations and IRS interpretations of the Internal Revenue Code. These tax rules may change without notice. We cannot predict whether, when, or how these rules could change. Any change could affect contracts purchased before the change. Congress may also consider further proposals to comprehensively reform or overhaul the United States tax and retirement systems, which if enacted, could affect the tax benefits of a contract. We cannot predict what, if any, legislation will actually be proposed or enacted.

 

We cannot provide detailed information on all tax aspects of the contracts. Moreover, the tax aspects that apply to a particular person’s contract may vary depending on the facts applicable to that person. We do not discuss state income and other state taxes, federal income tax and withholding rules for non-U.S. taxpayers, or federal gift and estate taxes. We also do not discuss the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). Transfers of the contract, rights or values under the contract, or payments under the contract, for example, amounts due to beneficiaries, may be subject to federal or state gift, estate, or inheritance taxes. You should not rely only on this document, but should consult your tax adviser before your purchase.

 

CARES Act

 

Congress enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) on March 27, 2020. The CARES Act permitted penalty-free withdrawals during 2020 from many tax-qualified and tax-favored plans and contracts (such as defined contribution plans, 403(b) plans, government sponsored employer 457(b) plans, and IRAs) by individuals affected by coronavirus or the economic aftermath. An individual may repay the amount of the distribution to the plan or contract within a 3-year period. Please consult your tax adviser about your individual circumstances.

 

Contracts that fund a retirement arrangement

 

Generally, there are two types of funding vehicles that are available for Individual Retirement Arrangements (“IRAs”): an individual retirement annuity contract such as the ones offered in this Prospectus, or a custodial or trusteed individual retirement account. Annuity contracts can also be

purchased in connection with retirement plans qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (“QP contracts”). How these arrangements work, including special rules applicable to each, are noted in the specific sections for each type of arrangement, below. You should be aware that the funding vehicle for a tax-qualified arrangement does not provide any tax deferral benefit beyond that already provided by the Code for all permissible funding vehicles. Before choosing an annuity contract, therefore, you should consider the annuity’s features and benefits compared with the features and benefits of other permissible funding vehicles and the relative costs of annuities and other arrangements. You should be aware that cost may vary depending on the features and benefits made available and the charges and expenses of the investment options or funds that you elect.

 

Certain provisions of the Treasury Regulations on required minimum distributions concerning the actuarial present value of additional contract benefits could increase the amount required to be distributed from annuity contracts funding qualified plans and IRAs. For this purpose additional annuity contract benefits may include, but are not limited to the various Guaranteed benefits. You should consider the potential implication of these Regulations before you purchase this annuity contract or purchase additional features under this annuity contract. See also Appendix “Purchase considerations for QP contracts” at the end of this Prospectus for a discussion of QP contracts.

 

Transfers among investment options

 

If permitted under the terms of the contract, you can make transfers among investment options inside the contract without triggering taxable income.

 

Taxation of nonqualified annuities

 

Contributions

 

You may not deduct the amount of your contributions to a nonqualified annuity contract.

 

Contract earnings

 

Generally, you are not taxed on contract earnings until you receive a distribution from your contract, whether as a withdrawal or as an annuity payment. However, earnings are taxable, even without a distribution:

 

  if a contract fails investment diversification requirements as specified in federal income tax rules (these rules are based on or are similar to those specified for mutual funds under the securities laws);

 

  if you transfer a contract, for example, as a gift to someone other than your spouse (or former spouse);

 

  if you use a contract as security for a loan (in this case, the amount pledged will be treated as a distribution); and
 

 

91


  if the owner is other than an individual (such as a corporation, partnership, trust, or other non-natural person). This provision does not apply to a trust which is a mere agent or nominee for an individual, such as a typical grantor trust.

 

Federal tax law requires that all nonqualified deferred annuity contracts that the Company and its affiliates issue to you during the same calendar year be linked together and treated as one contract for calculating the taxable amount of any distribution from any of those contracts.

 

Annuity payments

 

The following applies to an annuitization of the entire contract. In certain cases, the contract can be partially annuitized. See “Partial Annuitization”.

 

Annuitization under a Retirement Cornerstone® Series contract occurs when your interest under the contract is or has been applied to one or more payout options intended to amortize amounts over your life or over a period certain generally limited by the period of your life expectancy. (We do not currently offer a period certain option without life contingencies). Annuity payouts can also be determined on a joint life basis. After annuitization, no further contributions to the contract may be made, the annuity payout amount must be paid at least annually, and annuity payments cannot be stopped except by death or surrender (if permitted under the terms of the contract).

 

Once annuity payments begin, a portion of each payment is taxable as ordinary income. You get back the remaining portion without paying taxes on it. This is your unrecovered investment in the contract. Generally, your investment in the contract equals the contributions you made, less any amounts you previously withdrew that were not taxable.

 

For fixed annuity payments, the tax-free portion of each payment is determined by (1) dividing your investment in the contract by the total amount you are expected to receive out of the contract, and (2) multiplying the result by the amount of the payment. For variable annuity payments, your tax-free portion of each payment is your investment in the contract divided by the number of expected payments. If you have a loss on a variable annuity payout in a taxable year, you may be able to adjust the tax-free amount in subsequent years.

 

Once you have received the amount of your investment in the contract, all payments after that are fully taxable. If payments under a life annuity stop because the annuitant dies, there is an income tax deduction for any unrecovered investment in the contract.

 

Your rights to apply amounts under this contract to an annuity payout option are described elsewhere in this Prospectus. If you hold your contract to the maximum maturity age under the contract we require that a choice be made between taking a lump sum settlement of any remaining account value or applying any such account value to an annuity payout option we may offer at the time under the contract. If no affirmative choice is made, we will apply any remaining account value or

interest in the contract to the default option under the contract at such age. While there is no specific federal tax guidance as to whether or when an annuity contract is required to mature, or as to the form of the payments to be made upon contract maturity, we believe that this contract constitutes an annuity contract under current federal tax rules.

 

Payments under the no-lapse guarantee if you elected the GMIB

 

If the value of the Protected Benefit account falls to zero before the contract maturity date and the no-lapse guarantee is still in effect, we will issue a supplementary contract as described in “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” under “Benefits available under the contract”. The payments under the no-lapse guarantee will be treated as annuity payments. If you have no value remaining in the Investment account, the entire contract will be annuitized. If you have value remaining in the Investment account, the contract will be treated as partially annuitized as described below. Since the value of the Protected Benefit account has fallen to zero, all of the account value under the contract is allocated to the Investment account, and all of the basis or investment in the contract will remain with the Investment account. Since no investment in the contract is allocated to the stream of payments under the no-lapse guarantee, all amounts will be fully taxable over your life.

 

Partial annuitization

 

The consequences described above for annuitization of the entire contract apply to the portion of the contract which is partially annuitized. A nonqualified deferred annuity contract is treated as being partially annuitized if a portion of the contract is applied to an annuity payout option on a life-contingent basis or for a period certain of at least 10 years. In order to get annuity payment tax treatment for the portion of the contract applied to the annuity payout, payments must be made at least annually in substantially equal amounts, the payments must be designed to amortize the amount applied over life or the period certain, and the payments cannot be stopped, except by death or surrender (if permitted under the terms of the contract). The investment in the contract is split between the partially annuitized portion and the deferred amount remaining based on the relative values of the amount applied to the annuity payout and the deferred amount remaining at the time of the partial annuitization. Also, the partial annuitization has its own annuity starting date. We do not currently offer a period certain option without life contingencies.

 

Withdrawals made before annuity payments begin

 

If you make withdrawals before annuity payments begin under your contract, they are taxable to you as ordinary income if there are earnings in the contract. Generally, earnings are your Total account value less your total investment in the contract. If you withdraw an amount which is more than the earnings in the contract as of the date of the withdrawal, the balance of the distribution is treated as a reduction of your investment in the contract and is not taxable.

 

Collateral assignments are taxable to the extent of any earnings in the contract at the time any portion of the contract’s value is

 

 

92


assigned as collateral. Therefore, if you assign your contract as collateral for a loan with a third party after the contract is issued, you may have taxable income even though you receive no payments under the contract. The Company will report any income attributable to a collateral assignment on Form 1099-R. Also, if the Company makes payments or distributions to the assignee pursuant to directions under the collateral assignment agreement, any gains in such payments may be taxable to you and reportable on Form 1099-R even though you do not receive them.

 

Taxation of Annual withdrawals prior to the beginning of Lifetime GMIB payments

 

We treat any withdrawals under the contract as non-annuity payments for income tax purposes. (This includes Annual withdrawal amounts received before the entire contract is annuitized as described under “Annuity Payments.”)

 

1035 Exchanges

 

You may purchase a nonqualified deferred annuity contract through an exchange of another contract. Normally, exchanges of contracts are taxable events. The exchange will not be taxable under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code if:

 

  the contract that is the source of the funds you are using to purchase the nonqualified deferred annuity contract is another nonqualified deferred annuity contract or life insurance or endowment contract.

 

  the owner and the annuitant are the same under the source contract and the contract issued in exchange. If you are using a life insurance or endowment contract the owner and the insured must be the same on both sides of the exchange transaction.

 

In some cases you may make a tax-deferred 1035 exchange from a nonqualified deferred annuity contract to a “qualified long-term care contract” meeting all specified requirements under the Code or an annuity contract with a “qualified long-term care contract” feature (sometimes referred to as a “combination annuity” contract).

 

The tax basis, also referred to as your investment in the contract, of the source contract carries over to the contract issued in exchange.

 

An owner may direct the proceeds of a partial withdrawal from one nonqualified deferred annuity contract to purchase or contribute to another nonqualified deferred annuity contract on a tax-deferred basis. If requirements are met, the owner may also directly transfer amounts from a nonqualified deferred annuity contract to a “qualified long-term care contract” or “combination annuity” in such a partial 1035 exchange transaction. Special forms, agreement between the carriers, and provision of cost basis information may be required to process this type of an exchange.

 

If you are purchasing your contract through a Section 1035 exchange, you should be aware that the Company cannot guarantee that the exchange from the source contract to the contract you are applying for will be treated as a Section 1035 exchange; the insurance company issuing the source contract

controls the tax information reporting of the transaction as a Section 1035 exchange. Because information reports are not provided and filed until the calendar year after the exchange transaction, the insurance company issuing the source contract shows its agreement that the transaction is a 1035 exchange by providing to us the cost basis of the exchanged source contract when it transfers the money to us on your behalf.

 

Even if the contract owner and the insurance companies agree that a full or partial 1035 exchange is intended, the IRS has the ultimate authority to review the facts and determine that the transaction should be recharacterized as taxable in whole or in part.

 

Section 1035 exchanges are generally not available after the death of the owner. The destination contract must meet specific post-death payout requirements to prevent avoidance of the death of owner rules. See “Payment of death benefits”.

 

Surrenders

 

If you surrender or cancel the contract, the distribution is taxable as ordinary income (not capital gain) to the extent it exceeds your investment in the contract.

 

Death benefit payments made to a beneficiary after your death

 

For the rules applicable to death benefits, see “Payment of death benefits”. The tax treatment of a death benefit taken as a single sum is generally the same as the tax treatment of a withdrawal from or surrender of your contract. The tax treatment of a death benefit taken as annuity payments is generally the same as the tax treatment of annuity payments under your contract.

 

Under the Beneficiary continuation option, the tax treatment of a withdrawal after the death of the owner taken as a single sum or taken as withdrawals under the 5-year rule is generally the same as the tax treatment of a withdrawal from or surrender of your contract.

 

Early distribution penalty tax

 

If you take distributions before you are age 5912, a penalty tax of 10% of the taxable portion of your distribution applies in addition to the income tax. Some of the available exceptions to the pre-age 5912 penalty tax include distributions made:

 

  on or after your death; or

 

  because you are disabled (special federal income tax definition); or

 

  in the form of substantially equal periodic annuity payments at least annually over your life (or life expectancy), or the joint lives of you and your beneficiary (or joint life expectancies) using an IRS-approved distribution method. We do not anticipate that GMIB Annual withdrawal amount payments made before age 5912 will qualify for this exception.
 

 

93


Please note that it is your responsibility to claim the penalty exception on your own income tax return and to document eligibility for the exception to the IRS.

 

Investor control issues

 

Under certain circumstances, the IRS has stated that you could be treated as the owner (for tax purposes) of the assets of the Separate Account. If you were treated as the owner, you would be taxable on income and gains attributable to the shares of the underlying Portfolios.

 

The circumstances that would lead to this tax treatment would be that, in the opinion of the IRS, you could control the underlying investment of the Separate Account. The IRS has said that the owners of variable annuities will not be treated as owning the separate account assets provided the underlying Portfolios are restricted to variable life and annuity assets. The variable annuity owners must have the right only to choose among the Portfolios, and must have no right to direct the particular investment decisions within the Portfolios.

 

Although we believe that, under current IRS guidance, you would not be treated as the owner of the assets of the Separate Account, there are some issues that remain unclear. For example, the IRS has not issued any guidance as to whether having a larger number of Portfolios available could cause you to be treated as the owner. We do not know whether the IRS will ever provide such guidance or whether such guidance, if unfavorable, would apply retroactively to your contract. Furthermore, the IRS could reverse its current guidance at any time. We reserve the right to modify your contract as necessary to prevent you from being treated as the owner of the assets of the Separate Account.

 

Additional Tax on Net Investment Income

 

Taxpayers who have modified adjusted gross income (“MAGI”) over a specified amount and who also have specified net investment income in any year may have to pay an additional surtax of 3.8%. (This tax has been informally referred to as the “Net Investment Income Tax” or “NIIT”). For this purpose net investment income includes distributions from and payments under nonqualified annuity contracts. The threshold amount of MAGI varies by filing status: $200,000 for single filers; $250,000 for married taxpayers filing jointly, and $125,000 for married taxpayers filing separately. The tax applies to the lesser of a) the amount of MAGI over the applicable threshold amount or b) the net investment income. You should discuss with your tax adviser the potential effect of this tax.

 

Individual retirement arrangements (IRAs)

 

General

 

“IRA” stands for individual retirement arrangement. There are two basic types of such arrangements, individual retirement accounts and individual retirement annuities. In an individual retirement account, a trustee or custodian holds the assets funding the account for the benefit of the IRA owner. The assets typically include mutual funds and/or individual stocks and/or securities in a custodial account, and

bank certificates of deposit in a trusteed account. In an individual retirement annuity, an insurance company issues an annuity contract that serves as the IRA.

 

There are two basic types of IRAs, as follows:

 

  Traditional IRAs, typically funded on a pre-tax basis; and

 

  Roth IRAs, funded on an after-tax basis.

 

Regardless of the type of IRA, your ownership interest in the IRA cannot be forfeited. You or your beneficiaries who survive you are the only ones who can receive the IRA’s benefits or payments. All types of IRAs qualify for tax deferral regardless of the funding vehicle selected.

 

You can hold your IRA assets in as many different accounts and annuities as you would like, as long as you meet the rules for setting up and making contributions to IRAs. However, if you own multiple IRAs, you may be required to combine IRA values or contributions for tax purposes. For further information about individual retirement arrangements, you can read Internal Revenue Service Publications 590-A (“Contributions to Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs)”) and 590-B (“Distributions from Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs)”). These publications are usually updated annually, and can be obtained by contacting the IRS or from the IRS website (www.irs.gov).

 

The Company designs its IRA contracts to qualify as individual retirement annuities under Section 408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. You may purchase the contract as a traditional IRA or Roth IRA. We also offer Inherited IRA contracts for payment of post-death required minimum distributions from traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs, respectively. Legislation enacted at the end of 2019 may restrict the availability of payment options under such IRAs.

 

This Prospectus contains the information that the IRS requires you to have before you purchase an IRA. The first section covers some of the special tax rules that apply to traditional IRAs. The next section covers Roth IRAs. The disclosure generally assumes direct ownership of the individual retirement annuity contract. For contracts owned in a custodial individual retirement account, the disclosure will apply only if you terminate your account or transfer ownership of the contract to yourself.

 

We describe the amount and types of charges that may apply to your contributions under “Charges and expenses”. We describe the method of calculating payments under “Accessing your money”. We do not guarantee or project growth in any variable income annuitization option payments (as opposed to payments from a fixed income annuitization option).

 

Except as applicable to SEP-IRA Contracts (see “Simplified Employee Pension (SEPs)”, we have not applied for opinion letters approving the respective forms of the traditional and Roth IRA contracts (including Inherited IRA contracts) for use as a traditional and Roth IRA, respectively. This IRS approval is a determination only as to the form of the annuity. It does not represent a determination of the merits of the annuity as an investment.

 

 

94


Your right to cancel within a certain number of days

 

You can cancel either type of the Retirement Cornerstone® Series IRA contract (traditional IRA or Roth IRA) by following the directions in “Your right to cancel with a certain number of days” under “Purchasing the Contract”. If you cancel a traditional IRA or Roth IRA contract, we may have to withhold tax, and we must report the transaction to the IRS. A contract cancellation could have an unfavorable tax impact.

 

Traditional individual retirement annuities (traditional IRAs)

 

Contributions to traditional IRAs.  Individuals may make three different types of contributions to purchase a traditional IRA or as additional contributions to an existing IRA:

 

  “regular” contributions out of earned income or compensation; or

 

  tax-free “rollover” contributions; or

 

  direct custodian-to-custodian transfers from other traditional IRAs (“direct transfers”).

 

When you make a contribution to your IRA, we require you to tell us whether it is a regular contribution, rollover contribution, or direct transfer contribution, and to supply supporting documentation in some cases.

 

If the minimum initial contribution the company requires to purchase the contract is larger than the maximum regular contribution you make to an IRA for a taxable year, the contract must be purchased through a direct transfer contribution or rollover contribution. If the minimum initial contribution the company requires to purchase the contract is less than the current maximum regular contribution you can make to an IRA for a taxable year, the contract may be purchased through a regular contribution as well as direct transfer or rollover contribution. See “Regular contributions to traditional IRAs” for regular conribution limits.

 

Series CP® contracts must be purchased through a direct transfer contribution or rollover contribution. Since the minimum initial contribution the Company requires to purchase the Series B contract is $5,000, which is less than as the current maximum regular contribution you can make to an IRA for a taxable year, the Series B contract may be purchased through a regular contribution as well as direct transfer or rollover contribution.

 

See “Simplified Employee Pensions (SEPs)” for contributions to a SEP-IRA Contract.

 

Regular contributions to traditional IRAs

 

Limits on contributions.  The “maximum regular contribution amount” for any taxable year is the most that can be contributed to all of your IRAs (traditional and Roth) as regular contributions for the particular taxable year. The maximum regular contribution amount depends on age, earnings, and year, among other things. Generally, $6,000 is the maximum amount that you may contribute to all IRAs (traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs) for 2023, after adjustment for cost-of-living

changes. When your earnings are below $6,000, your earned income or compensation for the year is the most you can contribute. This limit does not apply to rollover contributions or direct custodian-to-custodian transfers into a traditional IRA.

 

If you are at least age 50 at any time during the taxable year for which you are making a regular contribution to your IRA, you may be eligible to make additional “catch-up contributions” of up to $1,000 to your traditional IRA.

 

Special rules for spouses.  If you are married and file a joint Federal income tax return, you and your spouse may combine your compensation to determine the amount of regular contributions you are permitted to make to traditional IRAs (and Roth IRAs discussed below). Even if one spouse has no compensation or compensation under $6,000, married individuals filing jointly can contribute up to $12,000 per year to any combination of traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs. Any contributions to Roth IRAs reduce the ability to contribute to traditional IRAs and vice versa. The maximum amount may be less if earned income is less and the other spouse has made IRA contributions. No more than a combined total of $6,000 can be contributed annually to either spouse’s traditional and Roth IRAs. Each spouse owns his or her traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs even if the other spouse funded the contributions. Catch-up contributions may be made as described above for spouses who are at least age 50 at any time during the taxable year for which the contribution is made.

 

Deductibility of contributions.  The amount of traditional IRA contributions that you can deduct for a taxable year depends on whether you are covered by an employer-sponsored tax-favored retirement plan, as defined under special federal income tax rules. Your Form W-2 will indicate whether or not you are covered by such a retirement plan.

 

The federal tax rules governing contributions to IRAs made from current compensation are complex and are subject to numerous technical requirements and limitations which vary based on an individual’s personal situation (including his/her spouse). IRS Publication 590-A, “Contributions to Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs)” which is updated annually and is available at www.irs.gov, contains pertinent explanations of the rules applicable to the current year. The amount of permissible contributions to IRAs, the amount of IRA contributions which may be deductible, and the individual’s income limits for determining contributions and deductions all may be adjusted annually for cost of living.

 

Nondeductible regular contributions.  If you are not eligible to deduct part or all of the traditional IRA contribution, you may still make nondeductible contributions on which earnings will accumulate on a tax-deferred basis. The combined deductible and nondeductible contributions to your traditional IRA (or the non-working spouse’s traditional IRA) may not, however, exceed the maximum $5,000 per person limit for the applicable taxable year ($6,000 for 2023 after adjustment). The dollar limit is $1,000 higher for people eligible to make age 50+ ”catch-up” contributions ($7,000 for 2023). You must keep your own records of deductible

 

 

95


and nondeductible contributions in order to prevent double taxation on the distribution of previously taxed amounts. See “Withdrawals, payments and transfers of funds out of traditional IRAs” for more information.

 

If you are making nondeductible contributions in any taxable year, or you have made nondeductible contributions to a traditional IRA in prior years and are receiving distributions from any traditional IRA, you must file the required information with the IRS. Moreover, if you are making nondeductible traditional IRA contributions, you must retain all income tax returns and records pertaining to such contributions until interests in all traditional IRAs are fully distributed.

 

When you can make regular contributions.  If you file your tax returns on a calendar year basis like most taxpayers, you have until the April 15 return filing deadline (without extensions) of the following calendar year to make your regular traditional IRA contributions for a taxable year. Make sure you designated the year for which you are making the contribution.

 

Rollover and direct transfer contributions to traditional IRAs

 

Rollover contributions may be made to a traditional IRA from these “eligible retirement plans”:

 

  qualified plans;

 

  governmental employer 457(b) plans;

 

  403(b) plans; and

 

  other traditional IRAs.

 

Direct transfer contributions may only be made directly from one traditional IRA to another.

 

Any amount contributed to a traditional IRA after lifetime required minimum distributions must start must be net of your required minimum distribution for the year in which the rollover or direct transfer contribution is made.

 

Rollovers from “eligible retirement plans” other than traditional IRAs

 

Your plan administrator will tell you whether or not your distribution is eligible to be rolled over. Spousal beneficiaries and spousal alternate payees under qualified domestic relations orders may roll over funds on the same basis as the plan participant. A non-spousal death beneficiary may also be able to make a direct rollover to an Inherited IRA contract with special rules and restrictions under certain circumstances. Legislation enacted at the end of 2019 may restrict the availability of payment options under such IRAs.

 

There are two ways to do rollovers:

 

  Do it yourself:

 

You actually receive a distribution that can be rolled over and you roll it over to a traditional IRA within 60 days after the date you receive the funds. The distribution from your eligible retirement plan will be net of 20% mandatory federal income tax withholding. If you want, you can replace the withheld funds yourself and roll over the full amount.

  Direct rollover:

 

You tell the trustee or custodian of the eligible retirement plan to send the distribution directly to your traditional IRA issuer. Direct rollovers are not subject to mandatory federal income tax withholding.

 

All distributions from a qualified plan, 403(b) plan or governmental employer 457(b) plan are eligible rollover distributions, unless the distributions are:

 

  “required minimum distributions” after age 72 (or age 7012 if applicable) or retirement from service with the employer; or

 

  substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually for your life (or life expectancy) or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of you and your designated beneficiary; or

 

  substantially equal periodic payments made for a specified period of 10 years or more; or

 

  hardship withdrawals; or

 

  corrective distributions that fit specified technical tax rules; or

 

  loans that are treated as distributions; or

 

  certain death benefit payments to a beneficiary who is not your surviving spouse; or

 

  qualified domestic relations order distributions to a beneficiary who is not your current spouse or former spouse.

 

Under legislation enacted at the end of 2019, distributions from an eligible retirement plan made in connection with the birth or adoption of a child as specified in the Code can be made free of income tax withholding and penalty-free. Repayments of these distributions to an eligible retirement plan are treated as deemed rollover contributions.

 

You should discuss with your tax adviser whether you should consider rolling over funds from one type of tax qualified retirement plan to another because the funds will generally be subject to the rules of the recipient plan. For example, funds in a governmental employer 457(b) plan are not subject to the additional 10% federal income tax penalty for premature distributions, but they may become subject to this penalty if you roll the funds to a different type of eligible retirement plan such as a traditional IRA, and subsequently take a premature distribution.

 

Rollovers from an eligible retirement plan to a traditional IRA are not subject to the “one-per-year limit”.

 

Rollovers of after-tax contributions from eligible retirement plans other than traditional IRAs

 

Any non-Roth after-tax contributions you have made to a qualified plan or 403(b) plan (but not a governmental employer 457(b) plan) may be rolled over to a traditional IRA (either in a direct rollover or a rollover you do yourself). When the recipient plan is a traditional IRA, you are responsible for recordkeeping and calculating the taxable amount of any distributions you

 

 

96


take from that traditional IRA. See “Taxation of Payments” under “Withdrawals, payments and transfers of funds out of traditional IRAs.” After-tax contributions in a traditional IRA cannot be rolled over from your traditional IRA into, or back into, a qualified plan, 403(b) plan or governmental employer 457(b) plan.

 

Rollovers from traditional IRAs to traditional IRAs

 

You may roll over amounts from one traditional IRA to one or more of your other traditional IRAs if you complete the transaction within 60 days after you receive the funds. You may make such a rollover only once in every 12-month period for the same funds. We call this the “one-per-year limit.” It is the IRA owner’s responsibility to determine if this rule is met. Trustee-to-trustee or custodian-to-custodian direct transfers are not rollover transactions. You can make these more frequently than once in every 12-month period.

 

Spousal rollovers and divorce-related direct transfers

 

The surviving spouse beneficiary of a deceased individual can roll over funds from, or directly transfer funds from, the deceased spouse’s traditional IRA to one or more other traditional IRAs. Also, in some cases, traditional IRAs can be transferred on a tax-free basis between spouses or former spouses as a result of a court-ordered divorce or separation decree.

 

Excess contributions to traditional IRAs

 

Excess contributions to IRAs are subject to a 6% excise tax for the year in which made and for each year after until withdrawn. Examples of excess contributions are regular contributions of more than the maximum regular contribution amount for the applicable taxable year, and a rollover contribution which is not eligible to be rolled over, for example to the extent an amount distributed is a lifetime required minimum distribution after age 72 (or after age 70½, if applicable). You can avoid or limit the excise tax by withdrawing an excess contribution. See IRS Publications 590-A and 590-B for further details.

 

Recharacterizations

 

Amounts that have been contributed as traditional IRA funds may subsequently be treated as Roth IRA funds. Special federal income tax rules allow you to change your mind again and have amounts that are subsequently treated as Roth IRA funds, once again treated as traditional IRA funds. You do this by using the forms we prescribe. This is referred to as having “recharacterized” your contribution.

 

Withdrawals, payments and transfers of funds out of traditional IRAs

 

No federal income tax law restrictions on withdrawals.  You can withdraw any or all of your funds from a traditional IRA at any time. You do not need to wait for a special event like retirement.

 

Taxation of payments.  Amounts distributed from traditional IRAs are not subject to federal income tax until you or your beneficiary receive them. Taxable payments or distributions include withdrawals from your contract, surrender of your contract and annuity payments from your contract. Death benefits are also taxable.

We report all payments from traditional IRA contracts on IRS Form 1099-R. You are responsible for reporting these amounts correctly on your individual income tax return and keeping supporting records. Except as discussed below, the total amount of any distribution from a traditional IRA must be included in your gross income as ordinary income.

 

If you have ever made nondeductible (after-tax) IRA contributions to any traditional IRA (it does not have to be to this particular traditional IRA contract), those contributions are recovered tax-free when you get distributions from any traditional IRA. It is your responsibility to keep permanent tax records of all of your nondeductible contributions to traditional IRAs so that you can correctly report the taxable amount of any distribution on your own tax return. At the end of any year in which you have received a distribution from any traditional IRA, you calculate the ratio of your total nondeductible traditional IRA contributions (less any amounts previously withdrawn tax-free) to the total account balances of all traditional IRAs you own at the end of the year plus all traditional IRA distributions made during the year. Multiply this by all distributions from the traditional IRA during the year to determine the nontaxable portion of each distribution.

 

A distribution from a traditional IRA is not taxable if:

 

  the amount received is a withdrawal of certain excess contributions, as described in IRS Publications 590-A and 590-B; or

 

  the entire amount received is rolled over to another traditional IRA or other eligible retirement plan which agrees to accept the funds. (See “Rollovers from eligible retirement plans other than traditional IRAs” for more information.)

 

The following are eligible to receive rollovers of distributions from a traditional IRA: a qualified plan, a 403(b) plan or a governmental employer 457(b) plan. After-tax contributions in a traditional IRA cannot be rolled from your traditional IRA into, or back into, a qualified plan, 403(b) plan or governmental employer 457(b) plan. Before you decide to roll over a distribution from a traditional IRA to another eligible retirement plan, you should check with the administrator of that plan about whether the plan accepts rollovers and, if so, the types it accepts. You should also check with the administrator of the receiving plan about any documents required to be completed before it will accept a rollover.

 

Distributions from a traditional IRA are not eligible for favorable ten-year averaging and long-term capital gain treatment available under limited circumstances for certain distributions from qualified plans. If you might be eligible for such tax treatment from your qualified plan, you may be able to preserve such tax treatment even though an eligible rollover from a qualified plan is temporarily rolled into a “conduit IRA” before being rolled back into a qualified plan. See your tax adviser.

 

IRA distributions directly transferred to charity.  Specified distributions from IRAs directly transferred to charitable organizations may be tax-free to IRA owners age 70 1/2 or older. You can direct us to make one distribution per calendar year directly to a charitable organization you request whether or not such distribution might be eligible for favorable tax treatment. Additional requests in the same calendar year will not be honored. Since an IRA owner is responsible for

 

 

97


determining the tax consequences of any distribution from an IRA, we report the distribution to you on Form 1099-R. After discussing with your own tax advisor, it is your responsibility to report any distribution qualifying as a tax-free charitable direct transfer from your IRA on your own tax return.

 

Required minimum distributions

 

Legislation enacted at the end of 2019 which is generally effective January 1, 2020 significantly amended the required minimum distribution rules. Because these rules are statutory and regulatory, in many cases IRS guidance will be required to implement these changes.

 

Background on Regulations — Required Minimum Distributions.  Distributions must be made from traditional IRAs according to rules contained in the Code and Treasury Regulations. Certain provisions of the Treasury Regulations require that the actuarial present value of additional annuity contract benefits must be added to the dollar amount credited for purposes of calculating certain types of required minimum distributions from individual retirement annuity contracts. For this purpose additional annuity contract benefits may include, but are not limited to, Guaranteed benefits. This could increase the amount required to be distributed from the contracts if you take annual withdrawals instead of annuitizing. Please consult your tax adviser concerning applicability of these complex rules to your situation.

 

Lifetime required minimum distributions — When you have to take the first lifetime required minimum distribution. When you have to start lifetime required minimum distributions from your traditional IRAs depends on your birthdate. Under legislation enacted at the end of 2019, lifetime required minimum distributions from your traditional IRAs must start for the year in which you attain age 72 (if you were born July 1, 1949 or later). For individuals born June 30, 1949 or earlier, lifetime required minimum distributions from your traditional IRAs must start for the year in which you attain age 7012. That is, individuals who had already attained age 7012 by December 31, 2019 had no change from prior law in the start or continuation of their lifetime required minimum distributions.

 

The first required minimum distribution is for the calendar year in which you turn age 72 (or age 7012 if applicable). You have the choice to take this first required minimum distribution during the calendar year you actually reach age 72 (or age 7012 if applicable), or to delay taking it until the first three-month period in the next calendar year (January 1st — April 1st). Distributions must start no later than your “Required Beginning Date”, which is April 1st of the calendar year after the calendar year in which you turn age 72 (or age 7012 if applicable). If you choose to delay taking the first annual minimum distribution, then you will have to take two minimum distributions in that year — the delayed one for the first year and the one actually for that year. Once minimum distributions begin, they must be made at some time each year.

 

How you can calculate required minimum distributions.   There are two approaches to taking required minimum distributions — “account-based” or “annuity-based.”

Account-based method.  If you choose an account-based method, you divide the value of your traditional IRA as of December 31st of the past calendar year by a number corresponding to your age from an IRS table. This gives you the required minimum distribution amount for that particular IRA for that year. If your spouse is your sole beneficiary and more than 10 years younger than you, the dividing number you use may be from another IRS table and may produce a smaller lifetime required minimum distribution amount. Regardless of the table used, the required minimum distribution amount will vary each year as the account value, the actuarial present value of additional annuity contract benefits, if applicable, and the divisor change.

 

If you initially choose an account-based method, you may later apply your traditional IRA funds to a life annuity-based payout with any certain period not exceeding remaining life expectancy, determined in accordance with IRS tables.

 

Annuity-based method.  If you choose an annuity-based method, you do not have to do annual calculations. You apply the account value to an annuity payout for your life or the joint lives of you and an eligible designated beneficiary or for a period certain not extending beyond applicable life expectancies, determined in accordance with IRS tables.

 

Do you have to pick the same method to calculate your required minimum distributions for all of your traditional IRAs and other retirement plans?  No. If you want, you can choose a different method for each of your traditional IRAs and other retirement plans. For example, you can choose an annuity payout from one IRA, a different annuity payout from a qualified plan and an account-based annual withdrawal from another IRA.

 

Will we pay you the annual amount every year from your traditional IRA based on the method you choose?  We will only pay you automatically if you affirmatively select an annuity payout option or an account-based withdrawal option such as our “automatic required minimum distribution (RMD) service.” Even if you do not enroll in our service, we will calculate the amount of the required minimum distribution withdrawal for you, if you so request in writing. However, in that case you will be responsible for asking us to pay the required minimum distribution withdrawal to you.

 

Also, if you are taking account-based withdrawals from all of your traditional IRAs, the IRS will let you calculate the required minimum distribution for each traditional IRA that you maintain. You can add these required minimum distribution amount calculations together. As long as the total amount you take out every year satisfies your overall traditional IRA required minimum distribution amount, you may choose to take your annual required minimum distribution from any one or more traditional IRAs that you own.

 

What if you take more than you need to for any year?  The required minimum distribution amount for your traditional IRAs is calculated on a year-by-year basis. There are no carry-back or carry-forward provisions. Also, you cannot apply required minimum distribution amounts you take from

 

 

98


your qualified plans to the amounts you have to take from your traditional IRAs and vice versa.

 

What if you take less than you need to for any year?  Your IRA could be disqualified, and you could have to pay tax on the entire value. Even if your IRA is not disqualified, you could have to pay a 50% penalty tax on the shortfall (required amount for traditional IRAs less amount actually taken). It is your responsibility to meet the required minimum distribution rules. We will remind you when our records show that you are within the age group which must take lifetime required minimum distributions. If you do not select a method with us, we will assume you are taking your required minimum distribution from another traditional IRA that you own.

 

What are the required minimum distribution payments after you die?  These vary, depending on the status of your beneficiary (individual or entity) and when you die. Legislation enacted at the end of 2019 significantly amended the post-death required minimum distribution rules for distributions made beginning January 1, 2020, and in some cases may affect payouts for pre-December 31, 2019 deaths.

 

Individual beneficiary. Unless the individual beneficiary has a special status as an “eligible designated beneficiary” or “EDB” described below, distributions of the remaining amount in the defined contribution plan or IRA contract following your death must be distributed within 10 years. IRS guidance will be needed regarding the mechanics of implementation of this “10-year” rule.

 

Individual beneficiary who has “eligible designated beneficiary” or “EDB” status. An individual beneficiary who is an “eligible designated beneficiary” or “EDB” is able to take annual post-death required minimum distribution payments over the life of the EDB or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the EDB, as long as the distributions start no later than one year after your death (to be prescribed in Treasury Regulations).

 

Under federal tax law, the following individuals are EDBs:

 

  your surviving spouse (see spousal beneficiary, below);

 

  your minor children (only while they are minors);

 

  a disabled individual (Code definition applies);

 

  a chronically ill individual (Code definition applies); and

 

  any individual who is not more than 10 years younger than you.

 

In certain cases, a trust may be treated as an individual and not an entity beneficiary. When minor children reach the age of majority, they stop EDB status and the remainder of the portion of their interest not yet distributed must be distributed within 10 years. However, the contracts issued by the Company do not allow individual beneficiaries who are EDBs solely by virtue of being your minor children to stretch post-death required minimum distribution payments over their lives or life expectancies.

 

Spousal beneficiary. If your death beneficiary is your surviving spouse, your spouse has a number of choices. As noted

above, post-death distributions may be made over your spouse’s life or period of life expectancy. Your spouse may delay starting payments over his/her life or life expectancy period until the year in which you would have attained age 72. In some circumstances, for traditional IRA contracts only, your surviving spouse may elect to become the owner of the traditional IRA and halt distributions until he or she reaches age 72, or roll over amounts from your traditional IRA into his/her own traditional IRA or other eligible retirement plan.

 

Non-individual beneficiary. Pre-January 1, 2020 rules continue to apply. If you die before your Required Beginning Date for lifetime required minimum distributions, and your death beneficiary is a non-individual such as your estate, the “5-year rule” applies. Under this rule, the entire interest must be distributed by the end of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the owner’s death. No distribution is required for a year before that fifth year. Please note that we need an individual annuitant to keep an annuity contract in force. If the beneficiary is not an individual, we must distribute amounts remaining in the annuity contract after the death of the annuitant.

 

If you die after your Required Beginning Date for lifetime required minimum distributions, and your death beneficiary is a non-individual such as your estate, the rules permit the beneficiary to calculate the post-death required minimum distribution amounts based on the owner’s life expectancy in the year of death. However, note that we need an individual annuitant to keep an annuity contract in force. If the beneficiary is not an individual, we must distribute amounts remaining in the annuity contract after the death of the annuitant.

 

Additional Changes to post-death distributions after the 2019 legislation. The legislation enacted at the end of 2019 applies to deaths after December 31, 2019, so that the post-death required minimum distribution rules in effect before January 1, 2020 continue to apply initially. As long as payments start no later than December 31 following the calendar year of the owner’s or participant’s (if applicable) death, individuals who are non-spouse beneficiaries may continue to stretch post-death payments over their life. It is also permissible to stretch post-death payments over a period not longer than their life expectancy based on IRS tables as of the calendar year after the owner’s or participant’s (if applicable) death on a term certain method. In certain cases, a “see-through” trust which is the death beneficiary will be treated as an individual for measuring the distribution period.

 

However, the legislation enacted at the end of 2019 views the death of the original individual beneficiary as an event that triggers the “10-year” distribution period. Prior to 2019, for example, if an individual beneficiary who had a 20-year life expectancy period in the year after the owner’s or participant’s death died in the 7th year of post-death payments, the beneficiary named by the original beneficiary could continue the payments over the remaining 13 years of the original beneficiary’s life expectancy period. Even if the owner or participant in this example died before December 31, 2019 the legislation caps the length of any post-death

 

 

99


payment period after the death of the original beneficiary at 10 years. As noted above, a rule similar to this applies when an EDB dies, or a minor child reaches majority-the remaining interest must be distributed within 10 years. IRS guidance will be needed to implement the mechanics of these beneficiary status shift provisions.

 

Spousal continuation

 

If the contract is continued under Spousal continuation, the required minimum distribution rules are applied as if your surviving spouse is the contract owner.

 

Payments to a beneficiary after your death

 

IRA death benefits are taxed the same as IRA distributions.

 

Borrowing and loans are prohibited transactions

 

You cannot get loans from a traditional IRA. You cannot use a traditional IRA as collateral for a loan or other obligation. If you borrow against your IRA or use it as collateral, its tax-favored status will be lost as of the first day of the tax year in which this prohibited event occurs. If this happens, you must include the value of the traditional IRA in your federal gross income. Also, the early distribution penalty tax of 10% may apply if you have not reached age 5912 before the first day of that tax year.

 

Early distribution penalty tax

 

A penalty tax of 10 % of the taxable portion of a distribution applies to distributions from a traditional IRA made before you reach age 5912. Some of the available exceptions to the pre-age 5912 penalty tax include distributions:

 

  made on or after your death; or

 

  made because you are disabled (special federal income tax definition); or

 

  used to pay certain extraordinary medical expenses (special federal income tax definition); or

 

  used to pay medical insurance premiums for unemployed individuals (special federal income tax definition); or

 

  used to pay certain first-time home buyer expenses (special federal income tax definition; $10,000 lifetime total limit for these distributions from all your traditional and Roth IRAs); or

 

  used to pay certain higher education expenses (special federal income tax definition); or

 

  under legislation enacted at the end of 2019, distributions made in connection with the birth or adoption of a child as specified in the Code; or

 

  in the form of substantially equal periodic payments made at least annually over your life (or your life expectancy) or over the joint lives of you and your beneficiary (or your joint life expectancies) using an IRS-approved distribution method.

 

Please note that it is your responsibility to claim the penalty exception on your own income tax return and to document eligibility for the exception to the IRS.

To meet the substantially equal periodic payments exception, you could elect the substantially equal withdrawals option. See “Substantially equal withdrawals” under “Accessing your money”. We will calculate the substantially equal payments, using your choice of IRS-approved methods we offer. Although substantially equal withdrawals are not subject to the 10% penalty tax, they are taxable as discussed in “Withdrawals, payments and transfers of funds out of traditional IRAs”. Once substantially equal withdrawals begin, the distributions should not be stopped or changed until after the later of your reaching age 5912 or five years after the date of the first distribution, or the penalty tax, including an interest charge for the prior penalty avoidance, may apply to all prior distributions under either option. Also, it is possible that the IRS could view any additional withdrawal or payment you take from, or any additional contributions or transfers you make to, your contract as changing your pattern of substantially equal withdrawals for purposes of determining whether the penalty applies.

 

Making additional contributions to the contract is treated as changing the pattern of withdrawals. It does not matter whether the additional contributions are made by direct transfer or rollover; nor does it matter if they are made to the Investment account or the Protected Benefit account. Because the penalty exception method does not permit additional contributions or payment changes to restore any benefit base under the contract, you and your tax adviser should consider carefully whether you should elect the Substantially equal withdrawals option or any other method of penalty exception withdrawals if you have allocated, or intend to allocate, amounts to the Protected Benefit account value after starting Substantially equal withdrawals.

 

Simplified Employee Pensions (SEPs)

 

An employer can establish a Simplified Employee Pension Plan (SEP plan) for its employees, and can make contributions to a contract for each eligible employee. Rules similar to the federal tax rules governing qualified plans apply to which employees must be covered. A self-employed individual may be an employer for this purpose. A SEP-IRA contract is a form of traditional IRA contract, owned by the employee-annuitant who is a participant under the SEP plan and most of the rules which apply to traditional IRAs apply. See the discussion under “Traditional individual retirement annuities (traditional IRAs).”

 

A major difference is the amount of permissible contributions. Rules similar to the federal tax rules governing qualified plans apply to calculation of employer contributions under a SEP plan, including disregarding compensation over a specified amount in calculating permissible contributions to a SEP plan. An employer can annually contribute an amount for an employee up to the lesser of 25% of eligible compensation or the annual limit on contributions on behalf of an employee ($61,000 after cost of living adjustment for 2023). All amounts in the permissible contribution calculation formula may be further adjusted for cost of living changes in future years.

 

 

100


Employers must rely on their own tax and legal advisors regarding the establishment and operation of their SEP plans. An employer sponsoring a SEP plan should discuss with its tax advisor the requirements under the SEP plan to make contributions for its employees and should consider the availability of other funding vehicles for the SEP plan, given the limits on the amount and timing of contributions under the Retirement Cornerstone® Series SEP-IRA contract.

 

Participating employees who are considering the purchase of a Retirement Cornerstone® Series SEP-IRA contract through a sponsoring employer’s SEP plan contributions should discuss with their employers and their tax advisors that the Retirement Cornerstone® Series SEP-IRA contract is not a model traditional IRA established on an IRS form. However, the Company has applied for, and received an opinion letter from the IRS that the Retirement Cornerstone® Series SEP-IRA contract is acceptable as to form as an IRA and therefore, it may be used in connection with an employer’s SEP plan established using an IRS Form 5305-SEP.

 

The Company requires a minimum contribution to purchase a SEP-IRA contract in Series CP® which may be larger than the employer contribution with respect to compensation for an employee. In such a case the contract would have to be purchased through a direct transfer from another traditional IRA or through a rollover from another eligible retirement plan, or some combination of contributions permissible under the SEP plan, Code and SEP-IRA contract terms.

 

Under federal income tax rules employees participating in an employer’s SEP plan are not prohibited from making traditional IRA contributions with respect to the employee’s compensation to the same traditional IRA which is being funded through employer contributions under the SEP plan. Please note that the terms of the Retirement Cornerstone® Series SEP-IRA contract do not permit the Retirement Cornerstone® Series SEP-IRA contract owner to make traditional IRA contributions at the same time as the employer sponsoring the SEP plan is making employer contributions to the Retirement Cornerstone® Series SEP-IRA contract. However, if the Retirement Cornerstone® Series SEP-IRA contract owner requests in writing supported by appropriate documentation that either (i) the sponsoring employer has terminated the SEP plan or (ii) the Retirement Cornerstone® Series SEP-IRA contract owner has separated from service with the sponsoring employer, we will remove the “SEP-IRA” designation from the contract on our records and merely retain the “traditional IRA” designation. No fees or charges will be imposed on any such change of designation. Thereafter, we will no longer accept employer contributions. If the IRA contract owner is eligible to make contributions, we will accept traditional IRA regular contributions described under “Traditional individual retirement annuities (traditional IRAs).”

 

Please also note, if the sponsoring employer’s plan is a “Salary Reduction Simplified Employee Pension Plan” or “SARSEP” established before 1997 that the Retirement Cornerstone® Series SEP-IRA contract does not accept salary reduction contributions.

Roth individual retirement annuities (Roth IRAs)

 

This section of the Prospectus covers some of the special tax rules that apply to Roth IRAs. If the rules are the same as those that apply to the traditional IRA, we will refer you to the same topic under “Traditional individual retirement annuities (traditional IRAs).”

 

The Retirement Cornerstone® Series Roth IRA contract is designed to qualify as a Roth individual retirement annuity under Sections 408A(b) and 408(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Contributions to Roth IRAs. Individuals may make four different types of contributions to a Roth IRA:

 

  regular after-tax contributions out of earnings; or

 

  taxable rollover contributions from traditional IRAs or other eligible retirement plans (“conversion rollover” contributions); or

 

  tax-free rollover contributions from other Roth individual retirement arrangements or designated Roth accounts under defined contribution plans; or

 

  tax-free direct custodian-to-custodian transfers from other Roth IRAs (“direct transfers”).

 

Regular after-tax, direct transfer and rollover contributions may be made to a Roth IRA contract. See “Rollovers and direct transfer contributions to Roth IRAs” for more information. If you use the forms we require, we will also accept traditional IRA funds which are subsequently recharacterized as Roth IRA funds following special federal income tax rules.

 

For Retirement Cornerstone® Series CP® Roth IRA contracts, the initial contribution must be a direct transfer or rollover contribution. Subsequent contributions may also be “regular” contributions out of compensation.

 

Regular contributions to Roth IRAs

 

Limits on regular contributions. The “maximum regular contribution amount” for any taxable year is the most that can be contributed to all of your IRAs (traditional and Roth) as regular contributions for the particular taxable year. The maximum regular contribution amount depends on age, earnings, and year, among other things. Generally, $6,000 is the maximum amount that you may contribute to all IRAs (traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs) for 2023, after adjustment for cost-of-living changes. This limit does not apply to rollover contributions or direct custodian-to-custodian transfers into a Roth IRA. Any contributions to Roth IRAs reduce your ability to contribute to traditional IRAs and vice versa. When your earnings are below $6,000 your earned income or compensation for the year is the most you can contribute. If you are married and file a joint income tax return, you and your spouse may combine your compensation to determine the amount of regular contributions you are permitted to make to Roth IRAs and traditional IRAs. See the discussion under “Special rules for spouses” under traditional IRAs.

 

If you or your spouse are at least age 50 at any time during the taxable year for which you are making a regular con-

 

 

101


tribution, you may be eligible to make additional catch-up contributions of up to $1,000.

 

The amount of permissible contributions to Roth IRAs for any year depends on the individual’s income limits and marital status. For example, if you are married and filing separately for any year your ability to make regular Roth IRA contributions is greatly limited. The amount of permissible contributions and income limits may be adjusted annually for cost of living. Please consult IRS Publication 590-A, “Contributions to Individual Retirement Arrangements (IRAs)” for the rules applicable to the current year.

 

When you can make contributions. Same as traditional IRAs.

 

Deductibility of contributions. Roth IRA contributions are not tax deductible.

 

Rollovers and direct transfer contributions to Roth IRAs

 

What is the difference between rollover and direct transfer transactions? The difference between a rollover transaction and a direct transfer transaction is the following: in a rollover transaction you actually take possession of the funds rolled over or are considered to have received them under tax law in the case of a change from one type of plan to another. In a direct transfer transaction, you never take possession of the funds, but direct the first Roth IRA custodian, trustee or issuer to transfer the first Roth IRA funds directly to the recipient Roth IRA custodian, trustee or issuer. You can make direct transfer transactions only between identical plan types (for example, Roth IRA to Roth IRA). You can also make rollover transactions between identical plan types. However, you can only make rollovers between different plan types (for example, traditional IRA to Roth IRA).

 

You may make rollover contributions to a Roth IRA from these sources only:

 

  another Roth IRA;

 

  a traditional IRA, including a SEP-IRA or SIMPLE IRA (after a two-year rollover limitation period for SIMPLE IRA funds), in a taxable conversion rollover (“conversion rollover”);

 

  a “designated Roth contribution account” under a 401(k) plan, a 403(b) plan or a governmental employer Section 457(b) plan (direct or 60-day); or

 

  from non-Roth accounts under another eligible retirement plan, as described under “Conversion rollover contributions to Roth IRAs.”

 

You may make direct transfer contributions to a Roth IRA only from another Roth IRA.

 

You may make both Roth IRA to Roth IRA rollover transactions and Roth IRA to Roth IRA direct transfer transactions. This can be accomplished on a completely tax-free basis. However, you may make Roth IRA to Roth IRA rollover transactions only once in any 12-month period for the same funds. We call this the “one-per-year limit.” It is the Roth IRA owner’s responsibility to determine if

this rule is met. Trustee-to-trustee or custodian-to-custodian direct transfers can be made more frequently than once a year. Also, if you send us the rollover contribution to apply it to a Roth IRA, you must do so within 60 days after you receive the proceeds from the original IRA to get rollover treatment.

 

The surviving spouse beneficiary of a deceased individual can roll over or directly transfer an inherited Roth IRA to one or more other Roth IRAs. In some cases, Roth IRAs can be transferred on a tax-free basis between spouses or former spouses as a result of a court-ordered divorce or separation decree.

 

Conversion rollover contributions to Roth IRAs

 

In a conversion rollover transaction, you withdraw (or are considered to have withdrawn) all or a portion of funds from a traditional IRA you maintain and convert it to a Roth IRA within 60 days after you receive (or are considered to have received) the traditional IRA proceeds. Amounts can also be rolled over from non-Roth accounts under another eligible retirement plan, including a Code Section 401(a) qualified plan, a 403(b) plan, and a governmental employer Section 457(b) plan.

 

Unlike a rollover from a traditional IRA to another traditional IRA, a conversion rollover transaction from a traditional IRA or other eligible retirement plan to a Roth IRA is not tax-free. Instead, the distribution from the traditional IRA or other eligible retirement plan is generally fully taxable. If you are converting all or part of a traditional IRA, and you have ever made nondeductible regular contributions to any traditional IRA — whether or not it is the traditional IRA you are converting — a pro rata portion of the distribution is tax-free. Even if you are under age 5912, the early distribution penalty tax does not apply to conversion rollover contributions to a Roth IRA. Conversion rollover contributions to Roth IRAs are not subject to the “one-per-year limit”.

 

You cannot make conversion contributions to a Roth IRA to the extent that the funds in your traditional IRA or other eligible retirement plan are subject to the lifetime annual required minimum distribution rules.

 

The IRS and Treasury have issued Treasury Regulations addressing the valuation of annuity contracts funding traditional IRAs in the conversion to Roth IRAs. Although these Regulations are not clear, they could require an individual’s gross income on the conversion of a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA to be measured using various actuarial methods and not as if the annuity contract funding the traditional IRA had been surrendered at the time of conversion. This could increase the amount of income reported in certain circumstances.

 

Recharacterizations

 

You may be able to treat a contribution made to one type of IRA as having been made to a different type of IRA. This is called recharacterizing the contribution.

 

How to recharacterize.  To recharacterize a contribution, you generally must have the contribution transferred from the first IRA (the one to which it was made) to the second IRA in a deemed trustee-to-trustee transfer. If the transfer is made by the due date (including extensions) for your tax return for

 

 

102


the year during which the contribution was made, you can elect to treat the contribution as having been originally made to the second IRA instead of to the first IRA. It will be treated as having been made to the second IRA on the same date that it was actually made to the first IRA. You must report the recharacterization and must treat the contribution as having been made to the second IRA, instead of the first IRA, on your tax return for the year during which the contribution was made.

 

The contribution will not be treated as having been made to the second IRA unless the transfer includes any net income allocable to the contribution. You can take into account any loss on the contribution while it was in the IRA when calculating the amount that must be transferred. If there was a loss, the net income you must transfer may be a negative amount.

 

No deduction is allowed for the contribution to the first IRA and any net income transferred with the recharacterized contribution is treated as earned in the second IRA. The contribution will not be treated as having been made to the second IRA to the extent any deduction was allowed with respect to the contribution to the first IRA.

 

Conversion rollover contributions to Roth IRAs cannot be recharacterized.

 

To recharacterize a contribution, you must use our forms.

 

Withdrawals, payments and transfers of funds out of Roth IRAs

 

No federal income tax law restrictions on withdrawals.  You can withdraw any or all of your funds from a Roth IRA at any time; you do not need to wait for a special event like retirement.

 

Distributions from Roth IRAs

 

Distributions include withdrawals from your contract, surrender of your contract and annuity payments from your contract. Death benefits are also distributions.

 

You must keep your own records of regular and conversion contributions to all Roth IRAs to assure appropriate taxation. You may have to file information on your contributions to and distributions from any Roth IRA on your tax return. You may have to retain all income tax returns and records pertaining to such contributions and distributions until your interests in all Roth IRAs are distributed.

 

Like traditional IRAs, taxable distributions from a Roth IRA are not entitled to special favorable ten-year averaging and long-term capital gain treatment available in limited cases to certain distributions from qualified plans.

 

The following distributions from Roth IRAs are free of income tax:

 

  rollovers from a Roth IRA to another Roth IRA;

 

  direct transfers from a Roth IRA to another Roth IRA;

 

  qualified distributions from a Roth IRA; and

 

  return of excess contributions or amounts recharacterized to a traditional IRA.

Qualified distributions from Roth IRAs.  Qualified distributions from Roth IRAs made because of one of the following four qualifying events or reasons are not includable in income:

 

  you are age 5912 or older; or

 

  you die; or

 

  you become disabled (special federal income tax definition); or

 

  your distribution is a “qualified first-time homebuyer distribution” (special federal income tax definition; $10,000 lifetime total limit for these distributions from all of your traditional and Roth IRAs).

 

You also have to meet a five-year aging period. A qualified distribution is any distribution made after the five-taxable-year period beginning with the first taxable year for which you made any contribution to any Roth IRA (whether or not the one from which the distribution is being made).

 

Nonqualified distributions from Roth IRAs.  Nonqualified distributions from Roth IRAs are distributions that do not meet both the qualifying event and five-year aging period tests described above. If you receive such a distribution, part of it may be taxable. For purposes of determining the correct tax treatment of distributions (other than the withdrawal of excess contributions and the earnings on them), there is a set order in which contributions (including conversion contributions) and earnings are considered to be distributed from your Roth IRA. The order of distributions is as follows:

 

(1)

Regular contributions.

 

(2)

Conversion contributions, on a first-in-first-out basis (generally, total conversions from the earliest year first). These conversion contributions are taken into account as follows:

 

  (a)

Taxable portion (the amount required to be included in gross income because of conversion) first, and then the

 

  (b)

Nontaxable portion.

 

(3)

Earnings on contributions.

 

Rollover contributions from other Roth IRAs are disregarded for this purpose.

 

To determine the taxable amount distributed, distributions and contributions are aggregated or grouped, then added together as follows:

 

(1)

All distributions made during the year from all Roth IRAs you maintain — with any custodian or issuer — are added together.

 

(2)

All regular contributions made during and for the year (contributions made after the close of the year, but before the due date of your return) are added together. This total is added to the total undistributed regular contributions made in prior years.

 

(3)

All conversion contributions made during the year are added together.

 

 

103


Any recharacterized contributions that end up in a Roth IRA are added to the appropriate contribution group for the year that the original contribution would have been taken into account if it had been made directly to the Roth IRA.

 

Any recharacterized contribution that ends up in an IRA other than a Roth IRA is disregarded for the purpose of grouping both contributions and distributions. Any amount withdrawn to correct an excess contribution (including the earnings withdrawn) is also disregarded for this purpose.

 

Required minimum distributions during life

 

Lifetime required minimum distributions do not apply.

 

Required minimum distributions at death

 

Same as traditional IRA under “What are the required minimum distribution payments after you die?”.

 

Payments to a beneficiary after your death

 

Distributions to a beneficiary generally receive the same tax treatment as if the distribution had been made to you.

 

Borrowing and loans are prohibited transactions

 

Same as traditional IRA.

 

Excess contributions to Roth IRAs

 

Generally the same as traditional IRA.

 

Excess rollover contributions to Roth IRAs are contributions not eligible to be rolled over.

 

You can withdraw or recharacterize any contribution to a Roth IRA before the due date (including extensions) for filing your federal income tax return for the tax year. If you do this, you must also withdraw or recharacterize any earnings attributable to the contribution.

 

Early distribution penalty tax

 

Same as traditional IRA.

 

Tax withholding and information reporting

 

Status for income tax purposes; FATCA.  In order for us to comply with income tax withholding and information reporting rules which may apply to annuity contracts and tax-qualified plans, we request documentation of “status” for tax purposes. “Status” for tax purposes generally means whether a person is a “U.S. person” or a foreign person with respect to the United States; whether a person is an individual or an entity, and if an entity, the type of entity. Status for tax purposes is best documented on the appropriate IRS Form or substitute certification form (IRS Form W-9 for a U.S. person or the appropriate type of IRS Form W-8 for a foreign person). If we do not have appropriate certification or documentation of a person’s status for tax purposes on file, it could affect the rate at which we are required to withhold income tax, and penalties could apply. Information reporting rules could apply not only to specified transactions, but also to contract ownership. For example, under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), which applies to certain U.S.-source payments, and similar or related withholding and information reporting

rules, we may be required to report contract values and other information for certain contractholders. For this reason, we and our affiliates intend to require appropriate status documentation at purchase, change of ownership, and affected payment transactions, including death benefit payments. FATCA and its related guidance is extraordinarily complex and its effect varies considerably by type of payor, type of payee and type of recipient.

 

Tax Withholding.  We must withhold federal income tax from distributions from annuity contracts and specified tax-favored savings or retirement plans or arrangements. You may be able to elect out of this income tax withholding in some cases. Generally, we do not have to withhold if your distributions are not taxable. The rate of withholding will depend on the type of distribution and, in certain cases, the amount of your distribution. Any income tax withheld is a credit against your income tax liability. If you do not have sufficient income tax withheld or do not make sufficient estimated income tax payments, you may incur penalties under the estimated income tax rules.

 

You must file your request not to withhold in writing before the payment or distribution is made. Our processing office will provide forms for this purpose. You cannot elect out of withholding unless you provide us with your correct Taxpayer Identification Number and a United States residence address. You cannot elect out of withholding if we are sending the payment out of the United States.

 

You should note the following special situations:

 

  We might have to withhold and/or report on amounts we pay under a free look or cancellation.

 

  We are required to withhold on the gross amount of a distribution from a Roth IRA to the extent it is reasonable for us to believe that a distribution is includable in your gross income. This may result in tax being withheld even though the Roth IRA distribution is ultimately not taxable.

 

Special withholding rules apply to United States citizens residing outside of the United States, foreign recipients, and certain U.S. entity recipients which are treated as foreign because they fail to document their U.S. status before payment is made. We do not discuss these rules here in detail. However, we may require additional documentation in the case of payments made to United States persons living abroad and non-United States persons (including U.S. entities treated as foreign) prior to processing any requested transaction.

 

Certain states have indicated that state income tax withholding will also apply to payments from the contracts made to residents. Generally, an election out of federal withholding will also be considered an election out of state withholding. In some states, you may elect out of state withholding, even if federal withholding applies. In some states, the income tax withholding is completely independent of federal income tax withholding. If you need more information concerning a particular state or any required forms, call our processing office at the toll-free number.

 

 

104


Federal income tax withholding on periodic annuity payments

 

Federal tax rules require payers to withhold differently on “periodic” and “nonperiodic” payments. Payers are to withhold from periodic annuity payments as if the payments were wages. For a periodic annuity payment, for example, the annuity contract owner’s withholding depends on what the owner specifies on a Form W-4P. If the owner fails to provide a correct Taxpayer Identification Number, withholding at the highest rate applies.

 

A contract owner’s withholding election remains effective unless and until the owner revokes it. The contract owner may revoke or change a withholding election at any time.

 

Federal income tax withholding on non-periodic annuity payments (withdrawals)

 

Non-periodic distributions include partial withdrawals, total surrenders and death benefits. Payers generally withhold federal income tax at a flat 10% rate from (i) the taxable amount in the case of nonqualified contracts, and (ii) the payment amount in the case of traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs, where it is reasonable to assume an amount is includable in gross income.

 

As described below, there is no election out of federal income tax withholding if the payment is an eligible rollover distribution from a qualified plan. If a non-periodic distribution from a qualified plan is not an eligible rollover distribution then election out is permitted. If there is no election out, the 10% withholding rate applies.

 

Special rules for contracts funding qualified plans

 

The plan administrator is responsible for making all required notifications on tax matters to plan participants and to the IRS. See Appendix “Purchase considerations for QP contracts” at the end of this Prospectus.

 

Mandatory withholding from qualified plan distributions

 

Unless the distribution is directly rolled over to another eligible retirement plan, eligible rollover distributions from qualified plans are subject to mandatory 20% withholding. The plan administrator is responsible for withholding from qualified plan distributions and communicating to the recipient whether the distribution is an eligible rollover distribution.

 

Impact of taxes to the Company

 

The contracts provide that we may charge the Separate Account for taxes. We do not now, but may in the future set up reserves for such taxes.

 

We are entitled to certain tax benefits related to the investment of company assets, including assets of the separate account. These tax benefits, which may include the foreign tax credit and the corporate dividends received deduction, are not passed back to you, since we are the owner of the assets from which tax benefits may be derived.

    

 

 

105


9. More information

 

 

The Separate Account

 

Equitable America Variable Account No. 70A is a separate account of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America under Arizona Insurance Law.

 

Separate Account No. 70 is a separate account of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company under special provisions of New York Insurance Law.

 

Each variable investment option is a subaccount of the Separate Account. These provisions prevent creditors from any other business we conduct from reaching the assets we hold in our variable investment options for owners of our variable annuity contracts. We are the legal owner of all of the assets in the Separate Account and may withdraw any amounts that exceed our reserves and other liabilities with respect to variable investment options under our contracts. For example, we may withdraw amounts from the Separate Account that represent our investments in the Separate Account or that represent fees and charges under the contracts that we have earned. Also, we may, at our sole discretion, invest the Separate Account assets in any investment permitted by applicable law. The results of the Separate Account’s operations are accounted for without regard to the Company’s other operations. The amount of some of our obligations under the contracts is based on the assets in the Separate Account. However, the obligations themselves are obligations of the Company.

 

Income, gains, and losses credited to, or charged against, the separate account reflect the separate account’s own investment experience and not the investment experience of the Company’s other assets, and the assets of the separate account may not be used to pay any liabilities of the Company other than those arising from the contracts.

 

The Separate Account is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and is registered and classified under that act as a “unit investment trust.” The SEC, however, does not manage or supervise the Company or the Separate Account. Although the Separate Account is registered, the SEC does not monitor the activity of the Separate Account on a daily basis. The Company is not required to register, and is not registered, as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Each subaccount (variable investment option) within the Separate Account invests solely in the applicable class of shares issued by the corresponding Portfolio of the applicable Trust.

 

We reserve the right subject to compliance with laws that apply:

 

(1)

to add variable investment options to, or to remove variable investment options from, the Separate Account, or to add other separate accounts;

(2)

to combine any two or more variable investment options;

 

(3)

to transfer the assets we determine to be the shares of the class of contracts to which the contracts belong from any variable investment option to another variable investment option;

 

(4)

to operate the Separate Account or any variable investment option as a management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (in which case, charges and expenses that otherwise would be assessed against an underlying mutual fund would be assessed against the Separate Account or a variable investment option directly);

 

(5)

to deregister the Separate Account under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

(6)

to restrict or eliminate any voting rights as to the Separate Account;

 

(7)

to cause one or more variable investment options to invest some or all of their assets in one or more other trusts or investment companies;

 

(8)

to limit or terminate contributions or transfers into any of the variable investment options; and

 

(9)

to limit the number of variable investment options you may select.

 

If the exercise of these rights results in a material change in the underlying investment of the Separate Account, you will be notified of such exercise, as required by law.

 

About the Trusts

 

The Trusts are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. They are classified as “open-end management investment companies,” more commonly called mutual funds. Each Trust issues different shares relating to each Portfolio.

 

The Trusts do not impose sales charges or “loads” for buying and selling their shares. All dividends and other distributions on the Trusts’ shares are reinvested in full. The Board of Trustees of each Trust serves for the benefit of each Trust’s shareholders. The Board of Trustees may take many actions regarding the Portfolios (for example, the Board of Trustees can establish additional Portfolios or eliminate existing Portfolios; change Portfolio investment objectives; and change Portfolio investment policies and strategies). In accordance with applicable law, certain of these changes may be implemented without a shareholder vote and, in certain instances, without advanced notice. More detailed information about certain actions subject to notice and shareholder vote for each Trust, and other information about the Portfolios, including portfolio investment objectives, policies, restrictions, risks, expenses, its Rule 12b-1 plan and other aspects of its operations, appears in

 

 

106


the prospectuses for each Trust, or in their respective SAIs, which are available upon request. See also Appendix “Portfolio Companies available under the contract”.

 

About the general account

 

This contract is offered to customers through various financial institutions, brokerage firms and their affiliate insurance agencies. No financial institution, brokerage firm or insurance agency has any liability with respect to a contract’s account value or any Guaranteed benefits with which the contract was issued. The Company is solely responsible to the contract owner for the contract’s account value and such Guaranteed benefits. The general obligations and any Guaranteed benefits under the contract are supported by the Company’s general account and are subject to the Company’s claims-paying ability. An owner should look to the financial strength of the Company for its claims-paying ability. Assets in the general account are not segregated for the exclusive benefit of any particular contract or obligation. General account assets are also available to the insurer’s general creditors and the conduct of its routine business activities, such as the payment of salaries, rent and other ordinary business expenses. For more information about the Company’s financial strength, you may review its financial statements and/or check its current rating with one or more of the independent sources that rate insurance companies for their financial strength and stability. Such ratings are subject to change and have no bearing on the performance of the variable investment options. You may also speak with your financial representative. For Series CP® contracts, credits allocated to your account value are funded from our general account.

 

The general account is subject to regulation and supervision by the Commissioner of Insurance in the state of Arizona (for Equitable America) the New York State Department for Financial Services (for Equitable Financial), and to the insurance laws and regulations of all jurisdictions where we are authorized to do business. Interests under the contracts in the general account have not been registered and are not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 because of exemptions and exclusionary provisions that apply. The general account is not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and it is not registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The contract is a “covered security” under the federal securities laws.

 

The disclosure with regard to the general account, is subject to certain provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses.

 

About other methods of payment

 

Wire transmittals and electronic transactions

 

We accept initial and subsequent contributions sent by wire to our processing office by agreement with certain broker-dealers. Such transmittals must be accompanied by information we require to allocate your contribution. Wire

orders not accompanied by complete information may be retained as described under “How you can make your contributions” under “Purchasing the Contract”.

 

Even if we accept the wire order and essential information, a contract generally will not be issued until we receive and accept a properly completed application. In certain cases we may issue a contract based on information provided through certain broker-dealers with which we have established electronic facilities. In any such cases, you must sign our Acknowledgement of Receipt form.

 

Where we require a signed application, the above procedures do not apply and no transactions will be permitted until we receive the signed application and have issued the contract. Where we issue a contract based on information provided through electronic facilities, we require an Acknowledgement of Receipt Form. We may also require additional information. Until we receive the Acknowledgement of Receipt Form, (i.e. withdrawals and surrenders) financial transactions will not be permitted unless you request them in writing, sign the request and have it signature guaranteed. After your contract has been issued, additional contributions may be transmitted by wire.

 

In general, the transaction date for electronic transmissions is the date on which we receive at our regular processing office all required information and the funds due for your contribution. We may also establish same-day electronic processing facilities with a broker-dealer that has undertaken to pay contribution amounts on behalf of its customers. In such cases, the transaction date for properly processed orders is the business day on which the broker-dealer inputs all required information into its electronic processing system. You can contact us to find out more about such arrangements.

 

After your contract has been issued, subsequent contributions may be transmitted by wire.

 

Automatic investment program

 

You may use our automatic investment program, or “AIP,” to have a specified amount automatically deducted from a checking account, money market account, or credit union checking account and contributed as a subsequent contribution into a contract on a monthly or quarterly basis. AIP is available for NQ, traditional IRA, Roth IRA and SEP-IRA contracts. AIP is not available for QP or Inherited IRA Beneficiary Continuation (traditional IRA or Roth IRA) contracts.

 

The minimum amounts we will deduct are $100 monthly and $300 quarterly. AIP subsequent contributions may be allocated to any of the variable investment options, but not to a Special DCA program. You choose the day of the month you wish to have your account debited. However, you may not choose a date later than the 28th day of the month. For contracts with a Guaranteed benefit, AIP contributions with allocations to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options will be allocated to corresponding Investment account variable investment options that invest in the same Portfolios after the date the first withdrawal is taken from the Protected Benefit account.

 

 

107


You may cancel AIP at any time by notifying our processing office. We are not responsible for any debits made to your account before the time written notice of cancellation is received at our processing office.

 

Dates and prices at which policy events occur

 

We describe below the general rules for when, and at what prices, events under your contract will occur. Other portions of this Prospectus describe circumstances that may cause exceptions. We generally do not repeat those exceptions below.

 

Business day

 

Our “business day” is generally any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). A business day does not include a day on which we are not open due to emergency conditions determined by the SEC. We may also close early due to such emergency conditions. Contributions will be applied and any other transaction requests will be processed when they are received along with all the required information unless another date applies as indicated below.

 

  If your contribution, transfer or any other transaction request containing all the required information reaches us on any of the following, we will use the next business day:

 

 

on a non-business day;

 

 

after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a business day; or

 

 

after an early close of regular trading on the NYSE on a business day.

 

  If your transaction is set to occur on the same day of the month as the contract date and that date is the 29th, 30th or 31st of the month, then the transaction will occur on the 1st day of the next month.

 

  When a charge is to be deducted on a contract date anniversary that is a non-business day, we will deduct the charge on the next business day.

 

  If we have entered into an agreement with your broker-dealer for automated processing of contributions and/or transfers upon receipt of customer order, your contribution and/or transfer will be considered received at the time your broker-dealer receives your contribution and/or transfer and all information needed to process your application, along with any required documents. Your broker-dealer will then transmit your order to us in accordance with our processing procedures. However, in such cases, your broker-dealer is considered a processing office for the purpose of receiving the contribution and/or transfer. Such arrangements may apply to initial contributions, subsequent contributions, and/or transfers, and may be commenced or terminated at any time without prior notice. If required by law, the “closing time” for such orders will be earlier than 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time.

Contributions, Credits and transfers

 

  Contributions (and credits, for Series CP® contracts only) allocated to the variable investment options are invested at the unit value next determined after the receipt of the contribution.

 

  Contributions (and credits, for Series CP® contracts only) allocated to the guaranteed interest option will receive the crediting rate in effect on that business day for the specified time period.

 

  Initial contributions allocated to the account for special dollar cost averaging receive the interest rate in effect on that business day. At certain times, we may offer the opportunity to lock in the interest rate for an initial contribution to be received under Section 1035 exchanges and trustee to trustee transfers. Your financial professional can provide information or you can call our processing office.

 

  Transfers to or from variable investment options will be made at the unit value next determined after the receipt of the transfer request.

 

  Transfers to the guaranteed interest option will receive the crediting rate in effect on that business day for the specified time period.

 

  For the interest sweep option, the first monthly transfer will occur on the last business day of the month following the month that we receive your election form at our processing office.

 

About your voting rights

 

As the owner of the shares of the Trusts, we have the right to vote on certain matters involving the Portfolios, such as:

 

  the election of trustees; or

 

  the formal approval of independent public accounting firms selected for each Trust; or

 

  any other matters described in the prospectus for each Trust or requiring a shareholders’ vote under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

We will give contract owners the opportunity to instruct us how to vote the number of shares attributable to their contracts if a shareholder vote is taken. If we do not receive instructions in time from all contract owners, we will vote the shares of a Portfolio for which no instructions have been received in the same proportion as we vote shares of that Portfolio for which we have received instructions. We will also vote any shares that we are entitled to vote directly because of amounts we have in a Portfolio in the same proportions that contract owners vote. One effect of proportional voting is that a small number of contract owners may determine the outcome of a vote.

 

The Trusts sell their shares to the Company separate accounts in connection with the Company’s variable annuity and/or variable life insurance products, and to the separate

 

 

108


accounts of insurance companies, both affiliated and unaffiliated with the Company. The affiliated Trust also sells its shares to the trustee of a qualified plan for the Company. We currently do not foresee any disadvantages to our contract owners arising out of these arrangements. However, the Board of Trustees or Directors of each Trust intends to monitor events to identify any material irreconcilable conflicts that may arise and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response. If we believe that a Board’s response insufficiently protects our contract owners, we will see to it that appropriate action is taken to do so.

 

Separate Account voting rights

 

If actions relating to the Separate Account require contract owner approval, contract owners will be entitled to one vote for each unit they have in the variable investment options. Each contract owner who has elected a variable annuity payout option may cast the number of votes equal to the dollar amount of reserves we are holding for that annuity in a variable investment option divided by the annuity unit value for that option. We will cast votes attributable to any amounts we have in the variable investment options in the same proportion as votes cast by contract owners.

 

Changes in applicable law

 

The voting rights we describe in this Prospectus are created under applicable federal securities laws. To the extent that those laws or the regulations published under those laws eliminate the necessity to submit matters for approval by persons having voting rights in the separate accounts of insurance companies, we reserve the right to proceed in accordance with those laws or regulations.

 

Misstatement of age

 

If the age of any person upon whose life or age a benefit provided under a Guaranteed benefit has been misstated, any such benefit will be that which would have been purchased on the basis of the correct age. If that person would not have been eligible for that Guaranteed benefit at the correct age, (i) the benefit will be rescinded; (ii) any charges that were deducted for the benefit will be refunded and applied to the Total account value of the contract; and (iii) only the death benefit provided by amounts allocated to the Investment account will apply.

 

Statutory compliance

 

We have the right to change your contract without the consent of any other person in order to comply with any laws and regulations that apply, including but not limited to changes in the Internal Revenue Code, in Treasury Regulations or in published rulings of the Internal Revenue Service and in Department of Labor regulations.

 

Any change in your contract must be in writing and made by an authorized officer of the Company. We will provide notice of any contract change.

 

The benefits under your contract will not be less than the minimum benefits required by any state law that applies.

About legal proceedings

 

The Company and its affiliates are parties to various legal proceedings. In our view, none of these proceedings would be considered material with respect to a contract owner’s interest in the Separate Account, nor would any of these proceedings be likely to have a material adverse effect upon the Separate Account, our ability to meet our obligations under the contracts, or the ability of the principal underwriter (if applicable) to perform its contract with the Separate Account.

 

Financial statements

 

The financial statements of the Separate Account, as well as the financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company, are incorporated by reference in the SAI. The financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company have relevance to the contracts only to the extent that they bear upon the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the contracts. The SAI is available free of charge. You may request one by writing to our processing office or calling 1-800-789-7771.

 

Transfers of ownership, collateral assignments, loans and borrowing

 

You can transfer ownership of an NQ contract at any time before annuity payments begin. We will continue to treat you as the owner until we receive notification of any change at our processing office.

 

We may refuse to process a change of ownership of an NQ contract without appropriate documentation of status on IRS Form W-9 (or, if IRS Form W-9 cannot be provided because the entity is not a U.S. entity, on the appropriate type of Form W-8).

 

Following a change of ownership, the existing beneficiary designations will remain in effect until the new owner provides new designations.

 

Any Guaranteed benefit in effect will generally terminate if you change ownership of the contract. A Guaranteed benefit will not terminate if the ownership of the contract is transferred from a non-natural owner to an individual but the contract will continue to be based on the annuitant’s life. It will also not terminate if you transfer your individually-owned contract to a trust held for your (or your and your immediate family’s) benefit; it will continue to be based on your life. If you were not the annuitant under the individually-owned contract, you will become the annuitant when ownership is changed. Please speak with your financial professional for further information.

 

Jointly owned contracts.  If the older owner transfers ownership to another owner, any Guaranteed benefit in effect will terminate. If the younger owner transfers ownership to another owner, Guaranteed benefits will continue as long as the new owner is younger than the remaining joint owner and meets the issue age requirements associated with the Guaranteed benefits.

 

 

109


Adding a new owner.  To add a new owner to a contract, both owners must meet the age requirements, determined as of the transaction date, for issuing the contract and, if applicable, funding the Guaranteed benefits.

 

For a state-by-state description of all material variations of this contract, including information regarding the termination of benefits under your contract, see Appendix “State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits”.

 

In general, you cannot assign or transfer ownership of an IRA or QP contract except by surrender to us. If your individual retirement annuity contract is held in your custodial individual retirement account, you may only assign or transfer ownership of such an IRA contract to yourself. Loans are not available and you cannot assign IRA and QP contracts as security for a loan or other obligation.

 

For limited transfers of ownership after the owner’s death see “Beneficiary continuation option” in “Payment of death benefits”. You may direct the transfer of the values under your IRA or QP contract to another similar arrangement under federal income tax rules. In the case of such a transfer, which involves a surrender of your contract, we will impose a withdrawal charge, if one applies.

 

Loans are not available under your NQ contract.

 

In certain circumstances, you may collaterally assign all or a portion of the value of your NQ contract as security for a loan with a third party lender. The terms of the assignment are subject to our approval. The amount of the assignment may never exceed your Total account value on the day prior to the date we receive all necessary paperwork to effect the assignment. Only one assignment per contract is permitted. You must indicate that you have not purchased, and will not purchase, any other NQ deferred annuity contract issued by us or our affiliates in the same calendar year that you purchase the contract.

 

A collateral assignment does not terminate your benefits under the contract. However, a collateral assignment will terminate your optional benefits. All withdrawals, distributions and benefit payments, as well as the exercise of any benefits, are subject to the assignee’s prior approval and payment directions. We will follow such directions until the Company receives written notification satisfactory to us that the assignment has been terminated. If the owner or beneficiary fails to provide timely notification of the termination, it is possible that we could pay the assignee more than the amount of the assignment, or continue paying the assignee pursuant to existing directions after the collateral assignment has in fact been terminated. Our payment of any death benefit to the beneficiary will also be subject to the terms of the assignment until we receive written notification satisfactory to us that the assignment has been terminated.

 

In some cases, an assignment or change of ownership may have adverse tax consequences. See “Tax information”.

About Custodial IRAs

 

For certain custodial IRA accounts, after your contract has been issued, we may accept transfer instructions by telephone, mail, facsimile or electronically from a broker-dealer, provided that we or your broker-dealer have your written authorization to do so on file. Accordingly, the Company will rely on the stated identity of the person placing instructions as authorized to do so on your behalf. The Company will not be liable for any claim, loss, liability or expenses that may arise out of such instructions. The Company will continue to rely on this authorization until it receives your written notification at its processing office that you have withdrawn this authorization. The Company may change or terminate telephone or electronic or overnight mail transfer procedures at any time without prior written notice and restrict facsimile, internet, telephone and other electronic transfer services because of disruptive transfer activity.

 

How divorce may affect your contract and Guaranteed benefits

 

If we are required to divide your contract as the result of divorce, the portion of the Total account value attributable to your ex-spouse will be allocated to a new contract for your ex-spouse and funded using allocation instructions provided by the ex-spouse. Our optional benefits do not provide a cash value or any minimum account value. In the event that you and your spouse become divorced after you purchase a contract with a Guaranteed benefit, we will not divide the benefit base(s) used to calculate the benefits as part of the divorce settlement or judgment. As a result of the divorce, we may be required to withdraw amounts from the Protected Benefit account to be paid to an ex-spouse. Any such withdrawal will be considered a withdrawal from the contract, which means your Guaranteed benefit will be reduced and a withdrawal charge may apply. However, if the withdrawal is made to fund a Retirement Cornerstone 19 contract owned by your ex-spouse that is the same Series as the current contract, we will waive any withdrawal charges for that withdrawal. Withdrawal charges will apply to the new contract owned by your ex-spouse.

 

If 100% of your contract is awarded to your ex-spouse in a divorce settlement, special rules apply. If 100% of your contract is awarded to your younger ex-spouse as a result of divorce, then whether you were the single owner or the contract was jointly owned, the following rules apply:

 

  If the Protected Benefit account had been funded prior to the date of divorce, the age-related rules associated with continuing any Guaranteed benefits under the contract will be determined by the age of your ex-spouse as of the date we receive the divorce decree and any other information we may require (“date of divorce decree receipt”).

 

 

If the ex-spouse is the Funding Age – 85, the GMIB can continue as long as the time for exercising the GMIB under the contract has not yet passed. The GMIB Maximum Roll-up Period does not restart,

 

 

110


  but we will use the date on which the ex-spouse turns 95 in determining the GMIB Roll-up Period end date. GMIB benefit base resets will continue until the contract date anniversary following the ex-spouse’s 95th birthday.

 

 

If the ex-spouse is age 86 or older and not eligible to continue the GMIB, the benefit and associated charge will end on the date of divorce decree receipt. However, the ex-spouse will be given a one-time opportunity to exercise the GMIB after providing us with the divorce decree and any other information we may require.

 

 

If the ex-spouse elects to exercise the GMIB, we will always apply joint life annuity purchase rates in calculating the periodic payments.

 

 

If the ex-spouse is age 75 or younger and the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit was elected, it will remain in effect and eligible for increase based on the ex-spouse’s age.

 

 

If the ex-spouse is age 80 or younger and the Return of Principal death benefit was elected, it will remain in effect.

 

 

If the ex-spouse is age 68 or younger and the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit was elected, it will remain in effect. The applicable fee will be determined by the date of divorce decree receipt. RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base resets will continue until the earlier of (a) the first contract anniversary following the first RMD withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account or (b) the contract date anniversary after the ex-spouse turns 85. If resets had previously ended due to the original owner reaching age 85 or having taken a first RMD withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account, we will reinstate resets if your ex-spouse is eligible.

 

 

If the ex-spouse is age 85 or younger and not eligible to continue the GMDB under the contract, the benefit and associated charge will end on the date of divorce decree receipt. The contract will continue with the Return of Principal death benefit, with the death benefit amount frozen based on the value of the GMDB death benefit base on the date of divorce decree receipt, subject to adjustment for future contributions and withdrawals.

 

 

Contributions by the ex-spouse to the Protected Benefit account are not permitted. If the GMIB was elected, contributions by the ex-spouse to the Investment account are not permitted. If the GMIB was not elected, contributions by the ex-spouse to the Investment account are permitted if the ex-spouse is age-eligible at the time of the contribution.

 

 

Transfers into the Protected Benefit account are permitted until the ex-spouse makes a subsequent

  contribution to the Investment Account, or, if earlier, the ex-spouse reaches the maximum transfer age. At that time, all transfers into the Protected Benefit account, including transfers through the Systematic transfer program, will no longer be permitted. However, if transfers were no longer allowed under the original contract due to a contribution you made to the Investment account after taking a withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account, then your ex-spouse will not be able to make transfers into the Protected Benefit account even if they are age-eligible.

 

  If the GMIB was elected and the Protected Benefit account had not been funded prior to the date of divorce decree receipt, the ex-spouse becomes the new contract owner and all Guaranteed benefits terminate. If the Protected Benefit account was funded after the date of divorce but prior to the date of divorce decree receipt, we will transfer the Protected Benefit account funds to the Investment account, the Protected Benefit account will be discontinued, and all Guaranteed benefits are terminated.

 

If 100% of your contract is awarded to your older ex-spouse as a result of divorce and the contract was jointly owned, the contract continues under its existing terms and the ex-spouse becomes the single owner of the contract.

 

Distribution of the contracts

 

The contracts are distributed by both Equitable Advisors and Equitable Distributors. The Distributors serve as principal underwriters of the Separate Account. The offering of the contracts is intended to be continuous.

 

Equitable Advisors is an affiliate of the Company, and Equitable Distributors is a wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Financial. The Distributors are under the common control of Equitable Holdings, Inc. Their principal business address is 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10104. The Distributors are registered with the SEC as broker-dealers and are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Both broker-dealers also act as distributors for other life and annuity products we issue.

 

The contracts are sold by financial professionals of Equitable Advisors and its affiliates. The contracts are also sold by financial professionals of unaffiliated broker-dealers that have entered into selling agreements with Equitable Distributors (“Selling broker-dealers”).

 

The Company pays compensation to both Distributors based on contracts sold. The Company may also make additional payments to the Distributors, and the Distributors may, in turn, make additional payments to certain Selling broker-dealers. All payments will be in compliance with all applicable FINRA rules and other laws and regulations.

 

Although the Company takes into account all of its distribution and other costs in establishing the level of fees and

 

 

111


charges under its contracts, none of the compensation paid to the Distributors or the Selling broker-dealers discussed in this section of the Prospectus are imposed as separate fees or charges under your contract. The Company, however, intends to recoup amounts it pays for distribution and other services through the fees and charges of the contracts and payments it receives for providing administrative, distribution and other services to the Portfolios. For information about the fees and charges under the contract, see “Fee table” and “Charges and expenses”.

 

Equitable Advisors Compensation

 

The Company pays compensation to Equitable Advisors based on contributions made on the contracts sold through Equitable Advisors (“contribution-based compensation”). The contribution-based compensation will generally not exceed 8.50% of total contributions. Equitable Advisors, in turn, may pay a portion of the contribution-based compensation received from the Company to the Equitable Advisors financial professional and/or the Selling broker-dealer making the sale. In some instances, a financial professional or a Selling broker-dealer may elect to receive reduced contribution-based compensation on a contract in combination with ongoing annual compensation of up to 1.20% of the Total account value of the contract sold (“asset-based compensation”). Total compensation paid to a financial professional or a Selling broker-dealer electing to receive both contribution-based and asset-based compensation could over time exceed the total compensation that would otherwise be paid on the basis of contributions alone. The compensation paid by Equitable Advisors varies among financial professionals and among Selling broker-dealers. When a contract is sold by a Selling broker-dealer, the Selling broker-dealer, not Equitable Advisors, determines the compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer’s financial professional for the sale of the contract. Therefore, you should contact your financial professional for information about the compensation he or she receives and any related incentives, as described immediately below.

 

Equitable Advisors also pays a portion of the compensation it receives to its managerial personnel. Equitable Advisors financial professionals and managerial personnel may also receive other types of compensation including service fees, expense allowance payments and health and retirement benefits. Equitable Advisors also pays its financial professionals, managerial personnel and Selling broker-dealers sales bonuses (based on selling certain products during specified periods) and persistency bonuses. Equitable Advisors may offer sales incentive programs to financial professionals and Selling broker-dealers who meet specified production levels for the sales of both the Company’s contracts and contracts offered by other companies. These incentives provide non-cash compensation such as stock options awards and/or stock appreciation rights, expense-paid trips, expense-paid education seminars and merchandise.

 

Equitable Advisors may receive compensation, and, in turn, pay its financial professionals a portion of such fee, from

third party investment advisors to whom its financial professionals refer customers for professional management of the assets within their contract.

 

Differential compensation.  In an effort to promote the sale of the Company’s products, Equitable Advisors may pay its financial professionals and managerial personnel a greater percentage of contribution-based compensation and/or asset-based compensation for the sale of our contract than it pays for the sale of a contract or other financial product issued by a company other than us. Equitable Advisors may pay different compensation on the sale of the same product, based on such factors as distribution, group or sponsored arrangements, or based on older or newer versions, or series, of the same contract. Equitable Advisors also pay different levels of compensation based on different contract types. This practice is known as providing “differential compensation.” Differential compensation may involve other forms of compensation to Equitable Advisors personnel. Certain components of the compensation paid to managerial personnel are based on whether the sales involve the Company’s contracts. Managers earn higher compensation (and credits toward awards and bonuses) if the financial professionals they manage sell a higher percentage of the Company’s contracts than products issued by other companies. Other forms of compensation provided to its financial professionals and/or managerial personnel, which include health and retirement benefits, expense reimbursements, marketing allowances and contribution-based payments, known as “overrides.” For tax reasons, Equitable Advisors financial professionals qualify for health and retirement benefits based solely on their sales of the Company’s contracts and products sponsored by affiliates.

 

The fact that Equitable Advisors financial professionals receive differential compensation and additional payments may provide an incentive for those financial professionals to recommend our contract over a contract or other financial product issued by a company not affiliated with the Company. However, under applicable rules of the FINRA and other federal and state regulatory authorities, Equitable Advisors financial professionals may only recommend to you products that they reasonably believe are suitable for you and, for certain accounts depending on applicable rules, that are in your best interest, based on the facts that you have disclosed as to your other security holdings, financial situation and needs. In making any recommendation, financial professionals of Equitable Advisors may nonetheless face conflicts of interest because of the differences in compensation from one product category to another, and because of differences in compensation between products in the same category. For more information, contact your financial professional.

 

Equitable Distributors Compensation.

 

The Company pays contribution-based and asset-based compensation (together “compensation”) to Equitable Distributors. Contribution-based compensation is paid based on the Company’s contracts sold through Equitable

 

 

112


Distributors’ Selling broker-dealers. Asset-based compensation is paid based on the aggregate account value of contracts sold through certain of Equitable Distributors’ Selling broker-dealers. This compensation will generally not exceed 7.50% of the total contributions made under the contracts. Equitable Distributors, in turn, pays the contribution-based compensation it receives on the sale of a contract to the Selling broker-dealer making the sale. In some instances, the Selling broker-dealer may elect to receive reduced contribution-based compensation on the sale of the contract in combination with annual asset-based compensation of up to 1.25% of the contract’s Total account value. If a Selling broker-dealer elects to receive reduced contribution-based compensation on a contract, the contribution-based compensation which the Company pays to Equitable Distributors will be reduced by the same amount, and the Company will pay Equitable Distributors asset-based compensation on the contract equal to the asset-based compensation which Equitable Distributors pays to the Selling broker-dealer. Total compensation paid to a Selling broker-dealer electing to receive both contribution-based and asset-based compensation could over time exceed the total compensation that would otherwise be paid on the basis of contributions alone. The contribution-based and asset-based compensation paid by Equitable Distributors varies among Selling broker-dealers.

 

The Selling broker-dealer, not Equitable Distributors, determines the compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer’s financial professional for the sale of the contract. Therefore, you should contact your financial professional for information about the compensation he or she receives and any related incentives, such as differential compensation paid for various products.

 

The Company also pays Equitable Distributors compensation to cover its operating expenses and marketing services under the terms of the Company’s distribution agreements with Equitable Distributors.

 

Additional payments by Equitable Distributors to Selling broker-dealers

 

Equitable Distributors may pay, out of their assets, certain Selling broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries additional compensation in recognition of services provided or expenses incurred. Equitable Distributors may also pay certain Selling broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries additional compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and other services (commonly referred to as “marketing allowances”). Services for which such payments are made may include, but are not limited to, the preferred placement of the Company’s products such as Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contracts on a company and/or product list; sales personnel training; product training; business reporting; technological support; due diligence and related costs; advertising, marketing and related services; conference; and/or other support services, including some that may benefit the contract owner. Payments may be based on ongoing sales, on the aggregate account value

attributable to contracts sold through a Selling broker-dealer or such payments may be a fixed amount. For certain selling broker-dealers, Equitable Distributors increases the marketing allowance as certain sales thresholds are met. The Distributors may also make fixed payments to Selling broker-dealers, for example in connection with the initiation of a new relationship or the introduction of a new product.

 

Additionally, as an incentive for the financial professionals of Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s products, the Distributors may increase the sales compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer for a period of time (commonly referred to as “compensation enhancements”). Equitable Distributors also has entered into agreements with certain selling broker-dealers in which the selling broker-dealer agrees to sell certain of our contracts exclusively, including the one described in this Prospectus.

 

These additional payments may serve as an incentive for Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s contracts over contracts and other products issued by other companies. Not all Selling broker-dealers receive additional payments, and the payments vary among Selling broker-dealers. The list below includes the names of Selling broker-dealers that we are aware (as of December 31, 2022) received additional payments. These additional payments ranged from $                 to $                . The Company and its affiliates may also have other business relationships with Selling broker-dealers, which may provide an incentive for the Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s contracts over contracts and other products issued by other companies. The list below includes any such Selling broker-dealer. For more information, ask your financial professional.

 

Allstate Financial Services, LLC; American Portfolios Financial Services; Ameriprise Financial Services; Avantax Investment Services, Inc.; BBVA Securities, Inc.; Cabot Lodge Securities, LLC; Cadaret, Grant & Co., Inc.; Cambridge Investment Research; Capital Investment Group; Centaurus Financial, Inc; Cetera Financial Group; Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.; Citizens Investment Services; Commonwealth Financial Network; Copper Financial Network, LLC; CUNA Brokerage Services; CUSO Financial Services; DPL Financial Partners; Equity Services Inc; Farmer’s Financial Solution; First Horizon Advisors; Galt Financial Group, Inc; Geneos Wealth Management; Gradient Securities, LLC; Grove Point Financial (H. Beck); Harbour Investments, Inc; Independent Financial Group, LLC; Infinex Investments Inc.; Janney Montgomery Scott LLC; Kestra Investment Services, LLC; Key Investment Services LLC; Ladenburg Thalmann Advisor Network, LLC; Lincoln Financial Advisors Corp.; Lincoln Financial Securities Corp.; Lincoln Investment Planning; Lion Street Financial; LPL Financial Corporation; MML Investors Services, LLC; Morgan Stanley Smith Barney; Mutual of Omaha Investment Services, Inc.; Next Financial Group, Inc.; Park Avenue Securities, LLC; PlanMember Securities Corp.; PNC Investments; Primerica Financial Services, Inc.; Pruco Securities, LLC; Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments, Inc; Raymond James; RBC Capital Markets Corporation; Santander Securities Corp.; Securian

 

 

113


Financial Service Inc; Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Inc.; The Advisor Group (AIG); The Huntington Investment Company; The Leaders Group, Inc.; U.S. Bank Center; UBS Financial Services Inc.; Valmark Securities, Inc.; Voya Financial Advisors, Inc.; Waddell & Reed, Inc.; Wells Fargo; World Equity Group

 

 

114


Appendix: Portfolio Companies available under the contract

 

 

 

The following is a list of Portfolio Companies available under the contract. More information about the Portfolio Companies is available in the prospectuses for the Portfolio Companies, which may be amended from time to time and can be found online at www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH159953. You can request this information at no cost by calling 1-877-522-5035 or by sending an email request to [email protected]. If you elect a Guaranteed benefit, you may only invest in the Portfolios listed in the designated table below.

 

The current expenses and performance information below reflects fee and expenses of the Portfolios, but do not reflect the other fees and expenses that your contract may charge. Expenses would be higher and performance would be lower if these other charges were included. Each Portfolio’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.

 

Affiliated Portfolio Companies:

 

         

Current

Expenses

   

  Average Annual Total Returns  

(as of 12/31/2022)

 
TYPE   Portfolio Company — Investment Adviser; Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable   1 year     5 year     10 year  
Fixed Income  

1290 VT DoubleLine Opportunistic Bond — Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“EIMG”); DoubleLine Capital LP

                               
Equity  

1290 VT Equity Income — EIMG; Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC d/b/a Barrow Hanley Global Investors

                               
Specialty  

1290 VT GAMCO Mergers & Acquisitions — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

                               
Equity  

1290 VT GAMCO Small Company Value — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

                               
Fixed Income  

1290 VT High Yield Bond — EIMG; AXA Investment Managers US Inc., Post Advisory Group, LLC

                               
Equity  

1290 VT Micro Cap — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC

                               
Asset Allocation  

1290 VT Moderate Growth AllocationΔ — EIMG

                               
Specialty  

1290 VT Natural Resources — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Specialty  

1290 VT Real Estate — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Equity  

1290 VT Small Cap Value — EIMG; Blackrock Investment Management, LLC, Horizon Kinetics Asset Management LLC

                               
Equity  

1290 VT SmartBeta Equity ESG — EIMG; AXA Investment Managers US Inc.

                               
Equity  

1290 VT Socially Responsible — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/AB Dynamic Aggressive GrowthΔ — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/AB Dynamic GrowthΔ — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/AB Dynamic Moderate GrowthΔ — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Equity  

EQ/AB Small Cap Growth — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Equity  

EQ/AB Sustainable U.S. Thematic — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/Aggressive Growth Strategy† — EIMG

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/All Asset Growth Allocation — EIMG

                               
Equity  

EQ/American Century Mid Cap Value — EIMG; American Century Investment Management, Inc.

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/American Century Moderate Growth AllocationΔ — EIMG; American Century Investment Management, Inc.

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/Balanced Strategy† — EIMG

                               
Equity  

EQ/ClearBridge Large Cap Growth ESG — EIMG; ClearBridge Investments, LLC

                               
Equity  

EQ/ClearBridge Select Equity Managed Volatility† — EIMG; Blackrock Investment Management, LLC, ClearBridge Investments, LLC

                               
Equity  

EQ/Common Stock Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/Conservative Growth Strategy† — EIMG

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/Conservative Strategy† — EIMG

                               

 

115


         

Current

Expenses

   

  Average Annual Total Returns  

(as of 12/31/2022)

 
TYPE   Portfolio Company — Investment Adviser; Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable   1 year     5 year     10 year  
Fixed Income  

EQ/Core Bond Index — EIMG; SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

                               
Fixed Income  

EQ/Core Plus Bond — EIMG; AXA Investment Managers, US Inc., Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC, Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

                               
Equity  

EQ/Emerging Markets Equity PLUS — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., EARNEST Partners, LLC

                               
Equity  

EQ/Equity 500 Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Equity  

EQ/Fidelity Institutional AM® Large Cap — EIMG; FIAM LLC

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/Franklin Moderate AllocationΔ — EIMG; Franklin Advisers, Inc.

                               
Equity  

EQ/Franklin Rising Dividends — EIMG; Franklin Advisers, Inc.

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/Goldman Sachs Growth AllocationΔ — EIMG; Goldman Sachs Asset Management L.P.

                               
Equity  

EQ/Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value — EIMG; Goldman Sachs Asset Management L.P.

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/Goldman Sachs Moderate Growth AllocationΔ — EIMG; Goldman Sachs Asset Management L.P.

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/Growth Strategy† — EIMG

                               
Fixed Income  

EQ/Intermediate Government Bond — EIMG; SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

                               
Equity  

EQ/International Core Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, EARNEST Partners, LLC, Federated Global Investment Management Corp., Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

                               
Equity  

EQ/International Equity Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Equity  

EQ/Invesco Comstock — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

                               
Equity  

EQ/Invesco Global — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

                               
Specialty  

EQ/Invesco Global Real Assets — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc., Invesco Asset Management Ltd.

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/Invesco Moderate AllocationΔ — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/Invesco Moderate Growth AllocationΔ — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

                               
Equity  

EQ/Janus Enterprise — EIMG; Janus Henderson Investors US LLC(1)

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/JPMorgan Growth AllocationΔ — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

                               
Equity  

EQ/JPMorgan Value Opportunities — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

                               
Equity  

EQ/Large Cap Growth Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Equity  

EQ/Large Cap Value Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Equity  

EQ/Large Cap Value Managed Volatility† — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., Aristotle Capital Management, LLC, Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

                               
Equity  

EQ/Lazard Emerging Markets Equity — EIMG; Lazard Asset Management LLC

                               
Equity  

EQ/Loomis Sayles Growth — EIMG; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

                               
Equity  

EQ/MFS International Growth — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

                               
Equity  

EQ/MFS International Intrinsic Value — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

                               
Equity  

EQ/MFS Mid Cap Focused Growth — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

                               
Specialty  

EQ/MFS Technology — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

                               
Specialty  

EQ/MFS Utilities Series — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

                               
Equity  

EQ/Mid Cap Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Equity  

EQ/Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Diamond Hill Capital Management, Inc., Wellington Management Company LLP

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/Moderate Allocation† — EIMG

                               
Asset Allocation  

EQ/Moderate Growth Strategy† — EIMG

                               
Money Market  

EQ/Money Market* — EIMG; BNY Mellon Investment Adviser, Inc.

                               

 

116


         

Current

Expenses

   

  Average Annual Total Returns  

(as of 12/31/2022)

 
TYPE   Portfolio Company — Investment Adviser; Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable   1 year     5 year     10 year  
Fixed Income  

EQ/PIMCO Global Real Return — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

                               
Fixed Income  

EQ/PIMCO Real Return — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

                               
Fixed Income  

EQ/PIMCO Total Return ESG — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

                               
Fixed Income  

EQ/PIMCO Ultra Short Bond — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

                               
Equity  

EQ/Small Company Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

                               
Equity  

EQ/T. Rowe Price Growth Stock — EIMG; T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

                               
Specialty  

EQ/T. Rowe Price Health Sciences — EIMG; T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

                               
Equity  

EQ/Value Equity — EIMG; Aristotle Capital Management, LLC

                               
Specialty  

EQ/Wellington Energy — EIMG; Wellington Management Company LLP

                               
Asset Allocation  

Equitable Conservative Growth MF/ETF Portfolio — EIMG

                               
Asset Allocation  

Equitable Growth MF/ETF — EIMG

                               
Asset Allocation  

Equitable Moderate Growth MF/ETF — EIMG

                               
Equity  

Multimanager Aggressive Equity — EIMG; 1832 Asset Management U.S. Inc., AllianceBernstein L.P., T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P.

                               
Specialty  

Multimanager Technology — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., Wellington Management Company LLP

                               
^

This Portfolio’s annual expenses reflect temporary fee reductions.

Δ

Certain other affiliated Portfolios, as well as unaffiliated Portfolios, may utilize volatility management techniques that differ from the EQ volatility management strategy. Affiliated Portfolios that utilize these volatility management techniques are identified in the chart by a “Δ”. Any such unaffiliated Portfolio is not identified in the chart. See “Portfolios of the Trusts” for more information regarding volatility management.

EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios that include the EQ volatility management strategy as part of their investment objective and/or principal investment strategy, and the EQ/affiliated Fund of Fund Portfolios that invest in Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy, are identified in the chart by a “†“. See “Portfolios of the Trusts” for more information regarding volatility management.

*

The Portfolio operates as a “government money market fund.” The Portfolio will invest at least 99.5% of its total assets in U.S. government securities, cash, and/or repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by U.S. government securities or cash.

 

Unaffiliated Portfolio Companies:

 

         

Current

Expenses

   

  Average Annual Total Returns  

(as of 12/31/2022)

 
TYPE   Portfolio Company — Investment Adviser; Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable   1 year     5 year     10 year  
Equity  

American Funds Insurance Series® Global Small Capitalization Fund — Capital Research and Management Company

                               
Equity  

American Funds Insurance Series® New World Fund® — Capital Research and Management Company

                               
Fixed Income  

American Funds Insurance Series® The Bond Fund of America — Capital Research and Management Company

                               
Asset Allocation  

BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund — BlackRock Advisors, LLC

                               
Equity  

BlackRock Large Cap Focus Growth V.I. Fund — BlackRock Advisors, LLC

                               
Equity  

ClearBridge Variable Appreciation Portfolio — Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC; ClearBridge Investments, LLC

                               
Equity  

ClearBridge Variable Mid Cap Portfolio — Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC; ClearBridge Investments, LLC

                               
Fixed Income  

Delaware Ivy VIP High Income — Delaware Management Company; Macquarie Investment Management Austria Kapitalanlage AG, Macquarie Investment Management Europe Limited, Macquarie Investment Management Global Limited

                               
Specialty  

Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund — Eaton Vance Management

                               
Equity  

Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio — Fidelity Management and Research Company (FMR)

                               
Fixed Income  

Fidelity® VIP Strategic Income Portfolio — Fidelity Management and Research Company (FMR)

                               
Asset Allocation  

First Trust Multi Income Allocation Portfolio — First Trust Advisors L.P.

                               
Asset Allocation  

First Trust/Dow Jones Dividend & Income Allocation Portfolio — First Trust Advisors L.P.

                               

 

117


         

Current

Expenses

   

  Average Annual Total Returns  

(as of 12/31/2022)

 
TYPE   Portfolio Company — Investment Adviser; Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable   1 year     5 year     10 year  
Asset Allocation  

Franklin Allocation VIP Fund — Franklin Advisers, Inc.

                               
Asset Allocation  

Franklin Income VIP Fund — Franklin Advisers, Inc.

                               
Equity  

Hartford Disciplined Equity HLS Fund(1) — Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC; Wellington Management Company LLP

                               
Equity  

Invesco V.I. Diversified Dividend Fund — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

                               
Asset Allocation  

Invesco V.I. Equity and Income Fund — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

                               
Fixed Income  

Invesco V.I. High Yield Fund — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

                               
Equity  

Invesco V.I. Main Street Mid Cap Fund® — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

                               
Equity  

Invesco V.I. Small Cap Equity Fund — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

                               
Fixed Income  

Lord Abbett Bond Debenture Portfolio (VC) — Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC

                               
Equity  

MFS® Investors Trust Series — Massachusetts Financial Services Company

                               
Equity  

MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio — Massachusetts Financial Services Company

                               
Specialty  

Neuberger Berman U.S. Equity Index PutWrite Strategy Portfolio — Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC

                               
Specialty  

PIMCO CommodityRealReturn® Strategy Portfolio — Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

                               
Fixed Income  

PIMCO Income Portfolio — Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

                               
Specialty  

Profund VP Biotechnology — ProFund Advisors LLC

                               
Equity  

Templeton Developing Markets VIP Fund — Templeton Asset Management Ltd.

                               
Fixed Income  

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund — Franklin Advisers, Inc.

                               
^

This Portfolio’s annual expenses reflect temporary fee reductions.

(1)

Not available for EFLOA contracts until on or about May 22, 2023.

 

Amounts you allocate to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options fund your Guaranteed benefits.

 

Protected Benefit Account Variable Investment Options

1290 VT Moderate Growth Allocation

   EQ/Franklin Moderate Allocation

EQ/AB Dynamic Aggressive Growth

   EQ/Goldman Sachs Growth Allocation

EQ/AB Dynamic Growth

   EQ/Goldman Sachs Moderate Growth Allocation

EQ/AB Dynamic Moderate Growth

   EQ/Growth Strategy

EQ/Aggressive Growth Strategy

   EQ/Invesco Moderate Allocation

EQ/American Century Moderate Growth Allocation

   EQ/Invesco Moderate Growth Allocation

EQ/Balanced Strategy

   EQ/JPMorgan Growth Allocation

EQ/Conservative Growth Strategy

   EQ/Moderate Growth Strategy

EQ/Conservative Strategy

   EQ/Money Market

 

118


Appendix: Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits

 

 

 

Pre-Funding Drop or Change

 

The following table is designed to show your options if you decide to drop your Guaranteed benefit(s) prior to the funding of your Protected Benefit account. In general, you can drop your GMIB and change your Guaranteed minimum death benefit. However, in general, your Guaranteed minimum death benefit cannot be dropped or changed without first dropping your GMIB. All requests to drop or change a Guaranteed benefit must be submitted on an administrative form we provide for this specific purpose.

 

  Guaranteed benefit

  Combination

  Pre-Funding Drop of:   Your Option(s) or Result   Following the Drop or Change

•  GMIB

•  Return of Principal death benefit

  GMIB  

•  You can change your death benefit to the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit. If you do not make this change, the Return of Principal death benefit will remain.

 

•  You can drop the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit, either pre-funding or post-funding.

•  You can drop the Return of Principal death benefit post-funding only.

•  GMIB

•  Highest Anniversary Value death benefit

  GMIB  

•  You can keep your Highest Anniversary Value death benefit.

-or-

•  You can change your death benefit to the Return of Principal death benefit.

 

•  You can drop the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit, either pre-funding or post-funding.

•  You can drop the Return of Principal death benefit post-funding only.

•  GMIB

•  Highest Anniversary Value death benefit

  Both benefits  

•  The Return of Principal death benefit will automatically become your new Guaranteed minimum death benefit.

 

•  You can drop the Return of Principal death benefit post-funding only.

•      Highest Anniversary Value death benefit

  Highest Anniversary Value death benefit  

•  The Return of Principal death benefit will automatically become your new Guaranteed minimum death benefit.

 

•  You can drop the Return of Principal death benefit
post-funding only.

•      Return of Principal death benefit

  Not Applicable: The Return of Principal death benefit cannot be dropped prior to funding the Protected Benefit account        

•   RMD Wealth Guard death benefit

  RMD Wealth Guard death benefit  

•  You may elect the Return of Principal death benefit or Highest Anniversary Value death benefit.

 

•  You can drop the Return of Principal death benefit post-funding only.

•  You can drop the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit either pre-funding or post-funding.

 

 

119


Post-Funding Drop

 

The following table is designed to show your options if you decide to drop your Guaranteed benefit(s) after you have funded your Protected Benefit account. In general, you can drop both your GMIB and Guaranteed minimum death benefit or, in some cases, drop your GMIB and retain your Guaranteed minimum death benefit. However, in general, your Guaranteed minimum death benefit cannot be dropped without first dropping your GMIB. All requests to drop a Guaranteed benefit must be submitted on an administrative form we provide for this specific purpose. Please see “Dropping or changing your Guaranteed benefits” in “Benefits available under the contract” for information on when you are eligible to drop your Guaranteed benefits after having funded your Protected Benefit account.

 

  Guaranteed benefit

  Combination

  Post-Funding Drop of:(1)   Your Option(s) or Result   Following the Drop

•      GMIB

•      Return of Principal death benefit

  GMIB  

•  The Return of Principal death benefit will remain in effect.

 

•  You can drop the Return of Principal death benefit by notifying us and taking a full withdrawal of your Protected Benefit account value or making a one-time transfer to the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option.

•      GMIB

•      Return of Principal death benefit

  Both benefits  

•  Your Guaranteed benefits will terminate by notifying us and taking a full withdrawal of your Protected Benefit account value or making a one-time transfer to the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option.

 

Not Applicable.

•      GMIB

•      Highest Anniversary Value death benefit

  GMIB  

•  Your Highest Anniversary Value death benefit remains in effect.

 

•  You can drop the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit by notifying us and taking a full withdrawal of your Protected Benefit account value or making a one-time transfer to the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option.

•      GMIB

•      Highest Anniversary Value death benefit

  Both benefits  

•  Your Guaranteed benefits will terminate by notifying us and taking a full withdrawal of your Protected Benefit account value or making a one-time transfer to the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option.

 

Not Applicable.

 

120


  Guaranteed benefit

  Combination

  Post-Funding Drop of:(1)   Your Option(s) or Result   Following the Drop

•      Highest Anniversary Value death benefit

  Highest Anniversary Value death benefit  

•  Your Guaranteed benefit will terminate by notifying us and taking a full withdrawal of your Protected Benefit account value or making a one-time transfer to the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option.

 

Not Applicable.

•      Return of Principal death benefit

  Return of Principal death benefit  

•  Your Guaranteed benefit will terminate by notifying us and taking a full withdrawal of your Protected Benefit account value or making a one-time transfer to the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option.

 

Not Applicable.

•   RMD Wealth Guard death benefit

  RMD Wealth Guard death benefit  

•  Your Guaranteed benefit will terminate by notifying us and taking a full withdrawal of your Protected Benefit account or making a onetime transfer to the Investment account variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option.

•  Your death benefit will be equal to the return of your account value.

 

•  Not applicable.

(1)

When a Guaranteed benefit (other than the Return of Principal death benefit) is dropped on any date other than a contract date anniversary, we will deduct a pro rata portion of the charge for that year.

 

121


Appendix: Purchase considerations for QP contracts

 

 

 

Trustees who are considering the purchase of a Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contract should discuss with their tax and ERISA advisers whether this is an appropriate investment vehicle for the employer’s plan. The QP contract and this Prospectus should be reviewed in full, and the following factors, among others, should be noted. Trustees should consider whether the plan provisions permit the investment of plan assets in the QP contract, the distribution of such an annuity, the purchase of the Guaranteed benefits, and the payment of death benefits in accordance with the requirements of the federal income tax rules. Assuming continued plan qualification and operation, earnings on qualified plan assets will accumulate value on a tax-deferred basis even if the plan is not funded by the Retirement Cornerstone® 19 QP contract or another annuity contract. Therefore, the plan trust should purchase a Retirement Cornerstone® 19 QP contract to fund a plan for the contract’s features and benefits and not for tax deferral, after considering the relative costs and benefits of annuity contracts and other types of arrangements and funding vehicles. There are significant issues in the purchase of a Retirement Cornerstone® contract in a defined benefit plan.

 

This QP contract accepts only transfer contributions from other investments within an existing qualified plan trust. We will not accept ongoing payroll contributions or contributions directly from the employer. For 401(k) plans, no employee after-tax contributions are accepted. A “designated Roth contribution account” is not available in the QP contract. Checks written on accounts held in the name of the employer instead of the plan or the trust will not be accepted. Only one additional transfer contribution may be made per contract year.

 

If amounts attributable to an excess or mistaken contribution must be withdrawn, either or both of the following may apply: (1) withdrawal charges; or (2) benefit base adjustments to a Guaranteed benefit. If in a defined benefit plan the plan’s actuary determines that an overfunding in the QPDB contract has occurred, then any transfers of plan assets out of the QPDB contract may also result in withdrawal charges or benefit base adjustments on the amount being transferred.

 

In order to purchase the QPDB contract for a defined benefit plan, the plan’s actuary will be required to determine a current dollar value of each plan participant’s accrued benefit so that individual contracts may be established for each plan participant. We do not permit defined contribution or defined benefit plans to pool plan assets attributable to the accrued benefits of multiple plan participants.

 

For defined benefit plans, the maximum percentage of actuarial value of the plan participant’s normal retirement benefit that can be funded by a QPDB contract is 80%. The total account value under a QPDB contract may at any time be more or less than the lump sum actuarial equivalent of the accrued benefit for a defined benefit plan participant. The Company does not guarantee that the Total account value under a QPDB contract will at any time equal the actuarial value of 80% of a participant/employee’s accrued benefit.

 

While the contract is owned by the plan trust, all payments under the contract will be made to the plan trust owner. If the plan rolls over a contract into an IRA for the benefit of a former plan participant through a contract conversion, it is the plan’s responsibility to adjust the value of the contract to the actuarial equivalent of the participant’s benefit, prior to the contract conversion.

 

The Company’s only role is that of the issuer of the contract. The Company is not the plan administrator. The Company will not perform or provide any plan recordkeeping services with respect to the QP contracts. The plan’s administrator will be solely responsible for performing or providing for all such services. There is no loan feature offered under the QP contracts, so if the plan provides for loans and a participant takes a loan from the plan, other plan assets must be used as the source of the loan and any loan repayments must be credited to other investment vehicles and/or accounts available under the plan. The Company will never make payments under a QP contract to any person other than the plan trust owner.

 

Given that lifetime required minimum distributions (“RMDs”) must generally commence from the plan for annuitants after age 72, trustees should consider the following in connection with the GMIB:

 

  whether RMDs the plan administrator must make under QP contracts would cause withdrawals to be treated as Excess withdrawals and reduce the value of the Guaranteed benefits;

 

  that provisions in the Treasury Regulations on RMDs require that the actuarial present value of additional annuity contract benefits be added to the dollar amount credited for purposes of calculating RMDs. This could increase the amounts required to be distributed; and

 

122


  that if the Protected Benefit account value goes to zero as provided under the contract, resulting payments will be made to the plan trust and that portion of the Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contract may not be rollover eligible.

 

For QPDC contracts only: Withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account reduce your RMD Wealth Guard benefit base on a pro rata basis (including any applicable withdrawal charges), until the QPDC contract is converted to an IRA. You should not elect the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit under a QPDC contract unless you intend to convert to an IRA prior to taking RMDs.

 

Finally, because the method of purchasing the QP contract, including the large initial contribution, and the features of the QP contract may appeal more to plan participants/employees who are older and tend to be highly paid, and because certain features of the QP contract are available only to plan participants/employees who meet certain minimum and/or maximum age requirements, plan trustees should discuss with their advisers whether the purchase of the QP contract would cause the plan to engage in prohibited discrimination in contributions, benefits or otherwise.

 

123


Appendix: Guaranteed benefit base examples

 

 

 

Assuming $100,000 is invested in the Protected Benefit investment options, with no additional contributions, no transfers, no withdrawals, and Initial Roll-up rates of 5%, the Guaranteed minimum death benefit base and Guaranteed minimum income benefit base for an owner age 60 would be calculated as follows:

 

       
       

Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit

  

Guaranteed
minimum
income benefit

     
End of
Contract
Year
  Protected
Benefit
Account
Value
  Return of
Principal
benefit base
  

RMD Wealth

Guard death
benefit base

  

Highest
Anniversary

Value to
age 85
benefit
base

   GMIB benefit
base
1   $103,000   $100,000(1)    $103,000(2)    $103,000(4)    $105,000
2   $107,120   $100,000(1)    $107,120(2)    $107,120(4)    $110,250
3   $113,547   $100,000(1)    $113,547(2)    $113,547(4)    $115,763
4   $120,360   $100,000(1)    $120,360(2)    $120,360(4)    $121,551
5   $128,785   $100,000(1)    $128,785(2)    $128,785(4)    $128,785
6   $126,210   $100,000(1)    $128,785(3)    $128,785(5)    $135,224
7   $128,734   $100,000(1)    $128,785(3)    $128,785(5)    $141,986

 

Protected Benefit account value

 

The Protected Benefit account values for contract years 1 through 7 are based on hypothetical rates of return of 3.00%, 4.00%, 6.00%, 6.00%, 7.00%, (2.00)%, and 2.00%, respectively. We are using these rates solely to illustrate how the benefit is calculated. The rates of return bear no relationship to past or future investment results.

 

For example, at the end of contract year 1, the Protected Benefit account value equals $103,000 = $100,000 x (1+3.00%) Calculated as follows: $100,000 x (1+3.00%) = $103,000

 

Your applicable death benefit in connection with the Protected Benefit variable investment options is equal to the Protected Benefit account value or the Guaranteed minimum death benefit base, if greater.

 

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit

 

GMIB benefit base

 

The example assumes no withdrawals under the contract, therefore the Deferral Roll-up rate would apply. At the end of contract year 1, the GMIB benefit base is equal to the initial contribution to the Protected Benefit account, multiplied by [1+ the Deferral Roll-up rate of 5.00%]. For contract years 2 through 4, 6 and 7, the GMIB benefit base is equal to the previous year’s GMIB benefit base multiplied by [1+ the Deferral Roll-up rate of 5.00%]. At the end of contract years 5, the GMIB benefit base is reset to the current Protected Benefit account value.

 

For example:

 

  At the end of contract year 2, the GMIB benefit base equals $110,250

Calculated as follows: $105,000 x (1+5.00%) = $110,250

 

  At the end of contract year 5, the GMIB benefit base equals $128,785

The GMIB benefit base is being ‘reset’ to equal the Protected Benefit account value of $128,785

 

Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit

 

Return of Principal benefit base

 

(1)

At the end of contract years 1 through 7, the Return of Principal death benefit base is equal to the initial contribution to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options.

 

124


RMD Wealth Guard benefit base

 

(2)

At the end of contract years 1 through 5, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is equal to the current Protected Benefit account value.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 2, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base equals the Protected Benefit account value of $107,120.

 

(3)

At the end of contract years 6 and 7, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is equal to the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base at the end of the prior year since it is higher than the current Protected Benefit account value.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 6, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base equals $128,785 or the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base at the end of year 5.

 

Highest Anniversary Value benefit base

 

(4)

At the end of contract years 1 through 5, the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base is equal to the current Protected Benefit account value.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 2, the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base equals the Protected Benefit account value of $107,120

 

(5)

At the end of contract years 6 and 7, the benefit base is equal to the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base at the end of the prior year since it is higher than the current Protected Benefit account value.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 6, Highest Anniversary Value benefit base equals $128,785 or the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base at the end of year 5.

 

125


Appendix: Hypothetical illustrations

 

 

 

ILLUSTRATION OF ACCOUNT VALUES, CASH VALUES AND CERTAIN GUARANTEED MINIMUM BENEFITS

 

The following tables illustrate the changes in account values (Investment account value and Protected Benefit account value), cash value and the values of the “Highest Anniversary” death benefit, the Guaranteed minimum income benefit (“GMIB”), and the Annual withdrawal amount, under certain hypothetical circumstances, including assuming constant hypothetical 5% Roll-up rates, for the Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contracts (Series B and Series CP®). The tables illustrate the operation of the contract based on a male, issue age 65, who makes a single $100,000 contribution and takes no withdrawals. Also, the tables illustrate that $60,000 is allocated to the Protected Benefit account variable investment options, and $40,000 is allocated to the Investment account variable investment options. The amounts shown are for the beginning of each contract year and assume that all of the account values are invested in Portfolios that achieve investment returns at constant gross annual rates of 0% and 6% (i.e., before any investment management fees, 12b-1 fees or other expenses are deducted from the underlying Portfolio assets). After the deduction of the arithmetic average of the investment management fees, 12b-1 fees and other expenses of all of the underlying portfolios (as described below), the corresponding net annual rates of return would be (2.48)% and 3.52% for the Series B Protected Benefit account variable investment options and (2.4)% and 3.6 % for the Series B Investment account variable investment options; (2.83)% and 3.17% for the Series CP® Protected Benefit account variable investment options and (2.75)% and 3.25% , for the Investment account variable investment options at the 0% and 6% gross annual rates, respectively.

 

These net annual rates of return reflect the trust and separate account level charges, but they do not reflect the charges we deduct from your Protected Benefit account value annually for the GMIB features, as well as the annual administrative charge. If the net annual rates of return did reflect these charges, the net annual rates of return shown would be lower; however, the values shown in the following tables reflect the following contract charges: the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit charge, the GMIB charge, any applicable administrative charge and withdrawal charge. Please note that charges for the GMIB are always deducted from the Protected Benefit account value.

 

The values shown under “Next Year’s Annual withdrawal amount” for ages 70 through 95 reflect the Annual withdrawal amount available without reducing the GMIB benefit base.

 

With respect to fees and expenses deducted from assets of the underlying portfolios, the amounts shown in all tables reflect (1) investment management fees equivalent to an effective annual rate of 0.57% for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options (for each Series) and of 0.61% for the Investment account variable investment options (for each Series), (2) an assumed average asset charge for all other expenses of the underlying portfolios equivalent to an effective annual rate of 0.36% for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options (for each Series) and 0.25% for the Investment account variable investment options (for each Series) and (3) 12b-1 fees equivalent to an effective annual rate of 0.25% for the Protected Benefit account variable investment options (for each Series) and 0.25% for the Investment account variable investment options (for each Series). These rates are the arithmetic average for all Portfolios that are available as investment options. In other words, they are based on the hypothetical assumption that account values are allocated equally among the Protected Benefit account variable investment options and Investment account variable investment options, respectively. The actual rates associated with any contract will vary depending upon the actual allocation of the Total account value among the investment options. These rates do not reflect expense limitation arrangements in effect with respect to certain of the underlying portfolios as described in the prospectuses for the underlying portfolios. With these expense limitation arrangements, the charges shown above would be lower. This would result in higher values than those shown in the following tables.

 

Because your circumstances will no doubt differ from those in the illustrations that follow, values under your contract will differ, in most cases substantially. Please note that in certain states, we apply annuity purchase factors that are not based on the sex of the annuitant. Upon request, we will furnish you with a personalized illustration.

 

126


ILLUSTRATION OF TOTAL ACCOUNT VALUES, CASH VALUES AND CERTAIN GUARANTEED BENEFITS

 

Variable Deferred Annuity

Retirement Cornerstone — Series B

$100,000 single contribution and no withdrawals

Male, issue age 65

Benefits:

Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit

Guaranteed Minimum Income benefit

 

                       
                                           

Protect

   

Guarantee

             
Age   Contract
Year
  Investment
Account Value
   

Protected

Benefit
Account Value

    Cash Value(+)     “Greater of”
Death Benefit
    GMIB Benefit
Base
    Next Year’s
Annual withdrawal
amount
 
          0%     6%     0%     6%     0%     6%     0%     6%     0%     6%     0%     6%  
65   0     40,000       40,000       60,000       60,000       93,000       93,000       60,000       60,000       60,000       60,000       0       0  
66   1     39,040       41,440       56,937       60,537       88,977       94,977       63,000       63,000       63,000       63,000       3,150       3,150  
67   2     38,103       42,932       53,871       61,014       84,974       96,946       66,150       66,150       66,150       66,150       3,308       3,308  
68   3     37,189       44,477       50,799       61,425       81,987       99,903       69,458       69,458       69,458       69,458       3,473       3,473  
69   4     36,296       46,079       47,716       61,764       78,012       101,843       72,930       72,930       72,930       72,930       3,647       3,647  
70   5     35,425       47,737       44,618       62,024       75,043       104,761       76,577       76,577       76,577       76,577       3,829       3,829  
71   6     34,575       49,456       41,501       62,197       73,076       108,653       80,406       80,406       80,406       80,406       4,020       4,020  
72   7     33,745       51,236       38,361       62,276       71,106       112,512       84,426       84,426       84,426       84,426       4,221       4,221  
73   8     32,935       53,081       35,194       62,252       68,129       115,333       88,647       88,647       88,647       88,647       4,432       4,432  
74   9     32,145       54,992       31,994       62,116       64,139       117,108       93,080       93,080       93,080       93,080       4,654       4,654  
75   10     31,373       56,971       28,757       61,859       60,130       118,831       97,734       97,734       97,734       97,734       4,887       4,887  
80   15     27,755       67,992       11,841       58,382       39,596       126,373       124,736       124,736       124,736       124,736       6,237       6,237  
85   20     24,577       81,144       0       51,368       24,577       132,512       0       124,736       0       159,198     *$ 7,346       7,960  
90   25     21,762       96,840       0       42,029       21,762       138,868       0       124,736       0       159,198       7,346       7,960  
95   30     19,270       115,572       0       30,925       19,270       146,497       0       124,736       0       159,198       7,346     **$ 11,024  
(+)

The Cash Values shown are equal to the Total account value, less any applicable withdrawal charges.

(1)

Payments of $7,346 will continue as lifetime payments

(2)

Payments of at least $11,024 will continue as lifetime payments

 

The hypothetical investment results are illustrative only and should not be deemed a representation of past or future investment results. Actual investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including investment allocations made by the owner. The Protection With Investment Performance Account Value, Investment Performance Account Value, cash value and guaranteed benefits for a contract would be different from the ones shown if the actual gross rate of investment return averaged 0% or 6% over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below the average for individual contract years. We can make no representation that these hypothetical investment results can be achieved for any one year or continued over any period of time. In fact, for any given period of time, the investment results could be negative.

 

127


ILLUSTRATION OF TOTAL ACCOUNT VALUES, CASH VALUES AND CERTAIN GUARANTEED BENEFITS

 

Variable Deferred Annuity

Retirement Cornerstone — Series CP®

$100,000 single contribution and no withdrawals

Male, issue age 65

Benefits:

Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit

Guaranteed Minimum Income benefit

 

                     
                                           

Protect

   

Guarantee

       
Age   Contract
Year
  Investment
Account Value
    Protected
Benefit
Account Value
    Cash Value(+)     “Greater of”
Death Benefit
    GMIB Benefit
Base
    Next Year’s
Annual withdrawal
amount
 
          0%     6%     0%     6%     0%     6%     0%     6%     0%     6%     0%     6%  
65   0     41,200       41,200       61,800       61,800       95,000       95,000       60,000       60,000       60,000       60,000       0       0  
66   1     40,067       42,539       58,476       62,184       90,543       96,723       63,000       63,000       63,000       63,000       3,150       3,150  
67   2     38,965       43,922       55,167       62,502       86,133       98,423       66,150       66,150       66,150       66,150       3,308       3,308  
68   3     37,894       45,349       51,870       62,746       82,763       101,095       69,458       69,458       69,458       69,458       3,473       3,473  
69   4     36,852       46,823       48,579       62,912       79,430       103,735       72,930       72,930       72,930       72,930       3,647       3,647  
70   5     35,838       48,345       45,289       62,992       76,128       106,337       76,577       76,577       76,577       76,577       3,829       3,829  
71   6     34,853       49,916       41,998       62,979       72,850       108,895       80,406       80,406       80,406       80,406       4,020       4,020  
72   7     33,894       51,538       38,698       62,865       69,593       111,403       84,426       84,426       84,426       84,426       4,221       4,221  
73   8     32,962       53,213       35,387       62,641       66,349       113,854       88,647       88,647       88,647       88,647       4,432       4,432  
74   9     32,056       54,942       32,059       62,300       63,114       116,242       93,080       93,080       93,080       93,080       4,654       4,654  
75   10     31,174       56,728       28,708       61,832       59,882       118,560       97,734       97,734       97,734       97,734       4,887       4,887  
80   15     27,087       66,565       11,436       57,215       38,523       123,781       124,736       124,736       124,736       124,736       6,237       6,237  
85   20     23,558       78,109       0       48,962       23,558       127,071       0       124,736       0       159,198     *$ 7,346       7,960  
90   25     20,488       91,653       0       38,323       20,488       129,977       0       124,736       0       159,198       7,346       7,960  
95   30     17,818       107,547       0       25,888       17,818       133,435       0       124,736       0       159,198       7,346     **$ 11,024  
(+)

The Cash Values shown are equal to the Total account value, less any applicable withdrawal charges.

(1)

Payments of $7,346 will continue as lifetime payments

(2)

Payments of at least $11,024 will continue as lifetime payments

 

The hypothetical investment results are illustrative only and should not be deemed a representation of past or future investment results. Actual investment results may be more or less than those shown and will depend on a number of factors, including investment allocations made by the owner. The Protection With Investment Performance Account Value, Investment Performance Account Value, cash value and guaranteed benefits for a contract would be different from the ones shown if the actual gross rate of investment return averaged 0% or 6% over a period of years, but also fluctuated above or below the average for individual contract years. We can make no representation that these hypothetical investment results can be achieved for any one year or continued over any period of time. In fact, for any given period of time, the investment results could be negative.

 

128


Appendix: State contract availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits

 

 

 

The following information is a summary of the states where Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contracts or certain Series, features and/or benefits are either not available as of the date of this Prospectus or vary from the contract’s features and benefits as previously described in this Prospectus. Certain features and/or benefits may have been approved in your state after your contract was issued and cannot be added. Please contact your financial professional for more information about availability in your state.

 

States where certain Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contracts or Series, features and/or benefits are not available or vary:

 

State   Features and benefits   Availability or variation
Alabama   See “Your right to cancel within a certain number of days” in “Purchasing the Contract”   If you reside in the state of Alabama, you may cancel your variable annuity contract and return it to us within 15 days from the date you received it. Your refund will equal your account value under the contract on the day we receive notification to cancel the contract.
California   See “We require that the following types of communications be on specific forms we provide for that purpose (and submitted in the manner that the forms specify)” in ”The Company” and “Effect of an Excess withdrawals” in “Benefits available under the contract”   You are not required to use our forms when making a transaction request. If a written request contains all the information required to process the request, we will honor it. Although you are not required to use our withdrawal request form, if you do not specify whether we should process a withdrawal that results in an Excess withdrawal, and the transaction results in an Excess withdrawal, we will not process that request.
  See “Your right to cancel within a certain number of days” in “Purchasing the Contract”   If you reside in the state of California and you are age 60 or older at the time the contract is issued, you may return your Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contract within 30 days from the date that you receive it and receive a refund as described below. This is also referred to as the “free look” period.
    At the time of application, you will be asked to indicate whether you want the allocation instructions for your initial contribution to apply during the “free look” period or if instead you want your contribution to be placed entirely in the EQ/Money Market variable investment option until the conclusion of the “free look” period. If you allocate your entire initial contribution to the EQ/Money Market variable investment option (and/or guaranteed interest option, if available), the amount of your refund will be equal to your contribution, unless you make a transfer, in which case the amount of your refund will be equal to your Total account value on the date we receive your request to cancel at our processing office. This amount could be less than your initial contribution. If you allocate any portion of your initial contribution to the variable investment options (other than the EQ/Money Market variable investment option), your refund will be equal to your Total account value on the date we receive your request to cancel at our processing office.
        If you do not make a “free look” period election, your money will be placed in either a fixed account or the EQ/Money Market variable investment option for the duration of the “free look” period. Please note that allocation to the fixed account or the EQ/Money Market variable interest option for the “free look” period means that your Protected Benefit account, should you elect to fund it, can only be funded after this free look period ends, as opposed to on your contract issue date. Any Guaranteed benefits will not be effective until you fund your Protected Benefit account.

 

129


State   Features and benefits   Availability or variation

California

(continued)

    “Return of contribution” free look treatment available through certain selling broker-dealers
    Certain selling broker-dealers offer an allocation method designed to preserve your right to a return of your contributions during the free look period. At the time of application, you will instruct your financial professional as to how your initial contribution and any subsequent contributions should be treated for the purpose of maintaining your free look right under the contract. Please consult your financial professional to learn more about the availability of “return of contribution” free look treatment.
    If you choose “return of contribution” free look treatment of your contract, we will allocate your entire contribution and any subsequent contributions made during the 40-day period following the contract date, to the EQ/Money Market investment option. In the event you choose to exercise your free look right under the contract, you will receive a refund equal to your contributions.
   

If you choose the “return of contribution” free look treatment and your contract is still in effect on the 40th day (or next Business Day) following the contract date, we will automatically reallocate your account value to the investment options chosen on your application.

Any transfers made prior to the expiration of the 30-day free look will terminate your right to “return of contribution” treatment in the event you choose to exercise your free look right under the contract. Any transfer made prior to the 40th day following the contract date will cancel the automatic reallocation on the 40th day (or next business day) following the contract date described above. If you do not want the Company to perform this scheduled one-time re-allocation, you must call one of our customer service representatives at 1 (800) 789-7771 before the 40th day following the contract date to cancel.

If you choose the “return of contribution” free look treatment, you may not elect a Special dollar cost averaging program either at issue or any time in the first 40 days after issue.

  See “Disability, terminal illness, or confinement to a nursing home” under “Withdrawal charge” in “Charges and expenses”  

The withdrawal charge waivers for items (i), (ii) and (iii) under “Disability, terminal illness, or confinement to nursing home.” do not apply and are replaced with the following:

(i) We receive proof satisfactory to us (including certification by a licensed physician) that an owner (or older joint owner, if applicable) suffers from impairment of cognitive ability, meaning a deterioration or loss of intellectual capacity due to mental illness or disease, including Alzheimer’s disease or related illnesses, that requires continual supervision to protect oneself or others.

       

(ii)   We receive proof satisfactory to us (including certification by a licensed physician) that an owner’s (or older joint owner’s, if applicable) life expectancy is 12 months or less.

(iii)  An owner (or older joint owner, if applicable) has been confined to a nursing home as verified by a licensed physician. The definition of a nursing home for this purpose is as follows: the owner (or older joint owner, if applicable) is receiving, as prescribed by a physician, registered nurse, or licensed social worker, home care or community-based services (including adult day care, personal care, homemaker services, hospice services or respite care) or, is confined in a skilled nursing facility, convalescent nursing home, or extended care facility, which shall not be defined more restrictively than as in the Medicare program, or is confined in a residential care facility or residential care facility for the elderly, as defined in the Health and Safety Code. Out-of-state providers of services shall be defined as comparable in licensure and staffing requirements to California providers.

 

130


State   Features and benefits   Availability or variation

California

(continued)

  See “Transfers of ownership, collateral assignments, loans and borrowing” in “More Information”   Guaranteed benefits do not terminate upon a change of owner or absolute assignment of the contract. Guaranteed benefits will continue to be based on the original measuring life (i.e., owner, older joint owner, annuitant, older joint annuitant).
Colorado   See “Your right to cancel within a certain number of days” in “Purchasing the Contract”   If you reside in the state of Colorado, you may cancel your variable annuity contract and return it to us within 15 days from the date you received it. Your refund will equal your account value under the contract on the day we receive notification to cancel the contract.
Connecticut   See “Charge for each additional transfer in excess of 12 transfers per contract year” in “Fee table” and “Transfer charge” in “Charges and expenses”   The charge for transfers does not apply.
  See “Credit recovery” under “Credits and Earnings bonus (For Series CP® contracts only)” in “Purchasing the Contract” and “Your annuity payout options” in “Accessing your money”  

The second and third bullets under “Credit recovery” do not apply and are replaced by the following:

•   If you start receiving annuity payments within three years of making any contribution, we will not recover the credit that applies to any contribution made within the prior three years. As a result, we will apply the contract’s cash value, not the account value, to the life contingent annuity payout regardless of how many years have elapsed since last contribution.

•   Credits applied to contributions made within one year of death of the owner (or older joint owner, if applicable) will not be recovered. However, any applicable contract withdrawal charges will continue to apply to those contributions. The 10% free withdrawal amount does not apply when calculating the withdrawal charges applicable to the payment of a death benefit.

 
  See “GMIB “no-lapse guarantee”” under “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” in “Benefits available under the contract”   The no-lapse guarantee will not terminate if your aggregate withdrawals from your Protected Benefit account in any contract year following the contract year in which you first fund your Protected Benefit Account exceed your Annual Withdrawal Amount unless the excess withdrawal drives your account value to zero.
  See “Disruptive transfer activity” in “Transferring your money among investment options”   The ability to restrict transfers due to market timing can only be determined by the underlying fund managers. The Company’s right to restrict transfers due to market timing does not apply.
  See “Transfer Charge” in “Charges and Expenses”  

The charge for excessive transfers does not apply.

The ability to reserve the right to impose a limit on the number of free transfers does not apply.

    See “Withdrawal charge” in “Charges and expenses”  

No withdrawal charge will apply to any contribution received more than 12 months prior to the date of death in the event the owner dies and the death benefit is payable.

For Series CP® contracts:

Since credits applied to contributions cannot be recovered, withdrawal charges apply to amounts associated with a credit.

 

131


State   Features and benefits   Availability or variation

Connecticut

(continued)

  See “Disability, terminal illness, or confinement to a nursing home” under “Withdrawal charge” in “Charges and expenses”   The withdrawal charge waiver under item (i) does not apply.
  See “Special service charges” in “Charges and Expenses”  

The charge for third-party transfers or exchanges does not apply.

The maximum charge for check preparation is $9 per occurrence.

  See “Misstatement of age” in “More information”   We will not deduct interest for any overpayments made by us due to a misstatement of age or sex. Any overpayments will be deducted from future payments.
    See “Transfers of ownership, collateral assignments, loans and borrowing” in “More information”  

Benefits terminate upon any change of owner who is the measuring life, unless the change of ownership is due to a divorce where the spouse is awarded 100% of the account value and chooses to continue the contract in his or her name and meets the age requirements of the applicable benefit on the date the change in ownership occurs.

Benefits do not terminate upon assignment.

Your contract cannot be assigned to an institutional investor or settlement company, either directly or indirectly, nor may the ownership be changed to an institutional investor or settlement company.

Florida   See “How you can purchase and contribute to your contract” in “Purchasing the Contract”   In the second paragraph of this section, item (ii) regarding the $2,500,000 limitation on contributions is deleted. The remainder of this section is unchanged.
  See “How you can purchase and contribute to your contract” in “Purchasing the Contract”   We may not discontinue the acceptance of contributions.
  See “Credits and Earnings Bonus (for Series CP® contracts)” in “Purchasing the Contract”   If you elect to receive annuity payments within five years of the contract date, we will recover the credit that applies to any contribution made in those five years. If you elect to receive annuity payments after five years from the contract date and within three years of making any contribution, we will recover the credit that applies to any contribution made within the prior three years.
  See “When to expect payments” in “Accessing your money”   For any payment we defer for more than 30 days, we will pay interest to that payment based on an annual interest rate that is equal to, or greater than, the Moody’s Corporate Bond Yield Average Monthly Corporate Rate.
  See “Selecting an annuity payout option” under “Your annuity payout options” in “Accessing your money”  

The following sentence replaces the first sentence of the second paragraph in this section:

You can choose the date annuity payments begin but it may not be earlier than twelve months from the Retirement Cornerstone Series® contract date.

  See “Annuity maturity date” under “Your annuity payout options” in “Accessing your money”   Requests to start receiving annuity payments before the maturity date must be made in writing at least 30 days prior to the date annuity payments are to begin.
    See “Special service charges” in “Charges and expenses”   The charge for third-party transfer or exchange applies to any transfer or exchange of your contract, even if it is to another contract issued by the Company. We will not impose a charge for third-party transfers or exchanges if the contract owner is age 65 or older at issue.

 

132


State   Features and benefits   Availability or variation

Florida

(continued)

    You can choose the date annuity payments begin but it may not be earlier than twelve months from the Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contract date.
  See “Your right to cancel within a certain number of days” in “Purchasing the Contract”   If you reside in the state of Florida, you may cancel your variable annuity contract and return it to us within 21 days from the date that you receive it. You will receive an unconditional refund equal to the greater of the cash surrender value provided in the annuity contract, plus any fees or charges deducted from the contributions or imposed under the contract, or a refund of all contributions paid.
  See “Transferring your account value” in “Transferring your money among investment options”   We may not require a minimum time period between transfers or establish a daily maximum transfer limit.
  See “Check preparation charge” under “Special service charges” in “Charges and expenses”   The maximum charge for check preparation is $25.
  See “Withdrawal charge” under “Charges that the Company deducts” in “Charges and expenses”   If you are age 65 and older at the time your contract is issued, the applicable withdrawal charge will not exceed 10% of the amount withdrawn.
  See “Misstatement of age” in “More information”   After the second contract date anniversary, Guaranteed benefits may not be terminated for misstatement of age.
    See “Transfers of ownership, collateral assignments, loans and borrowing” in “More information”   Your Guaranteed benefits will terminate with all transfers of ownership, even with a change of owner from a trust to an individual, unless the change of ownership is due to a divorce where the spouse is awarded 100% of the Total account value, chooses to continue the contract in his or her name and meets the age requirements of the applicable rider on the date the change in ownership occurs.
Iowa   See “Your right to cancel within a certain number of days” in “Purchasing the Contract”   If you reside in the state of Iowa, you may cancel your variable annuity contract and return it to us within 15 days from the date you received it. Your refund will equal your account value under the contract on the day we receive notification to cancel the contract.
New York   See RMD Wealth Guard death benefit in “Definitions of key terms”, in “Guaranteed minimum death benefits” and throughout this Prospectus.   The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit is not available. The only Guaranteed minimum death benefits that are available are the Return of Principal death benefit and the Highest Anniversary Value death benefit. Both of these death benefits are available in combination with the Guaranteed minimum income benefit. They are also available without the Guaranteed minimum income benefit.
  See “Guaranteed interest option” under “What are your investment options under the contract?” in “Purchasing the Contract”  

For Series CP® contracts only:

The Guaranteed interest option is not available.

    See “Dollar cost averaging” in “Benefits available under the contract”  

For Series CP® contracts only:

Investment Simplifier is not available.

 

133


State   Features and benefits   Availability or variation

New York

(continued)

  See “Credits and Earning bonus” in “Purchasing the Contract”   For Series CP® contracts only:
    If the owner (or older joint owner, if applicable) dies during the one-year period following our receipt of a contribution to which a credit was applied, we will recover all or a portion of the amount of such credit from the account value, based on the number of full months that elapse between the time we receive the contribution and the owner’s (or older joint owner’s, if applicable) death, as follows:
   

Number of
Months

 

Percentage of
Credit

    0   100%
    1   100%
    2   99%
    3   98%
    4   97%
    5   96%
    6   95%
    7   94%
    8   93%
    9   92%
    10   91%
    11   90%
    12   89%
    We will not recover the credit on subsequent contributions made within 3 years prior to annuitization.
  See “Rate lock-in period” under “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” in “Benefits available under the contract”   The Roll-up rate lock-in period is 90 days, beginning on the date you signed the client replacement information authorization form.
  See “Withdrawals treated as surrenders” in “Accessing your money”   We do not have the right to terminate the contract if no contributions are made during the last three contract years and the cash value is less than $500.
  See “Your annuity payout options” in “Accessing your money”   Your choice of annuity payout options includes a straight life fixed income annuity.
  See “The amount applied to purchase an annuity payout option” in “Accessing your money”   If a non-life contingent form of annuity is elected, the amount applied to an annuity benefit is the greater of the cash value or 95% of what the cash value would be if there were no withdrawal charge applied; however, the income provided will never be less than that resulting from the Total account value applied to the Table of Guaranteed Annuity Payments.
  See “Selecting an annuity payout option” under “Your annuity payout option” in “Accessing your money”  

For Series CP® contracts only:

The earliest date annuity payments may begin is 13 months from the issue date.

    See “Charges and expenses”  

Deductions for charges from the guaranteed interest option and the Special DCA account are not permitted.

The charge for third-party transfer or exchange does not apply.

The check preparation charge does not apply.

 

134


State   Features and benefits   Availability or variation     

New York

(continued)

  See “Disability, terminal illness, or confinement to a nursing home”   Item (i) is deleted and replaced with the following: An owner (or older joint owner, if applicable) has qualified to receive Social Security disability benefits as certified by the Social Security Administration or meets the definition of a total disability as specified in the contract. To qualify, a re-certification statement from a physician will be required every 12 months from the date disability is determined.
    See “Transfers of ownership, collateral assignments, loans and borrowing” in “More information”   Collateral assignments are not limited to the period prior to the first contract date anniversary. You may assign all or a portion of your NQ contract at any time, pursuant to the terms described in this Prospectus.
North Dakota   See “Your right to cancel within a certain number of days” in “Purchasing the Contract”   If you reside in the state of North Dakota at the time the contract is issued, you may return your Retirement Cornerstone® 19 contract within 20 days from the date that you receive it and receive a full refund of your contributions or cash value, whichever is greater.
    See “Your beneficiary and payment of benefit” in “Payment of death benefits”   Amounts allocated to the Guaranteed interest option will continue to earn interest until the applicable death benefit is paid. This means that your death benefit (other than the applicable guaranteed minimum death benefit) will be increased by the amount of interest credited to any assets in the Guaranteed interest option up until the date on which we pay the death benefit.
Puerto Rico   IRA and Roth IRA   Available for direct rollovers from U.S. source 401(a) plans and direct transfers from the same type of U.S. source IRAs.
  SEP IRA contracts and QP (Defined Benefit) contracts   Not Available
  See “Purchase considerations for a charitable remainder trust” under “Owner and annuitant requirements” in “Purchasing the Contract”   We do not offer contracts to charitable remainder trusts in Puerto Rico.
  See “How you can make contributions” in “Purchasing the Contract”   Specific requirements for purchasing QP contracts in Puerto Rico are outlined in “Purchase considerations for QP (Defined Contribution) contracts in Puerto Rico”.
  See “Guaranteed minimum income benefit” in “Benefits available under the contract”   Restrictions for the GMIB on a Puerto Rico QPDC contract are described, under “Purchase considerations for QP (Defined Contribution) contracts in Puerto Rico”, and in your contract.
  See “Transfers of ownership, collateral assignments, loans and borrowing” in “More information”   Transfers of ownership of QP contracts are governed by Puerto Rico law. Please consult your tax, legal or plan advisor if you intend to transfer ownership of your contract.
    “Purchase considerations for QP (Defined Contribution) contracts in Puerto Rico” — this section replaces Appendix “Purchase considerations for QP contracts” in this Prospectus.  

Purchase considerations for QP (Defined Contribution) contracts in Puerto Rico:

Trustees who are considering the purchase of a Retirement Cornerstone® 19 QP contract in Puerto Rico should discuss with their tax, legal and plan advisors whether this is an appropriate investment vehicle for the employer’s plan. Trustees should consider whether the plan provisions permit the investment of plan assets in the QP contract, the Guaranteed minimum income benefit, and the payment of death benefits in accordance with the requirements of Puerto Rico income tax rules. The QP contract and this Prospectus should be reviewed in full, and the following factors, among others, should be noted.

 

135


State   Features and benefits   Availability or variation     

Puerto Rico

(continued)

    Limits on Contract Ownership
   

•   The QP contract is offered only as a funding vehicle to qualified plan trusts of single participant defined contribution plans that are tax-qualified under Puerto Rico law, not United States law. The contract is not available to US qualified plans or to defined benefit plans qualifying under Puerto Rico law.

   

•   The QP contract owner is the qualified plan trust. The annuitant under the contract is the self-employed Puerto Rico resident, who is the sole plan participant.

   

•   This product should not be purchased if the self-employed individual anticipates having additional employees become eligible for the plan. We will not allow additional contracts to be issued for participants other than the original business owner.

   

•   If the business that sponsors the plan adds another employee who becomes eligible for the plan, no further contributions may be made to the contract. If the employer moves the funds to another funding vehicle that can accommodate more than one employee, this move could result in withdrawal charges, if applicable, and the loss of guaranteed benefits in the contract.

    Limits on Contributions:
   

•   All contributions must be direct transfers from other investments within an existing qualified plan trust.

   

•   Employer payroll contributions are not accepted.

   

•   Only one additional transfer contribution may be made per contract year.

   

•   Checks written on accounts held in the name of the employer instead of the plan or the trustee will not be accepted.

   

•   As mentioned above, if a new employee becomes eligible for the plan, the trustee will not be permitted to make any further contributions to the contract established for the original business owner.

    Limits on Payments:
   

•   Loans are not available under the contract.

   

•   All payments are made to the plan trust as owner, even though the plan participant/annuitant is the ultimate recipient of the benefit payment.

   

•   The Company does no tax reporting or withholding of any kind. The plan administrator or trustee will be solely responsible for performing or providing for all such services.

   

•   The Company does not offer contracts that qualify as IRAs under Puerto Rico law. The plan trust will exercise the GMIB and must continue to hold the supplementary contract for the duration of the GMIB payments. The contract cannot be converted to an IRA.

    Plan Termination:
       

•   If the plan participant terminates the business, and as a result wishes to terminate the plan, the trust would have to be kept in existence to receive payments. This could create expenses for the plan.

 

136


State   Features and benefits   Availability or variation     

Puerto Rico

(continued)

   

•   If the plan participant terminates the plan and the trust is dissolved, or if the plan trustee (which may or may not be the same as the plan participant) is unwilling to accept payment to the plan trust for any reason, the Company would have to change the contract from a Puerto Rico QP to NQ in order to make payments to the individual as the new owner. Depending on when this occurs, it could be a taxable distribution from the plan, with a potential tax of the entire account value of the contract. Puerto Rico income tax withholding and reporting by the plan trustee could apply to the distribution transaction.

   

•   If the plan trust is receiving GMIB payments and the trust is subsequently terminated, transforming the contract into an individually owned NQ contract, the trustee would be responsible for the applicable Puerto Rico income tax withholding and reporting on the present value of the remaining annuity payment stream.

   

•   The Company is a U.S. insurance company, therefore distributions under the NQ contract could be subject to United States taxation and withholding on a “taxable amount not determined” basis.

        We require owners or beneficiaries of annuity contracts in Puerto Rico which are not individuals to document their status to avoid 30% FATCA withholding from U.S.-source income.

 

137


Appendix: Examples of how withdrawals affect your Guaranteed benefit bases

 

 

Examples for GMIB

 

Example #1

 

As described below, this example assumes that Protected Benefit account value is less than the GMIB benefit base at the time of the first withdrawal. Assuming $100,000 is invested in the Protected Benefit variable investment options, with no additional contributions, no transfers, and Initial Roll-up rates of 5.0% the GMIB benefit base and the Guaranteed minimum death benefit base for an owner age 60 would be calculated as follows:

 

             
                             

  

   

Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit

 
End of
Contract
Year
   Assumed
Net
Return
     Protected
Benefit
account
value
    Withdrawal     Roll-up
Rate
    GMIB
benefit
base
    Return of
Principal
benefit
base
    Highest
Anniversary
Value
benefit
base
 
0             $ 100,000                     $ 100,000 (3)    $ 100,000 (1)    $ 100,000 (2) 
1      3.0%      $ 103,000     $         0       5.0%     $ 105,000 (3)    $ 100,000 (1)    $ 103,000 (2) 
2      4.0%      $ 107,120     $         0       5.0%     $ 110,250 (3)    $ 100,000 (1)    $ 107,120 (2) 
3      6.0%      $ 113,547     $         0       5.0%     $ 115,763 (3)    $ 100,000 (1)    $ 113,547 (2) 
4      6.0%      $ 120,360     $         0       5.0%     $ 121,551 (3)    $ 100,000 (1)    $ 120,360 (2) 
5      7.0%      $ 128,785     $         0       5.0%     $ 128,785 (3)    $ 100,000 (1)    $ 128,785 (2) 

 

Contract Years 1-5:

 

At the end of contract years 1-5, the Guaranteed benefit bases are as follows:

 

(1)

The Return of Principal benefit base is equal to the initial contribution to the Protected Benefit variable investment options, or $100,000.

 

(2)

The Highest Anniversary Value benefit base is equal to the greater of the Protected Benefit account value and the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 3, the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base is $113,547. This is because the Protected Benefit account value ($113,547) is greater than the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary.

 

(3)

The GMIB benefit base (the “Roll-up benefit base”) is equal to the Roll-up benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary plus the Deferral Roll-up amount (the Roll-up benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary multiplied by the assumed Deferral Roll-up rate). Unless you decline or elect a different annual reset option, you will be enrolled in the automatic annual reset program and your Roll-up benefit base will automatically “reset” to equal the Protected Benefit account, if higher than the prior Roll-up benefit base, every contract year from your contract issue date, up to the contract anniversary following your 95th birthday. Beginning in the contract year in which you fund your Protected Benefit account, if your Lifetime GMIB payments have not begun, you can withdraw up to your Annual withdrawal amount without reducing your Roll-up benefit base. However, those same withdrawals will reduce the Annual Roll-up amount that would otherwise be applied to the Roll-up benefit base at the end of the contract year. Remember that the Roll-up amount under your contract does not become part of your Roll-up benefit base until the end of the contract year except in the year in which you die.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 2, the Roll-up benefit base is equal to $110,250. This is calculated by taking the Roll-up benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary $105,000, and multiplying it by Roll-up rate of 5%. ($105,000 x 1.05 = $110,250).

 

138


For both Alternatives below, the Annual withdrawal amount in contract year 6 equals $6,439 [5% (Roll-up rate) x $128,785 (the GMIB benefit base)].

 

                                            

Guaranteed
Minimum
Death Benefit

 
End of
Contract
Year
   Assumed
Net
Return
     Protected
Benefit
account
value
     Withdrawal      Roll-up
Rate
     GMIB
benefit
base
    Return of
Principal
benefit
base
    Highest
Anniversary
Value
benefit
base
 

Alternative #1: Owner withdraws the Annual withdrawal amount, which equals $6,439

 

  Year 6      (5.0)%      $ 122,346      $ 6,439        5.0%      $ 128,785 (6)    $ 94,740 (4)    $ 122,346 (5) 

Year 7 Annual Withdrawal Amount:             $6,439(7)

 

   

Alternative #2: Owner withdraws $7,000, which is in excess of the Annual withdrawal amount

 

  Year 6      (5.0)%      $ 122,346      $ 7,000        5.0%      $ 128,195 (10)    $ 94,279 (8)    $ 121,786 (9) 

Year 7 Annual Withdrawal Amount:             $6,410(11)

 

 

Alternative #1: Contract Year 6 (Owner withdraws Annual withdrawal amount)

 

The pro-rata calculation for the Return of Principal benefit base is as follows: Since the withdrawal amount of $6,439 equals 5.26% of the Protected Benefit account value ($6,439 divided by $122,346 = 5.26%), each benefit base would be reduced by 5.26%.

 

At the end of contract year 6, the Guaranteed benefit bases are as follows:

 

(4)

The Return of Principal benefit base is reduced pro-rata, as follows: $100,000 (Return of Principal benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary) $5,260 (5.26% x $100,000) = $94,740.

 

(5)

The Highest Anniversary Value benefit base is reduced dollar-for-dollar, as follows: $128,785 (Highest Anniversary Value benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary) $6,439 = $122,346.

 

(6)

The GMIB benefit base is equal to $128,785, (the Roll-up benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary). Since the full Annual withdrawal amount was taken, the Roll-up benefit base neither decreases nor increases;

 

(7)

As a result of the withdrawal in contract year 6, the Annual withdrawal amount in contract year 7 is $6,439 [5% (Roll-up rate) x $128,785 (the Roll-up benefit bases as of the sixth contract anniversary)].

 

Alternative #2: Contract Year 6 (Owner takes an “Excess withdrawal”)

 

The pro-rata calculation for the reduction in the Return of Principal benefit base is as follows: Since the withdrawal amount of $7,000 equals 5.721% of the Protected Benefit account value ($7,000 divided by $122,346 = 5.721%), each benefit base would be reduced by 5.721%.

 

The pro-rata calculation for the reduction in the Roll-up benefit bases is as follows: $7,000 (the amount of the withdrawal, including any applicable withdrawal charge) $6,439 (the Annual withdrawal amount) = $561 (the “Excess withdrawal” amount). Since the amount of the Excess withdrawal equals 0.458% of the Protected Benefit account value ($561 divided by $122,346 = 0.458%), the Roll-up benefit bases would be reduced by 0.458%.

 

Please note that the Excess withdrawal in this example does not represent a RMD payment made through our automatic RMD service. For more information on RMD payments through our automatic RMD service, please see “Lifetime required minimum distribution withdrawals” in “Accessing your money”.

 

At the end of contract year 6, the Guaranteed benefit bases are as follows:

 

(8)

The Return of Principal benefit base is reduced pro-rata, as follows: $100,000 (Return of Principal benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary) $5,721 (5.721% x $100,000) = $94,279.

 

(9)

The Highest Anniversary Value benefit base is reduced dollar-for-dollar and pro-rata, as follows: $128,785 (Highest Anniversary Value benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary) $6,439 (Annual Withdrawal Amount) $560 [($128,785 – $6,439) x 0.458%] = $121,786.

 

(10)

The GMIB benefit base is reduced pro-rata, as follows: $128,785 (the Roll-up benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary) $590 (0.458% x $128,785) = $128,195.

 

(11)

As a result of the Excess withdrawal in contract year 6, the Annual withdrawal amount in contract year 7 is $6,410 [5% (Roll-up rate) x $128,195 (the Roll-up benefit bases as of the sixth contract anniversary)].

 

139


Example #2

 

As described below, this example assumes that Protected Benefit account value is greater than the GMIB benefit base at the time of the first withdrawal. Assuming $100,000 is invested in the Protected Benefit variable investment options, with no additional contributions, no transfers, and Initial Roll-up rates of 5.0% the GMIB benefit base and the Guaranteed minimum death benefit base for an owner age 60 would be calculated as follows:

 

             
                                 

Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit

 
End of
Contract
Year
  Assumed
Net
Return
    Protected
Benefit
account
value
    Withdrawal     Roll-up
Rate
    GMIB
benefit
base
    Return of
Principal
benefit
base
    Highest
Anniversary
Value
benefit base
 
0           $ 100,000                     $ 100,000 (3)    $ 100,000 (1)    $ 100,000 (2) 
1     3.0%     $ 103,000     $         0       5.0%     $ 105,000 (3)    $ 100,000 (1)    $ 103,000 (2) 
2     4.0%     $ 107,120     $         0       5.0%     $ 110,250 (3)    $ 100,000 (1)    $ 107,120 (2) 
3     6.0%     $ 113,547     $         0       5.0%     $ 115,763 (3)    $ 100,000 (1)    $ 113,547 (2) 
4     6.0%     $ 120,360     $         0       5.0%     $ 121,551 (3)    $ 100,000 (1)    $ 120,360 (2) 
5     7.0%     $ 128,785     $         0       5.0%     $ 128,785 (3)    $ 100,000 (1)    $ 128,785 (2) 

 

Contract Years 1-5:

 

At the end of contract years 1-5, the Guaranteed benefit bases are as follows:

 

(1)

The Return of Principal benefit base is equal to the initial contribution to the Protected Benefit variable investment options, or $100,000.

 

(2)

The Highest Anniversary Value benefit base is equal to the greater of the Protected Benefit account value and the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 3, the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base is $113,547. This is because the Protected Benefit account value ($113,547) is greater than the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary ($107,120).

 

(3)

The GMIB benefit base (the “Roll-up benefit base”) is equal to the Roll-up benefit bases as of the last contract date anniversary plus the Deferral Roll-up amount (the Roll-up benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary multiplied by Roll-up rate). Unless you decline or elect a different annual reset option, you will be enrolled in the automatic annual reset program and your Roll-up benefit base will automatically “reset” to equal the Protected Benefit account, if higher than the prior Roll-up benefit bases, every contract year from your contract issue date, up to the contract date anniversary following your 95th birthday. Beginning in the contract year in which you fund your Protected Benefit account, if your Lifetime GMIB payments have not begun, you can withdraw up to your Annual withdrawal amount without reducing your Roll-up benefit base. However, those same withdrawals will reduce the Annual Roll-up amount that would otherwise be applied to the Roll-up benefit base at the end of the contract year. Remember that the Roll-up amount under your contract does not become part of your Roll-up benefit base until the end of the contract year except in the year in which you die.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 2, the Roll-up benefit base is equal to $110,250. This is calculated by taking the Roll-up benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary $105,000, and multiplying it by Roll-up rate of 5%. ($105,000 x 1.05 = $110,250).

 

140


For both Alternatives below, the Annual withdrawal amount in contract year 6 equals $6,439 [5% (Roll-up rate) x $128,785 (the GMIB benefit base)].

 

             
                                 

Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit

 
End of
Contract
Year
  Assumed
Net
Return
    Protected
Benefit
account
value
    Withdrawal     Roll-up
Rate
    GMIB
benefit
base
    Return of
Principal
benefit
base
    Highest
Anniversary
Value
benefit
base
 

Alternative #1: Owner withdraws the Annual withdrawal amount, which equals $6,439

 

  Year 6     5.0%     $ 135,224     $ 6,439       5.0%     $ 128,785 (6)    $ 95,240 (4)    $ 128,785 (5) 

Year 7 Annual Withdrawal Amount:      $6,439(7)

 

Alternative #2: Owner withdraws $7,000, which is in excess of the Annual withdrawal amount

 

  Year 6     5.0%     $ 135,224     $ 7,000       5.0%     $ 128,251 (10)    $ 94,823 (8)    $ 128,224 (9) 

Year 7 Annual Withdrawal Amount:      $6,413(11)

 

 

Alternative #1: Contract Year 6 (Owner withdraws Annual withdrawal amount)

 

The pro-rata calculation for the Return of Principal benefit base is as follows: Since the withdrawal amount of $6,439 equals 4.76% of the Protected Benefit account value ($6,439 divided by $135,224 = 4.76%), each benefit base would be reduced by 4.76%.

 

At the end of contract year 6, the Guaranteed benefit bases are as follows:

 

(4)

The Return of Principal benefit base is reduced pro-rata, as follows: $100,000 (benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary) $4,760 (4.76% x $100,000) = $95,240.

 

(5)

The Highest Anniversary Value benefit base is reduced dollar-for-dollar as follows: $128,785 (Highest Anniversary Value benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary) – $6,439 = $128,785.

 

(6)

The GMIB benefit base is equal to $128,785, (the Roll-up benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary). Since the full Annual withdrawal amount was taken, the Roll-up benefit base neither decreases nor increases.

 

(7)

As a result of the withdrawal in contract year 6, the Annual withdrawal amount in contract year 7 is $6,439 [5% (Roll-up rate) x $128,785 (the Roll-up benefit bases as of the sixth contract anniversary)].

 

Alternative #2: Contract Year 6 (Owner takes an “Excess withdrawal”)

 

The pro-rata calculation for the reduction in the Return of Principal benefit base is as follows: Since the withdrawal amount of $7,000 equals 5.177% of the Protected Benefit account value ($7,000 divided by $135,224 = 5.177%), each benefit base would be reduced by 5.177%.

 

The pro-rata calculation for the reduction in the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base and the Roll-up benefit bases is as follows: $7,000 (the amount of the withdrawal, including any applicable withdrawal charge) $6,439 (the Annual withdrawal amount) = $561 (the “Excess withdrawal” amount). Since the amount of the Excess withdrawal equals 0.415% of the Protected Benefit account value ($561 divided by $135,224 = 0.415%), the Highest Anniversary Value benefit base and the Roll-up benefit bases would be reduced by 0.415%.

 

Please note that the Excess withdrawal in this example does not represent a RMD payment made through our automatic RMD service. For more information on RMD payments through our automatic RMD service, please see “Lifetime required minimum distribution withdrawals” in “Accessing your money”.

 

At the end of contract year 6, the Guaranteed benefit bases are as follows:

 

(8)

The Return of Principal benefit base is reduced pro-rata, as follows: $100,000 (Return of Principal benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary) $5,177 (5.177% x $100,000) = $94,823.

 

(9)

The Highest Anniversary Value benefit base is reduced dollar-for dollar and pro-rata, as follows: $128,785 (Highest Anniversary Value benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary) $6,439 (Annual Withdrawal Amount) $508 [($128,785 $6,439) x 0.415%] = $128,785.

 

(10)

The GMIB benefit base is reduced pro-rata, as follows: $128,785 (the Roll-up benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary) $534 (0.415% x $128,785) = $128,251.

 

(11)

As a result of the Excess withdrawal in contract year 6, the Annual withdrawal amount in contract year 7 is $6,413 [5% (Roll-up rate) x $128,251 (the Roll-up benefit bases as of the sixth contract anniversary)].

 

141


Example for RMD Wealth Guard death benefit

 

Example #3

 

Assuming $100,000 is invested in the Protected Benefit variable investment options, with no additional contributions, and no transfers, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base for an owner age 65 would be calculated as follows:

 

             
End of
Contract
Year
     Age        Assumed
Net
Return
       Protected
Benefit
account value
before withdrawal
       Withdrawal        Protected
Benefit
account value
after withdrawal
       RMD Wealth
Guard death
benefit base
 
0        65                   $ 100,000                   $ 100,000        $ 100,000 (1) 
1        66          3.0%        $ 103,000        $ 0        $ 103,000        $ 103,000 (1) 
2        67          4.0%        $ 107,120        $ 0        $ 107,120        $ 107,120 (1) 
3        68          (1.0)%        $ 106,049        $ 5,000        $ 101,049        $ 102,069 (1)(2) 
4        69          3.0%        $ 104,080        $ 0        $ 104,080        $ 104,080 (1) 
5        70          4.0%        $ 108,243        $ 0        $ 108,243        $ 108,243 (1) 

Alternative #1: Contract Year 6 (Owner withdraws RMD withdrawal amount)

 

6        71          5.0%        $ 113,656        $ 4,293        $ 109,363        $ 109,363 (3) 
7        72          3.0%        $ 112,644        $ 0        $ 112,644        $ 109,363 (4) 

Alternative #2: Contract Year 6 (Owner takes a withdrawal in excess of RMD withdrawal limit)

 

6        71          5.0%        $ 113,656        $ 6,000        $ 107,656        $ 107,656 (5) 
7        72          3.0%        $ 110,885        $ 0        $ 110,885        $ 107,656 (6) 

 

Contract Years 1–5:

 

At the end of contract years 1-5, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is as follows:

 

(1)

The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is equal to the greater of the Protected Benefit account value and the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 2, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is $107,120. This is because the Protected Benefit account value ($107,120) is greater than the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary ($103,000).

 

(2)

The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base would be reduced by a withdrawal on a pro rata basis because the contract owner has not yet reached the calendar year in which he or she will turn age 70½ and is not yet eligible for RMDs; accordingly, all withdrawals made prior to the calendar year in which the contract owner turns age 70½ are treated as Excess RMD withdrawals and reduce the benefit base on a pro rata basis.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 3, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is $102,069. Since the withdrawal amount of $5,000 equals 4.715% of the Protected Benefit account value before the withdrawal ($5,000 divided by $106,049 = 4.715%), the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base would be reduced by $5,051 (4.715% of $107,120) to be $102,069 (= $107,120 – $5,051). The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is greater than the Protected Benefit account value.

 

Alternative #1: Contract Year 6 (Owner withdraws RMD withdrawal amount)

 

(3)

The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base would not be reduced by a RMD withdrawal because it is not an Excess RMD withdrawal.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 6, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is $109,363. This is because the Protected Benefit account value ($109,363) is greater than the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary ($108,243). The RMD withdrawal ($4,293) that the owner withdraws does not reduce the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base ($108,243).

 

142


(4)

After the contract anniversary date following the first RMD withdrawal, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base stops resetting.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 7, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is $109,363. This is the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary ($109,363).

 

Alternative #2: Contract Year 6 (Owner takes a withdrawal in excess of RMD withdrawal limit)

 

(5)

The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base would be reduced by the portion of the withdrawal amount in excess of RMD withdrawal limit on a pro rata basis.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 6, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is $107,656. The withdrawal amount of $6,000 exceeds the RMD withdrawal limit ($4,293) by $1,707. The portion of the withdrawal amount in excess of RMD withdrawal limit ($1,707) equals 1.502% of the Protected Benefit account value ($1,707 divided by $113,656 = 1.502%) and RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base would be reduced by $1,626 (1.502% of $108,243) to be $106,618 (= $108,243 – $1,626). The RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base resets to the Protected Benefit account value ($107,656).

 

(6)

After a withdrawal is taken in the calendar year in which the age turns 70½ or later year, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base stops resetting.

 

For example:

 

    At the end of contract year 7, the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base is $107,656. This is the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit base as of the last contract date anniversary ($107,656).

 

143


Appendix: Rules regarding contributions to your contract

 

 

 

The following tables describes the contribution rules for all contract Series and types. For jointly-owned contracts, the maximum contribution ages specified in this appendix refer to the age of the older joint owner.

 

   
Contract Type   NQ
Issue Ages  

•   0-85 (For Series B)

 

•   0-70 (For Series CP®)

Minimum initial contribution amount  

•   $5,000 (For Series B)

 

•   $10,000 (For Series CP®)

Minimum subsequent contribution amount
(if permitted)
 

For all Series:

 

•   $500

 

•   $100 monthly under the automatic investment program

 

•   $300 quarterly under the automatic investment program

Source of contributions  

For all Series:

 

•   After-tax money.

 

•   Paid to us by check or transfer of contract value in a tax-deferred exchange under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Additional limitations on contributions to the contract(1)  

For Series B:

 

•   If you elect the GMIB or GMIB with an applicable death benefit, you can only begin funding these benefits at the Funding Age. For joint owners, both owners must be at least the Funding Age in order to begin funding these benefits.

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account through age 80, or if later, until the first contract date anniversary. Once you make a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Investment account through age 85 or the first contract date anniversary.

 

For Series CP®:

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Investment account and your Protected Benefit account through age 70 or, if later, until the first contract date anniversary. Once you make a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

(1)

In addition to the limitations described here, we also reserve the right to refuse to accept any contribution under the contract at any time or change our contribution limits and requirements. We further reserve the right to discontinue the acceptance of, or place additional limitations on, contributions to the contract or contributions and/or transfers into your Protected Benefit account at any time.

 

144


   
Contract Type   Traditional IRA
Issue Ages  

•   20-85 (For Series B)

 

•  20-70 (For Series CP®)

Minimum initial contribution amount  

•   $5,000 (For Series B)

 

•   $10,000 (For Series CP®)

Minimum subsequent contribution amount
(if permitted)
 

For all Series:

 

•   $50

 

•  $100 monthly under the automatic investment program

 

•  $300 quarterly under the automatic investment program

Source of contributions  

For all Series:

 

•   Eligible rollover distributions from 403(b) plans, qualified plans and governmental employer 457(b) plans.

 

•   Rollovers from another traditional individual retirement arrangement.

 

•   Direct custodian-to-custodian transfers from another traditional individual retirement arrangement.

 

•   Regular IRA contributions.

 

•   Additional catch-up contributions.

Additional limitations on contributions to the contract(1)  

For Series B:

 

•   If you elect the GMIB or GMIB with an applicable death benefit, you can only begin funding these benefits at the Funding Age. For joint owners, both owners must be at least the Funding Age in order to begin funding these benefits.

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account through age 80, or if later, until the first contract date anniversary. Once you make a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Investment account through age 85 or, if later, until the first contract date anniversary.

 

For Series CP®:

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Investment account and your Protected Benefit account through age 70 or, if later, until the first contract date anniversary. Once you make a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

 

For all Series:

 

•   Contributions made after lifetime required minimum distributions must start must be net of any required minimum distributions.

 

•   Although we accept regular IRA contributions (limited to $6,000 for 2023) under traditional IRA contracts, we intend that the contract be used primarily for rollover and direct transfer contributions.

 

•   Subsequent catch-up contributions of up to $1,000 per calendar year where the owner is at least age 50 at any time during the calendar year for which the contribution is made.

 

•   If you elect the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, you may make subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account through age 64, or if later, until your first contract date anniversary (if you were age 20-64 on your contract date); or through age 68, or if later, until 90 days after your contract date (if you were age 65-68 on your contract date). If you do not elect the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, you may make subsequent contributions through age 80, or if later, the first contract date anniversary. However, regardless of the benefits you elected, once you make a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

(1)

In addition to the limitations described here, we also reserve the right to refuse to accept any contribution under the contract at any time or change our contribution limits and requirements. We further reserve the right to discontinue the acceptance of, or place additional limitations on, contributions to the contract or contributions and/or transfers into your Protected Benefit account at any time.

 

145


   
Contract Type   Roth IRA
Issue Ages  

•   20-85 (For Series B)

 

•   20-70 (For Series CP®)

 

Minimum initial contribution amount  

•   $5,000 (For Series B)

 

•   $10,000 (For Series CP®)

Minimum subsequent contribution amount
(if permitted)
 

For all Series:

 

•   $50

 

•   $100 monthly under the automatic investment program

 

•   $300 quarterly under the automatic investment program

Source of contributions  

For all Series:

 

•   Rollovers from another Roth IRA.

 

•   Rollovers from a “designated Roth contribution account” under specified retirement plans.

 

•   Conversion rollovers from a traditional IRA or other eligible retirement plan.

 

•   Direct custodian-to-custodian transfers from another Roth IRA.

 

•   Regular Roth IRA contributions.

 

•   Additional catch-up contributions.

Additional limitations on contributions to the contract(1)  

For Series B:

 

•   If you elect the GMIB or GMIB with an applicable death benefit, you can only begin funding these benefits at the Funding Age. For joint owners, both owners must be at least the Funding Age in order to begin funding these benefits.

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account through age 80, or if later, until the first contract date anniversary. Once you make a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Investment account through age 85 or, if later, until the first contract date anniversary.

 

For Series CP®:

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Investment account and your Protected Benefit account until the later of attained age 70 or, if later, until the first contract date anniversary. Once you make a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

 

For all Series:

 

•   Conversion rollovers after lifetime required minimum distributions must start from the traditional IRA or other eligible retirement plan which is the source of the conversion rollover must be net of any required minimum distributions.

 

•   Although we accept Roth IRA contributions (limited to $6,000 for 2023) under Roth IRA contracts, we intend that the contract be used primarily for rollover and direct transfer contributions.

 

•   Subsequent catch-up contributions of up to $1,000 per calendar year where the owner is at least age 50 at any time during the calendar year for which the contribution is made.

(1)

In addition to the limitations described here, we also reserve the right to refuse to accept any contribution under the contract at any time or change our contribution limits and requirements. We further reserve the right to discontinue the acceptance of, or place additional limitations on, contributions to the contract or contributions and/or transfers into your Protected Benefit account at any time.

 

146


   
Contract Type   SEP IRA
Issue Ages  

•   20-85 (For Series B)

 

•   20-70 (For Series CP®)

 

Minimum initial contribution amount  

•   $5,000 (For Series B)

 

•   $10,000 (For Series CP®)

Minimum subsequent contribution amount
(if permitted)
 

For all Series:

 

•   $500

Source of contributions  

For all Series:

 

•   An employer can annually contribute an amount for an employee up to the lesser of 25% of eligible compensation or the limit on annual contributions for an employee of $57,000 after cost of living adjustment for 2023.

 

•   Eligible rollover distributions from 403(b) plans, qualified plans and governmental employer 457(b) plans.

 

•   Rollovers from another traditional individual retirement arrangement.

 

•   Direct custodian-to-custodian transfers from another traditional individual retirement arrangement.

 

•   Regular traditional IRA contributions are not permitted unless and until the SEP-IRA designation is removed on our records and the contract is designated as a traditional IRA only.

Additional limitations on contributions to the contract(1)  

For Series B:

 

•   If you elect the GMIB or GMIB with an applicable death benefit, you can only begin funding these benefits at the Funding Age. For joint owners, both owners must be at least the Funding Age in order to begin funding these benefits.

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account through age 80, or if later, until the first contract date anniversary. Once you make a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Investment account through age 85, or if later, until the first contract date anniversary.

 

For Series CP®:

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Investment account and your Protected Benefit account through age 70, or, if later, until the first contract date anniversary. Once you make a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

 

For all Series:

 

•   Contributions made after lifetime required minimum distributions must start must be net of required minimum distributions.

 

•   If you elect the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, you may make subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account through age 64, or if later, until your first contract date anniversary (if you were age 20-64 on your contract date); or through age 68, or if later, until 90 days after your contract date (if you were age 65-68 on your contract date). If you do not elect the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, you may make subsequent contributions through age 80, or if later, until the first contract date anniversary. However, regardless of the benefits you elected, once you make a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

(1)

In addition to the limitations described here, we also reserve the right to refuse to accept any contribution under the contract at any time or change our contribution limits and requirements. We further reserve the right to discontinue the acceptance of, or place additional limitations on, contributions to the contract or contributions and/or transfers into your Protected Benefit account at any time.

 

147


   
Contract Type  

Inherited IRA Beneficiary continuation contract (traditional IRA or Roth IRA)

(AVAILABLE FOR SERIES B ONLY)

Issue Ages  

•   0-70

 

•   Not available for Series CP®

Minimum initial contribution amount  

•   $5,000 (For Series B)

Minimum subsequent contribution amount
(if permitted)
 

•   $1,000

Source of contributions  

•   Direct custodian-to-custodian transfers of your interest as a death beneficiary of the deceased owner’s traditional individual retirement arrangement or Roth IRA to an IRA of the same type.

 

•   Non-spousal beneficiary direct rollover contributions may be made to an Inherited IRA contract under specified circumstances from these “Applicable Plans”: qualified plans, 403(b) plans and governmental employer 457(b) plans.

Additional limitations on contributions to the contract(1)  

•   Any subsequent contributions must be from the same type of IRA of the same deceased owner.

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to the Protected Benefit account until age 80. However, once you make a withdrawal from the Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to the Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to the Investment account through age 85.

 

•   No additional contributions are permitted to Inherited IRA contracts issued as a Non-spousal beneficiary direct rollover from an Applicable Plan.

(1)

In addition to the limitations described here, we also reserve the right to refuse to accept any contribution under the contract at any time or change our contribution limits and requirements. We further reserve the right to discontinue the acceptance of, or place additional limitations on, contributions to the contract or contributions and/or transfers into your Protected Benefit account at any time.

 

148


   
Contract Type   QP
Issue Ages  

•   20-75 (For Series B)

 

•   20-70 (For Series CP®)

Minimum initial contribution amount  

•   $5,000 (For Series B)

 

•   $10,000 (For Series CP®)

Minimum subsequent contribution amount (if subsequent contributions are permitted)  

For all Series:

 

•   $500

Source of contributions  

For all Series:

 

•   Only transfer contributions from other investments within an existing qualified plan trust.

 

•   The plan must be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

•   For 401(k) plans, transferred contributions may not include any after-tax contributions, including designated Roth contributions.

Additional limitations on contributions to the contract(1)  

For Series B:

 

•   If you elect the GMIB or GMIB with an applicable death benefit, you can only begin funding these benefits at the Funding Age. For joint owners, both owners must be at least the Funding Age in order to begin funding these benefits.

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account through age 75, or if later, until the first contract date anniversary. Once you make a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Investment account through age 75 or, if later, until the first contract date anniversary.

 

For Series CP®:

 

•   You may make subsequent contributions to your Investment account and your Protected Benefit account through age 70 or, if later, until the first contract date anniversary. Once you make a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

 

For all Series:

 

•   A separate QP contract must be established for each plan participant, even defined benefit plan participants.

 

•   We do not accept contributions directly from the employer.

 

•   Only one subsequent contribution can be made during a contract year.

 

•   Contributions made after the annuitant must start receiving lifetime required minimum distributions must be net of any required minimum distributions.

 

•   For QPDC contracts only: If you elect the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, you may make subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account through age 64, or if later, until your first contract date anniversary (if you were age 20-64 on your contract date); or through age 68, or if later, until 90 days after your contract date (if you were age 65-68 on your contract date). If you do not elect the RMD Wealth Guard death benefit, you may make subsequent contributions through age 80, or if later, until the first contract date anniversary. However, regardless of the benefits you elected, once you make a withdrawal from your Protected Benefit account, subsequent contributions to your Protected Benefit account will no longer be permitted.

 

See Appendix “Purchase considerations for QP contracts” for a discussion on purchase considerations for QP contracts.
(1)

In addition to the limitations described here, we also reserve the right to refuse to accept any contribution under the contract at any time or change our contribution limits and requirements. We further reserve the right to discontinue the acceptance of, or place additional limitations on, contributions to the contract or contributions and/or transfers into your Protected Benefit account at any time.

 

149


Appendix: Historical Rate Sheet Supplement Information

 

 

 

Below are the historical initial Deferral Roll-up rates, initial Annual Roll-up, and guaranteed Roll-up floors applicable to the Guaranteed minimum income benefit, GMIB funding ages, GMIB charges, and GMDB charges as described in this Prospectus. You may contact us at 1-800-789-7771 for the Deferral Roll-up rate, Annual Roll-up rate, guaranteed Roll-up floor, GMIB Funding Age, GMIB charge, and GMDB charge applicable to your contract. A complete description of the Guaranteed minimum income benefit and the Guaranteed minimum death benefits can be found in the “Benefits available under the contract” section.

 

Effective date    Initial Deferral Roll-up rate    Initial Annual Roll-up rate    Guaranteed Roll-up floor
On or after June 17, 2019    5%    5%    5%
On or after December 26, 2019    5%    5%    5%
On or after June 15, 2020    4%    4%    4%
On or after November 16, 2020    5%    5%    4%
On or after March 29, 2021    5%    5%    5%
On or after May 1, 2021    5%    5%    5%
On or after June 21, 2022    6%    6%    5%

 

Funding Age for GMIB: 55

 

Effective date    Funding age
June 17, 2019    50
June 15, 2020    55

 

GMIB Charge (as a percentage of the GMIB benefit base):

 

Effective date    GMIB Charge
On or after June 17, 2019    1.25%
On or after March 29, 2021    1.40%

 

GMDB Charges (as a percentage of the benefit base):

 

Effective date    Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit    Current Charge
On or after June 17, 2019    RMD Wealth Guard death benefit   

Age Band on Contract Date 20-64: 0.60%

 

Age Band on Contract Date 65-68: 1.00%

   Highest Anniversary Value death benefit    0.35%

 

150


Appendix: GMIB annuity purchase factors

 

 

 

Lifetime GMIB payments are calculated using the GMIB annuity purchase factors listed in the table below.

 

GMIB Exercise
Age
    Single Life
(%)
    Joint Life
(%)(1)
    GMIB Exercise
Age
    Single Life
(%)
    Joint Life
(%)(1)
 
  60 (2)      2.790       2.232       78       4.090       3.272  
  61       2.840       2.272       79       4.200       3.360  
  62       2.890       2.312       80       4.315       3.452  
  63       2.940       2.352       81       4.440       3.552  
  64       3.000       2.400       82       4.570       3.656  
  65       3.050       2.440       83       4.705       3.764  
  66       3.110       2.488       84       4.845       3.876  
  67       3.175       2.540       85       5.000       4.000  
  68       3.235       2.588       86       5.155       4.124  
  69       3.305       2.644       87       5.320       4.256  
  70       3.375       2.700       88       5.490       4.392  
  71       3.450       2.760       89       5.675       4.540  
  72       3.530       2.824       90       5.860       4.688  
  73       3.610       2.888       91       6.055       4.844  
  74       3.700       2.960       92       6.260       5.008  
  75       3.790       3.032       93       6.475       5.180  
  76       3.885       3.108       94       6.695       5.356  
  77       3.985       3.188       95       6.925       5.540  
(1)

Based on age of younger joint owner

(2)

Exercise of the GMIB is not permitted prior to age 60, except under the circumstances described in “Exercise of the GMIB in the event of a GMIB fee increase” in the “Charges and expenses” section.

 

151


Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 (Series B, Series CP®)

 

Issued by

 

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America

525 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, NJ 07310

(212) 554-1234

 

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company

1290 Avenue of Americas

New York, NY 10104

(212) 554-1234

 

This prospectus describes the important features of the contract and provides information about the Company.

 

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) a Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) that includes additional information about Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and Equitable America Variable Account No. 70A, and Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company and Separate Account No. 70. The SAI is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The SAI is available free of charge. To request a copy of the SAI, to ask about your contract, or to make other investor inquiries, please call 1-800-789-7771. The SAI is also available at our website, www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH159953.

 

We file periodic reports and other information about Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and Equitable America Variable Account No. 70A, and Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company and Separate Account No. 70 as required under the federal securities laws. Those reports and other information about us are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov, and copies of reports and other information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: [email protected].

 

Class/Contract Identifiers: C000223240; C000211598

 


Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19

 

A combination variable and fixed individual and group flexible premium deferred annuity contract

 

Issued through: Equitable America Variable Account No. 70A and Separate Account No. 70

 

Statement of Additional Information

May 1, 2023

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America

525 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

 

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company

1290 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10104

 

 

 

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a Prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the related Retirement Cornerstone® Series Prospectus, dated May 1, 2022. That Prospectus provides detailed information concerning the contracts and the variable investment options and the guaranteed interest option that fund the contracts. Each variable investment option is a subaccount of the Company’s Equitable America Variable Account No. 70A and Separate Account No. 70. Definitions of special terms used in the SAI are found in the Prospectus.

 

A copy of the Prospectus is available free of charge by writing the processing office (Retirement Service Solutions —P.O. Box 1016, Charlotte, NC 28201), by calling 1-800-789-7771 toll free, or by contacting your financial professional.

 

The Company

 

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America (“Equitable America”) is an Arizona stock life insurance corporation organized in 1969 (until 2020, known as MONY Life Insurance Company of America); Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (“Equitable Financial”) is, a New York stock life insurance corporation (until 2020, known as AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company) (collectively, Equitable America and Equitable Financial are herein referred to as the “Company”, “we”, “our” and “us”). The Company is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc. No other company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that the Company owes under the contracts. The Company is solely responsible for paying all amounts owed to you under the contract.

 

Unit Values

 

Unit values are determined at the end of each valuation period for each of the variable investment options. We may offer other annuity contracts and certificates which will have their own unit values for the variable investment options. They may be different from the unit values for the Retirement Cornerstone® Series.

 

The unit value for a variable investment option for any valuation period is equal to: (i) the unit value for the preceding valuation period, multiplied by (ii) the net investment factor for that option for that valuation period. A valuation period is each business day together with any preceding non-business days. The net investment factor is:

 

(

 

a

 

)

        c
  b    

 

where:

 

(a)

is the value of the variable investment option’s shares of the corresponding portfolio at the end of the valuation period. Any amounts allocated to, or withdrawn from, the option for the valuation period are not taken into account. For this purpose, we use the share value reported to us by the Trusts (as described in the Prospectus), as applicable.

 

(b)

is the value of the variable investment option’s shares of the corresponding portfolio at the end of the preceding valuation period. (Any amounts allocated or withdrawn for that valuation period are taken into account.)

 

(c)

is the daily separate account charge, times the number of calendar days in the valuation period. The daily separate account charge is made up of an operations charge, an administration charge and a distribution charge. These daily charges are at an effective annual rate of 1.30% for Series B and 1.65% for Series CP.

 

Custodian

 

The Company is the custodian for the shares of the Trusts owned by the Separate Account.

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The (i) financial statements of each of the variable investment options of Equitable America Variable Account No. 70A as of December 31, 2022 and for each of the periods indicated therein and the (ii) financial statements and financial statement schedules of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022 incorporated in this SAI by reference to the filed Form N-VPFS have been so incorporated in reliance on the reports of                     , an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

                     provides independent audit services and certain other non-audit services to Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America as permitted by the applicable SEC independence rules, and as disclosed

 
  Retirement Cornerstone Series 19
  #363914


in Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America’s Form 10-K.                     ’s address is 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

 

The (i) financial statements of each of the variable investment options of Separate Account No. 70 as of December 31, 2022 and for each of the periods indicated therein and the (ii) consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022 incorporated in this SAI by reference to the filed Form N-VPFS have been so incorporated in reliance on the reports of                     , an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

                     provides independent audit services and certain other non-audit services to Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company as permitted by the applicable SEC independence rules, and as disclosed in Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company’s Form 10-K.                     ’s address is 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

 

Distribution of the Contracts

 

Under distribution agreements between Equitable Distributors, the Company and certain of the Company’s separate accounts, the Company paid Equitable Distributors distribution fees as follows:

 

       
     2022   2021   2020
     
Equitable America                  $32,861,179   $37,110,594
     
Equitable Financial       $589,621,128   $436,620,636

 

as the distributor of certain contracts, including these contracts, and as the principal underwriter of several Company separate accounts. Of these amounts, for each of these three years, Equitable Distributors retained:

 

       
     2022   2021   2020
     
Equitable America                  $2,207,749   $6,897,915
     
Equitable Financial       $0   $0

 

Pursuant to a Distribution and Servicing Agreement between Equitable Advisors, the Company and certain of the Company’s separate accounts, the Company paid Equitable Advisors, as the distributors of certain contracts, including these contracts, and as the principal underwriter of several Company separate accounts:

 

     
     2021   2020
   
Equitable America   $108,766,165   $32,342,276
   
Equitable Financial   $633,697,608   $542,543,314

Of these amounts, Equitable Advisors retained:

 

       
     2022   2021   2020
     
Equitable America                  $46,654,267   $6,005,044
     
Equitable Financial       $282,627,531   $239,488,181

 

Financial Statements

 

The financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company incorporated herein should be considered only as bearing upon the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the contracts.

 

The financial statements of the Separate Account list variable investment options not currently offered under this contract.

 

    

 

 

2


PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 27.

EXHIBITS

 

(a)

Board of Directors Resolutions.

 

  

Secretary’s Certificate dated November 10, 2020, certifying the Resolution of the Board of Directors of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America authorizing establishment of Equitable America Variable Account 70A, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 filed on December 16, 2020.

 

(b)

Custodian Agreements. Not applicable.

 

(c)

Underwriting Contracts.

 

  A.

Wholesale Distribution Agreement dated April 1, 2005 by and between MONY Life Insurance Company of America and MONY Securities Corporation and AXA Distributors, LLC, is incorporated herein by reference to the registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-177419) filed on October 20, 2011.

 

  (a)(i)

Form of the First Amendment dated as of October 1, 2013 to the Wholesale Distribution Agreement dated as of April 1, 2005 between MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-195491) filed on April 19, 2016.

 

  (a)(ii)

Second Amendment dated as of August 1, 2015 to the Wholesale Distribution Agreement dated as of April 1, 2005 between MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-195491) filed on April 19, 2016.

 

  B.

Brokerage General Agent Sales Agreement with Schedule and Amendment to Brokerage General Agent Sales Agreement among [Brokerage General Agent] and AXA Distributors, LLC, AXA Distributors Insurance Agency, LLC, AXA Distributors Insurance Agency of Alabama, LLC and AXA Distributors Insurance Agency of Massachusetts, LLC. incorporated herein by reference to post-effective amendment no. 7 to the registration statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-05593) filed on April 20, 2005.

 

  C.

Wholesale Broker-Dealer Supervisory and Sales Agreement among [Broker-Dealer] and AXA Distributors, LLC. incorporated herein by reference to post-effective amendment no. 7 to the registration statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-72632) filed on April 22, 2005.

 

  D.

General Agent Sales Agreement, dated June 6, 2005, by and between MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Network, LLC. incorporated herein by reference to post-effective amendment no. 1 to the registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180068) filed on March 13, 2012.

 

  (a)

First Amendment dated as of August 1, 2006 to General Agent Sales Agreement by and between MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Network incorporated herein by reference to the registration statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-134304) filed on March 1, 2012.

 

  (b)

Second Amendment dated as of April 1, 2008 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of April 1, 2008 by and between MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Network, LLC incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (d) (ii) to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180068) filed on March 13, 2012.

 

  (c)

Form of THIRD AMENDMENT to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of October 1, 2013 by and between MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERlCA and AXA NETWORK, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-195491) filed on April 21, 2015.

 

  (d)

Fourth Amendment to General Agent Sales Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2014 by and between MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA (“MONY America”) and AXA NETWORK, LLC and the additional affiliated entities of AXA Network, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-236437) filed on March 14, 2022.

 

  (e)

Fifth Amendment to General Agent Sales Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2015 by and between MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA (“MONY America”) and AXA NETWORK, LLC and the additional affiliated entities of AXA Network, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-207014) on December 23, 2015.

 

  (f)

Sixth Amendment to General Agent Sales Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2015, by and between MONY Life Insurance Company of America (“MONY America”), an Arizona life insurance company, and AXA NETWORK, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“General Agent”), incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-191149) filed on April 19, 2019.

 

  (g)

Seventh Amendment to the General Agent Sales Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2016, is by and between MONY Life Insurance Company of America (“MONY America”), an Arizona life insurance company, and AXA Network, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“General Agent”), incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-191149) filed on April 19, 2019.

 

  (h)

Eighth Amendment to General Agent Sales Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2019, by and between MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Network, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-191149) filed on April 21, 2021.

 

  (i)

Ninth Amendment to General Agent Sales Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2020, by and between Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and Equitable Network, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-191149) filed on April 21, 2021.

 

  (j)

Tenth Amendment to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of September 1, 2021, by and between Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and Equitable Network, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2022.

 

  (k)

Eleventh Amendment to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of November 1, 2021, by and between Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and Equitable Network, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2022.

 

  E.

Broker-Dealer Distribution and Servicing Agreement, dated June 6, 2005, made by and between MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Advisors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to post-effective amendment no. 1 to the registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-180068) filed on March 13, 2012.

 

  F.

Amended and Restated Services Agreement between MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company dated as of February 1, 2005 incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registration statement (File No. 333-65423) on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005.

 

(d)

Contracts.

 

  (a)

Data Pages (ICC20RCDP-B-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (b)

Data Pages (ICC20RCDP-CP-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (c)

Endorsement Applicable to Traditional IRA Contracts (ICC20IRA-RC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (d)

Endorsement Applicable to Non-Qualified Contracts (ICC20NQ-RC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (e)

Endorsement Applicable to Roth IRA Contracts (ICC20ROTH-RC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (f)

Endorsement Applicable to SEP-IRA Contracts (ICC20SEP-RC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (g)

Endorsement Applicable to the Termination of an Optional Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit and/or the Termination or Change of an Optional Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit Rider(s) (ICC20GBENDO-RC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (h)

Endorsement Applicable to Contract Continuation and its Effect on an Optional Benefit Rider (ICC20CCOBR-RC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (i)

Endorsement Applicable to Credits and Earnings Bonuses (ICC20BONUSRC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (j)

Inherited Traditional Ira Beneficiary Continuation Option (BCO) Endorsement (ICC20INHIRARC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (k)

Inherited Roth Ira Beneficiary Continuation Option (BCO) Endorsement (ICC20INHIROTHRC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (l)

Endorsement Applicable to a Charitable Remainder Trust (ICC20CRT-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (m)

Endorsement Applicable to Qualified Defined Benefit Plans (ICC20QP-DBRC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (n)

Endorsement Applicable to Qualified Defined Benefit Plans (ICC20QP-DCRC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (o)

Endorsement Applicable to Special Dollar Cost Averaging (ICC20SDCARC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (p)

Endorsement Applicable to Special Money Market Dollar Cost Averaging (ICC20SMMDCARC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (q)

Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Rider (ICC20GMIB-RC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (r)

RMD Wealth Guard GMDB Rider (ICC20RMDWG-RC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (s)

Highest Anniversary Value GMDB Rider (ICC20GMDBHAV-RC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (t)

Highest Anniversary Value IB GMDB Rider (ICC20GMDBHAVIB-RC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (u)

Return of Principal Death Benefit Rider (ICC20GMDBROP-RC-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (v)

Form of Flexible Premium Deferred Fixed and Variable Annuity Contract (ICC20BASE3-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (w)

Form of Flexible Premium Deferred Fixed and Variable Annuity Contract (ICC20BASE4-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (x)

Table of Guaranteed Annuity Payments (ICC20TGAP1-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (y)

Table of Guaranteed Annuity Payments (ICC20TGAP2-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (z)

Table of Guaranteed Annuity Payments (ICC20TGAP3-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (a)(a)

Form of Flexible Premium Deferred Fixed and Variable Annuity Contract (ICC20BASE3-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (a)(b)

Form of Flexible Premium Deferred Fixed and Variable Annuity Contract (ICC20BASE4-Z), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (a)(c)

Form of Endorsement (ICC22-SA), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2022.

 

(e)

Applications.

 

  (a)

Retirement Cornerstone Series B Application for an Individual Annuity (ICC20 App01 RC B-Z), incorporated herein by reference Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

  (b)

Retirement Cornerstone Series CP Application for an Individual Annuity (ICC20 App02 RC CP-Z), incorporated herein by reference Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on September 18, 2020.

 

C-1


(f)

Depositor’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws.

 

  (1)

Articles of Restatement of the Articles of Incorporation of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America (as Amended December 13, 2019) incorporated herein by reference to registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-236437) filed on February 14, 2020.

 

  (2)

By-Laws of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America (as Amended December 13, 2019) incorporated herein by reference to registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333- 236437) filed on February 14, 2020.

 

(g)

Reinsurance Contracts.

 

  (a)(i)

Automatic Reinsurance Agreement effective April 1, 2010 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103202) filed on April 26, 2012.

 

  (a)(ii)

Automatic Reinsurance Agreement effective April 1, 2010 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and Swiss Re Life and Health America Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103202) filed on April 26, 2012.

 

  (a)(ii)(a)

Amendment No. 1 effective July 15, 2011 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and Swiss Re Life and Health America Inc. , incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103202) filed on April 26, 2012.

 

  (a)(iii)

Automatic Reinsurance Agreement effective April 1, 2010 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and General Re Life Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103202) filed on April 26, 2012.

 

  (a)(iv)

Automatic Reinsurance Agreement effective April 1, 2010 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and RGS Reinsurance Company, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103202) filed on April 26, 2012.

 

(h)

Participation Agreements.

 

  (1)

Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, MONY Life Insurance Company of America, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-72632) filed on April 22, 2005.

 

  (1)(a)

AMENDED AND RESTATED PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 23rd day of May 2012 by and among MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, an Arizona insurance company (“MONY”), on its own behalf and on behalf of the separate accounts set forth on Schedule B hereto as may be amended from time to time (each an “Account”), EQ ADVISORS TRUST, a business trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“Trust”) and AXA DISTRIBUTORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Distributor”), incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1/A (File No. 333-17217) filed on January 10, 2010.

 

  (a)(i)

Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 4, 2013 (“Amendment No. 1”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1/A (File No. 333-17217) filed on January 10, 2010.

 

  (a)(ii)

Amendment No. 2, dated as of October 21, 2013 (“Amendment No. 2”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1/A (File No. 333-17217) filed on January 10, 2010.

 

  (a)(iii)

Amendment No. 3, dated as of November 1, 2013 (“Amendment No. 3”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”) ”), incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1/A (File No. 333-17217) filed on April 11, 2014.

 

  (a)(iv)

Amendment No. 4, dated as of April 4, 2014 (“Amendment No. 4”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”) incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1/A (File No. 333-17217) filed on April 30, 2014.

 

  (a)(v)

Amendment No. 5, dated as of June 1, 2014 (“Amendment No. 5”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”) incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1/A (File No. 333-17217) filed on April 30, 2014.

 

  (a)(vi)

Amendment No. 6, dated as of July 16, 2014 (“Amendment No. 6”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1/A (File No. 333-17217) filed on February 5, 2015.

 

 

  (a)(vii)

Amendment No. 7, dated as of July 16, 2014 (“Amendment No. 7”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1/A (File No. 333-17217) filed on April 16, 2015.

 

 

  (a)(viii)

Amendment No. 8, dated as of December 21, 2015 (“Amendment No. 8”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”) incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form 485 (a) (File No. 333-17217) filed on February 11, 2016.

 

 

  (a)(ix)

Amendment No. 9, dated as of December 9, 2016 (“Amendment No. 9”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”) incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form 485 (a) (File No. 333-17217) filed on January 31, 2017. 

 

 

  (a)(x)

Amendment No. 10 dated as of May 1, 2017 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC, dated May 23, 2012, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed April 28, 2017.

 

 

  (a)(xi)

Amendment No. 11 dated as of November 1, 2017 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC, dated May 23, 2012, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed October 27, 2017.

 

 

  (a)(xii)

Amendment No. 12 dated as of July 12, 2018 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among the EQ Advisor Trust, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC, dated May 23, 2012, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on July 31, 2018.

 

 

  (a)(xiii)

Amendment No. 13 dated as of December 6, 2018 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217), filed on April 26, 2019.

 

  (a)(xiv)

Amendment No. 14 dated as of July 16, 2020 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-254202) filed on March 12, 2021.

 

  (a)(xv)

Amendment No. 15 dated as of February 1, 2021 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-254202) filed on March 12, 2021.

 

  (a)(xvi)

Amendment No. 16 dated as of February 26, 2021 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on April 29, 2021.

 

  (a)(xvii)

Amendment No. 17 dated July 22, 2021 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on September 24, 2021.

 

  (a)(xviii)

Amendment No. 18 dated January 13, 2022 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on April 28, 2022.

 

  (2)

Participation Agreement — among AXA Premier VIP Trust, MONY Life Insurance Company of America, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement (File No. 333-134304) on August 25, 2006.

 

  (2)(a)

Amended and Restated Participation Agreement made and entered into as of the 23rd day of May 2012 by and among MONY LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, an Arizona insurance company (“MONY”), on its own behalf and on behalf of the separate accounts set forth on Schedule B hereto as may be amended from time to time (each an “Account”), AXA PREMIER VIP TRUST, a business trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“Trust”) and AXA DISTRIBUTORS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Distributor”), incorporated herein by reference to AXA Premier VIP Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1/A (File No. 333-70754) filed on October 2, 2013.

 

  (a)(i)

Amendment No. 1, dated as of October 21, 2013 (“Amendment No. 1”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among AXA Premier VIP Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”) incorporated herein by reference to AXA Premier VIP Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1/A (File No. 333-70754) filed on October 2, 2013.

 

  (a)(ii)

Amendment No. 2, dated as of November 1, 2013 (“Amendment No.2”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among AXA Premier VIP Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”)., incorporated herein by reference to AXA Premier VIP Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1/A (File No. 333-70754) filed on February 11, 2014.

 

  (a)(iii)

Amendment No. 3, dated as of April 18, 2014 (“Amendment No. 3”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among AXA Premier VIP Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to AXA Premier VIP Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1/A (File No. 333-70754) filed on January 12, 2015.

 

  (a)(iv)

Amendment No. 4, dated as of July 8, 2014 (“Amendment No. 4”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among AXA Premier VIP Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to AXA Premier VIP Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1/A (File No. 333-70754) filed on January 12, 2015.

 

  (a)(v)

Amendment No. 5, dated as of September 26, 2015 (“Amendment No. 5”), to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among AXA Premier VIP Trust (“Trust”), MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”) incorporated herein by reference to AXA Premier VIP Trust Registration Statement on Form 485 (b) (File No. 333-70754) filed on April 26, 2016.

 

  (a)(vi)

Amendment No. 6 dated as of July 19, 2018 to Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated May 23, 2021, by and among Equitable Premier VIP Trust, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-254204) filed on March 12, 2021.

 

  (a)(vii)

Amendment No. 7 dated as of July 16, 2020 to Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated May 23, 2012, by and among Equitable Premier VIP Trust, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Distributors LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-14 (File No. 333-254204) filed on March 12, 2021.

 

  (3)

Participation Agreement dated April 30, 2003 among AIM Variable Insurance Funds, AIM Distributors, Inc., MONY Life Insurance Company of America and MONY Securities Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to pre-effective amendment no. 1 to the registration statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-104156) filed on May 29, 2003.

 

  (a)(i)

Amendment No. 1 dated April 19, 2010 to the Participation Agreement dated April 30, 2003 among AIM Variable Insurance Funds, AIM Distributors, Inc., MONY Life Insurance Company of America and MONY Securities Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement File No. 333-248907 on December 16, 2020.

 

  (a)(ii)

Amendment No. 2 dated April 30, 2010 to the Participation Agreement dated April 30, 2003 among AIM Variable Insurance Funds, Invesco AIM Distributors, Inc., MONY Life Insurance Company of America and MONY Securities Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement File No. 333-248907 on December 16, 2020.

 

  (4)

Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated March 15, 2010 among MFS Variable Insurance Trust, MFS Variable Insurance Trust II, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and MFS Fund Distributors incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement (File No. 333-134304) on April 26, 2012.

 

  (a)(i)

First Amendment, effective October 18 2013, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated March 15, 2010 (the “Agreement”), by and among MONY Life Insurance Company of America, MFS Variable Insurance Trust, MFS Variable Insurance Trust II, and MFS Fund Distributors, Inc. (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-191149 on December 10, 2013.

 

  (a)(iii)

Amendment dated October 23, 2020 to the Participation Agreement dated March 15, 2010, by and among MFS Variable Insurance Trust, MFS Variable Insurance Trust II, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and MFS Fund Distributors, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-191149) filed on April 21, 2021.

 

  (a)(iv)

Third Amendment dated January 8, 2021 to the Participation Agreement dated March 15, 2010, by and among MFS Variable Insurance Trust, MFS Variable Insurance Trust II, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and MFS Fund Distributors, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-191149) filed on April 21, 2021.

 

  (5)

Fund Participation Agreement among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, Ivy Funds Variable Insurance Portfolios and Waddell & Reed, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on December 23, 2011.

 

C-2


                     (a)(i)

Amendment No. 1, dated April 1, 2010, to the Fund Participation Agreement (the “Agreement”) among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, Ivy Funds Variable Insurance Portfolios and Waddell & Reed, Inc., (together, the “Parties”), adding MONY Life Insurance Company of America as a Party to the Agreement incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 18, 2017.

 

                     (a)(ii)

Amendment No. 2 dated May 1, 2012 to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Waddell & Reed, Inc., Ivy Funds Variable Insurance Portfolios, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company hereby incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on April 25, 2012.

 

                     (a)(iii)

Amendment No. 3 dated September 5, 2013 to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Waddell & Reed, Inc., Ivy Funds Variable Insurance Portfolios MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company hereby incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 18, 2017.

 

                     (a)(iv)

Amendment No.4, dated October 14, 2013, to the Participation Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated October 23, 2009, as amended, by and among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, Ivy Funds Variable Insurance Portfolios, Waddell & Reed, Inc, and MONY Life Insurance Company of America .(the “Company”, (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-191149 on December 10, 2013.

 

                     (a)(v)

Amendment No. 5 dated October 1, 2016 to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Waddell & Reed, Inc., Ivy Funds Variable Insurance Portfolios, AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and MONY Life Insurance Company of America hereby incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 18, 2017.

 

                     (a)(vi)

Amendment No. 6 dated April 28, 2017 to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Ivy Distributors, Inc., Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolios, AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and MONY Life Insurance Company of America, hereby incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 16, 2019.

 

                   (a)(vii)

Amendment No. 7 dated August 28, 2020, to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Ivy Distributors, Inc. and Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolios, incorporated hereby by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 20, 2021.

 

                   (a)(viii)

Amendment No. 8 dated December 8, 2020, to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Ivy Distributors, Inc. and Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolios, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 20, 2021.

 

                  (a)(iv)

Consent to Assignment of Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009, among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Ivy Distributors, Inc. and Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolios, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-256256), filed on August 17, 2021.

 

                  (a)(v)

Amendment No. 10 dated October 11, 2022, to Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009, among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolios and Delaware Distributors, L.P., filed herewith to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (333-248907) filed on February 3, 2023.

 

  (6)

Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated April 16, 2010 among Fidelity Distributors Corporation, Variable Insurance Products Fund and MONY Life Insurance Company of America incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement (File No. 333-134304) on April 26, 2012.

 

  (a)(i)

First Amendment, effective October 24 , 2013 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, (the “Agreement’”), dated April 16, 2010, as amended, by and among MONY Life Insurance Company of America (the “Company”), and Fidelity Distributors Corporation; and each of Variable Insurance Products Fund, Variable Insurance Products Fund II, Variable Insurance Products Fund III and Variable Insurance Products Fund IV and Variable Insurance Products Fund V (collectively, the ‘‘Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-191149 on December 10, 2013.

 

 

  (a)(ii)

Second Amendment, effective December 2, 2020 to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, (the “Agreement”), dated April 16, 2010, as amended, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America (the “Company”), and Fidelity Distributors Corporation; and each of Variable Insurance Products Fund, Variable Insurance Products Fund II, Variable Insurance Products Fund III and Variable Insurance Products Fund IV and Variable Insurance Products Fund V (collectively, the ‘‘Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on December 16, 2020.

 

 

  (a)(iii)

Third Amendment, effective January 27, 2021 to Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated April 16, 2010, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Variable Insurance Products Fund, Variable Insurance Products Fund II, Variable Insurance Products Fund III, Variable Insurance Products Fund IV, Variable Insurance Products Fund V and Fidelity Distributors Company LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-266576) filed on December 16, 2022.

 

 

  (a)(iv)

Fourth Amendment, effective August 11, 2022, to Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated April 16, 2010, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Variable Insurance Products Fund, Variable Insurance Products Fund II, Variable Insurance Products Fund III, Variable Insurance Products Fund IV, Variable Insurance Products Fund V and Fidelity Distributors Company LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-266576) filed on December 16, 2022.

 

 

  (7)

Participation Agreement dated May 1, 2003 among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin Templeton Distributors, Inc., MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and MONY Securities Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to pre-effective amendment no. 1 to the registration statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-104162) filed on May 28, 2003.

 

  (a)(i)

Amendment No. 3 dated as of May 1, 2010 to Participation Agreement among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin Templeton Distributors, Inc., MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Advisors LLC incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement (File No. 333-134304) on April 26, 2012.

 

 

  (a)(ii)

Amendment No. 4 dated as of August 30, 2013 to Participation Agreement among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin Templeton Distributors, Inc., MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Advisors LLC, incorporated herein by referenece to Registration Statement, File No. 333-191149 on December 10, 2013.

 

  (a)(iii)

Amendment No. 6 dated as of December 1, 2020 to the Participation Agreement among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and Equitable Advisors LLC and Equitable Distributors LLC, incorporated herein by referenece to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on December 16, 2020.

 

  (a)(iv)

Amendment No. 7, dated as of February 12, 2021, to Participation Agreement dated July 1, 2005, as amended, among Franklin Templeton Variable Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and Equitable Distributors LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-6 (File No. 333-333-103199) filed on April 21, 2022.

 

  (8)

Participation Agreement among PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO Funds Distributors LLC and MONY Life Insurance Company of America, incorporated herein by reference to registration statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-160951) filed on November 16, 2009.

 

                    (a)(i)

Third Amendment dated October 20, 2009 to the Participation Agreement, (the “Agreement”) dated December 1, 2001 by and among MONY Life Insurance Company, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, and PIMCO Funds Distributions LLC (collectively, the “Parties”) adding AXA Equitable Insurance Company as a Party to the Agreement incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on December 23, 2011.

 

                    (a)(ii)

Fifth Amendment, effective October 17, 2013 to that certain Participation Agreement, (the “Agreement”), dated December 1, 2001, as amended, by and among MONY Life Insurance Company of America (the “Company”), PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust and PIMCO Investments LLC (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-191149 on December 10, 2013.

 

                    (a)(iii)

Sixth Amendment, effective January 1, 2021 to the Participation Agreement dated December 1, 2001 by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust and PIMCO Investments LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-191149) filed on April 21, 2021.

 

                    (a)(iv)

Seventh Amendment, entered into effective May 1, 2021 to the Participation Agreement dated December 1, 2001 by and among MONY Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust and PIMCO Funds Distributions LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-6 (File No. 333-191149) filed on April 21, 2022.

 

                    (a)(v)

Eighth Amendment, entered into effective October 7, 2021 to the Participation Agreement dated December 1, 2001 by and among MONY Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust and PIMCO Funds Distributions LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-6 (File No. 333-191149) filed on April 21, 2022.

 

  (9)

Participation and Service Agreement among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and American Funds Distributors, Inc., American Funds Service Company, Capital Research and Management Company and the American Funds Insurance Series (collectively the “Funds”), dated January 2, 2013, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 23, 2013.

 

  (a)(i)

First Amendment, effective April 19, 2013 to the Participation Agreement dated January 2, 2013, as amended, by and among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America, American Funds Distributors, Inc. American Funds Service Company, Capital Research and Management Company, and the American Funds Insurance Series, incorporated herewith by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (2-30070) filed on April 20, 2021.

 

  (a)(ii)

Second Amendment, effective October 8, 2013 to the Participation Agreement, (the “Agreement”), dated January 2, 2013, as amended, by and among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America (the “Company”), American Funds Distributors, Inc., American Funds Service Company, Capital Research and Management Company, and the American Funds Insurance Series (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-191149 on December 10, 2013.

 

  (a)(iii)

Third Amendment, effective September 10, 2020 to the Participation Agreement dated January 2, 2013, as amended, by and among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, American Funds Distributors, Inc. American Funds Service Company, Capital Research and Management Company, and the American Funds Insurance Series, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (2-30070) filed on April 20, 2021.

 

  (a)(iv)

Fourth Amendment, effective November 18, 2020 to the Participation Agreement, (the “Agreement”), dated January 2, 2013, as amended, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America (the “Company”), Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, American Funds Distributors, Inc., American Funds Service Company, Capital Research and Management Company, and the American Funds Insurance Series (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement, File No. 333-248907 on December 16, 2020.

 

  (a)(v)

Fifth Amendment, effective February 5, 2021 to the Participation Agreement dated January 2, 2013, as amended, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, American Funds Distributors, Inc., American Funds Service Company, Capital Research and Management Company, and the American Funds Insurance Series, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103199) filed on April 21, 2022.

 

  (10)

Participation Agreement, by and among MONY Life Insurance Company of America, on behalf of itself and its separate accounts, Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc., and Lord Abbett Distributor LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) on December 23, 2011.

 

  (a)(1)

Amendment No. 1 to Participation Agreement effective November 29, 2018, to Participation Agreement dated August 27, 2010, by and among MONY Life Insurance Company of America, Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc. and Lord Abbett Distributor LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-6 (File No. 333-229237) filed on April 21, 2021.

 

  (11)

Participation Agreement dated May 1, 2003, among MONY Life Insurance Company of America, ProFunds and ProFund Advisors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (a)(i)

Amendment No. 1 dated December 23, 2020 to Participation Agreement dated May 1, 2003 among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, ProFunds and ProFund Advisors LLC incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (a)(ii)

Amendment No. 2 entered into as of January 1, 2021 to Participation Agreement dated May 1, 2003 among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, ProFunds and ProFund Advisors LLC incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2022.

 

 

  (a)(iii)

Amendment No. 4 entered into as of July 12, 2021 to Participation Agreement dated May 1, 2003 among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, ProFunds and ProFund Advisors LLC incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2022.

 

 

  (12)

Participation Agreement by and among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, Eaton Vance Variable Trust and Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc., dated October 7, 2013, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-190033) filed on October 11, 2013.

 

  (a)(i)

Second Amendment dated December 1, 2020 to the Participation Agreement by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Eaton Vance Variable Trust and Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc., dated October 7, 2013, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement File No. 333-248907 on December 16, 2020.

 

  (a)(ii)

Letter dated February 5, 2021 to Participation Agreement dated October 7, 2013 by and between Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Eaton Vance Variable Trust and Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2022.

 

  (a)(iii)

Third Amendment to Participation Agreement March 3, 2021 to Participation Agreement dated October 7, 2013 by and between Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Eaton Vance Variable Trust and Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2022.

 

  (a)(iv)

Fourth Amendment to Participation Agreement effective September 19, 2022 to Participation Agreement dated October 7, 2013 by and between Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Eaton Vance Variable Trust and Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc., filed herewith to Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 333- 248907) filed on February 3, 2023.

 

  (13)

Participation Agreement among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc., BlackRock Advisors, LLC and BlackRock Investments, LLC, dated October 16, 2009, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (333-178750) filed on December 23, 2011.

 

  (a)(i)

Amendment No. 3, effective May 1, 2012 to the Participation Agreement dated October 16, 2009 among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America, BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc., BlackRock Advisors, LLC and Black Rock Investments, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on April 25, 2012.

 

  (a)(ii)

Amendment No. 4, effective August 27, 2013 to the Participation Agreement dated October 16, 2009 among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America, BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc., BlackRock Advisors, LLC and Black Rock Investments, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-190033) filed on October 4, 2013.

 

  (a)(iii)

Amendment No. 5, effective September 12, 2014 to the Participation Agreement dated October 16, 2009 among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America, BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc., BlackRock Advisors, LLC and Black Rock Investments, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on October 16, 2014.

 

  (a)(iv)

Amendment No. 6, effective September 17, 2018 to the Participation Agreement dated October 16, 2009 among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America, BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc., BlackRock Advisors, LLC and Black Rock Investments, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-182796) filed on April 17, 2019.

 

  (a)(v)

Amendment No. 7, entered into as of December 15, 2020, to Fund Participation Agreement dated October 19, 2009, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, BlackRock Variable Series Fund, Inc. and BlackRock Variable Series Fund II, Inc., BlackRock Advisors, LLC and BlackRock Investments, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-6 (File No. 333-232533) filed on April 21, 2021.

 

  (a)(vi)

Amendment to Fund Participation Agreement, entered into December 30, 2020, and is made effective July 1, 2020, to Fund Participation Agreement dated October 19, 2009, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, BlackRock Variable Series Fund, Inc. and BlackRock Variable Series Funds II, Inc., BlackRock Advisors, LLC and BlackRock Investments, LLC incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-6 (File No. 333-232418) filed on April 21, 2022.

 

  (a)(vii)

Amendment to Fund Participation Agreement, entered into July 1, 2021 to Fund Participation Agreement dated October 19, 2009, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, BlackRock Variable Series Fund, Inc. and BlackRock Variable Series Funds II, Inc., BlackRock Advisors, LLC and BlackRock Investments, LLC incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-6 (File No. 333-232418) filed on April 21, 2022.

 

  (14)

Participation Agreement by and among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, Putnam Variable Trust and Putnam Retail Management Limited Partnership dated October 10, 2013, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on N-4 (File No. 333-190033) on October 11, 2013.

 

  (a)(i)

First Amendment entered into December 15, 2020, to Participation Agreement dated October 10, 2013, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Putnam Variable Trust and Putnam Retail Management Limited Partnership, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (15)

Participation Agreement dated April 20, 2012 among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, First Trust Variable Insurance Trust, First Trust Advisors L.P. and First Trust Portfolios L.P., incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-190033) filed on October 4, 2013.

 

  (a)(i)

Amendment No. 1 effective March 17, 2014, to the Participation Agreement dated April 20, 2012, among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, First Trust Variable Insurance Trust, First Trust Advisors L.P., and First Trust Portfolios L.P., incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-182796) filed on April 23, 2014.

 

  (a)(ii)

Amendment to Participation Agreement dated April 20, 2012, among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, First Trust Variable Insurance Trust, First Trust Advisors L.P., and First Trust Portfolios L.P., incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (a)(iii)

Amendment effective September 28, 2020 to Participation Agreement dated April 20, 2012, among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, First Trust Variable Insurance Trust, First Trust Advisors L.P., and First Trust Portfolios L.P., incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (a)(iv)

Second Amendment effective December 15, 2020 to Participation Agreement dated April 20, 2012, among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, First Trust Variable Insurance Trust, First Trust Advisors L.P., and First Trust Portfolios L.P., incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (16)

Participation Agreement dated December 1, 2010 among MONY Life Insurance Company of America, Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust, Legg Mason Partners Variable Income Trust, Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC and Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (a)(i)

Amendment No. 1 effective March 28, 2014 to Participation Agreement dated December 1, 2010 among MONY Life Insurance Company of America, Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust, Legg Mason Partners Variable Income Trust, Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC and Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (a)(ii)

Amendment No. 2 effective October 1, 2014 to Participation Agreement dated December 1, 2010 among MONY Life Insurance Company of America, Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust, Legg Mason Partners Variable Income Trust, Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC and Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (a)(iii)

Amendment No. 3 effective December 4, 2020 to Participation Agreement dated December 1, 2010 among MONY Life Insurance Company of America, Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust, Legg Mason Partners Variable Income Trust, Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC and Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (a)(iv)

Amendment No. 4 effective March 3, 2021 to Participation Agreement dated December 1, 2010 among MONY Life Insurance Company of America, Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust, Legg Mason Partners Variable Income Trust, Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC and Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (a)(v)

Amendment No. 5, effective September 19, 2022, to the Participation Agreement dated December 1, 2010, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Legg Mason Partners Variable Income Trust, Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC, Franklin Distributors, LLC, filed herewith to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (333-248907) filed on February 3, 2023.

 

  (17)

Participation Agreement among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust and Neuberger Berman Management LLC dated August 6, 2010, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on April 23, 2014.

 

  (a)(i)

Amendment No. 1 effective March 12, 2014, to the Participation Agreement dated August 6, 2010 among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust and Neuberger Berman Management LLC dated August 6, 2010, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on April 23, 2014.

 

  (a)(ii)

Amendment No. 2 effective August 27, 2020, to the Participation Agreement dated August 6, 2010 among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust and Neuberger Berman Management LLC dated August 6, 2010, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (a)(iii)

Amendment No. 3 effective December 11, 2020, to the Participation Agreement dated August 6, 2010 among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, adding Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust and Neuberger Berman Management LLC dated August 6, 2010, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  (a)(iv)

Third Amendment dated February 11, 2021, to the Participation agreement dated August 6, 2010 among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, adding Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Neuberger Berman Advisers Management Trust and Neuberger Berman Management LLC dated August 6, 2010, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

  18.

AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of this 21st day of April, 2014, by and among AXA EQUITABLE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (the “Company”), a New York life insurance company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its separate accounts listed on Schedule A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, as such schedule may be amended from time to time (the “Accounts”); HARTFORD SERIES FUND, INC. and HARTFORD HLS SERIES FUND II, INC., each an open-end management investment company organized under the laws of the State of Maryland (each a “Fund”); HARTFORD FUNDS MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC (the “Adviser”), a Delaware limited liability company; HARTFORD FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS, LLC (the “Distributor”), a Delaware limited liability company and HARTFORD ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES COMPANY (the “Transfer Agent”), a Minnesota corporation, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on October 16, 2014.

 

  (a)(i)

Amendment to Participation Agreement dated April 1, 2019, to Participation Agreement dated April 21, 2014, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Hartford Series Fund, Inc., Hartford HLS Series Fund II, Inc., Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC, Hartford Funds Distributors, LLC, and Hartford Administrative Services Company, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (333-190033) filed on April 23, 2020.

 

  (a)(ii)

Amendment to Participation Agreement dated July 31, 2020, to Participation Agreement dated April 21, 2014, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Hartford Series Fund, Inc., Hartford HLS Series Fund II, Inc., Hartford Funds Management Company, LLC, Hartford Funds Distributors, LLC, and Hartford Administrative Services Company, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (333-229766) filed on April 22, 2021.

 

C-3


(i)

Administrative Contracts. Not applicable.

 

  (a)

Amended and Restated Services Agreement between MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company dated as of February 1, 2005 incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registration statement (File No. 333-65423) on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2005.

 

(j)

Other Material Contracts. Not applicable.

 

(k)

Legal Opinion.

 

  (i)

Opinion and consent of Shane Daly, Vice President and Associate General Counsel, filed herewith.

 

(l)

Other Opinions.

 

  (i)

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC, to be filed by amendment.

 

  (ii)

Powers of Attorney, filed herewith.

 

(m)

Omitted Financial Statements. Not applicable.

 

(n)

Initial Capital Agreements. Not applicable.

 

(o)

Form of Initial Summary Prospectus. Not applicable.

 

 

C-4


ITEM 28. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR

 

  *

The business address for all officers and directors of the Depositor is 525 Washington Boulevard, Jersey City, NJ 07310.

 

NAME AND PRINCIPAL

BUSINESS ADDRESS

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH

THE DEPOSITOR

DIRECTORS

  

Francis Hondal

   Director

Mastercard

  

801 Brickell Avenue, Suite 1300

  

Miami, FL 33131

  

Arlene Isaacs-Lowe

   Director

1290 Avenue of the Americas

  

New York, NY 10104

  

Daniel G. Kaye

   Director

767 Quail Run

  

Inverness, IL 60067

  

Joan Lamm-Tennant

   Director

135 Ridge Common

  

Fairfield, CT 06824

  

Craig MacKay

   Director

England & Company

  

1133 Avenue of the Americas

  

Suite 2719

  

New York, NY 10036

  

Kristi A. Matus

   Director

47-C Dana Road

  

Boxford, MA 02116

  

Bertram L. Scott

   Director

3601 Hampton Manor Drive

  

Charlotte, NC 28226

  

George Stansfield

   Director

AXA

  

25, Avenue Matignon

  

75008 Paris, France

  

Charles G.T. Stonehill

   Director

Founding Partner

  

Green & Blue Advisors

  

285 Central Park West

  

New York, New York 10024

  

OFFICER-DIRECTOR

  

*Mark Pearson

   Director and Chief Executive Officer

OTHER OFFICERS

  

*Nicholas B. Lane

   President

*José Ramón González

   Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

*Jeffrey J. Hurd

   Chief Operating Officer

 

C-5


*Robin M. Raju

   Chief Financial Officer

*Michael B. Healy

   Chief Information Officer

*Adrienne Johnson

   Signatory Officer

*Nicholas Huth

   Chief Compliance Officer

*William Eckert

   Chief Accounting Officer

*Darryl Gibbs

   Chief Diversity Officer

*William MacGregor

   Associate General Counsel and Signatory Officer

*David W. Karr

   Signatory Officer

*Jessica Baehr

   Signatory Officer

*Mary Jean Bonadonna

   Signatory Officer

*Eric Colby

   Signatory Officer

*Steven M. Joenk

   Chief Investment Officer

*Kenneth Kozlowski

   Signatory Officer

*Barbara Lenkiewicz

   Signatory Officer

*Carol Macaluso

   Signatory Officer

*Hector Martinez

   Signatory Officer

*James McCravy

   Signatory Officer

*James Mellin

   Signatory Officer

*Hillary Menard

   Signatory Officer

*Kurt Meyers

   Deputy General Counsel and Signatory Officer

*Maryanne (Masha) Mousserie

   Signatory Officer

*Prabha (“Mary”) Ng

   Chief Information Security Officer

*James O’Boyle

   Signatory Officer

*Stephanie Shields

   Signatory Officer

*Theresa Trusskey

   Signatory Officer

*Antonio Di Caro

   Signatory Officer

*Glen Gardner

   Deputy Chief Investment Officer

*Shelby Holllister-Share

   Signatory Officer

 

C-6


*Manuel Prendes

   Signatory Officer

*Meredith Ratajczak

   Chief Actuary

*Aaron Sarfatti

   Chief Risk Officer and Chief Strategy Officer

*Stephen Scanlon

   Signatory Officer

*Samuel Schwartz

   Signatory Officer

*Gina Tyler

   Chief Communications Officer

*Constance Weaver

   Chief Marketing Officer

*Stephanie Withers

   Chief Auditor

*Yun (“Julia”) Zhang

   Treasurer

 

C-7


ITEM 29.

Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control With the Depositor or Registrant

Equitable America Variable Account No. 70A (the “Variable Account”) is a variable account of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America. Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, an Arizona stock life insurance company, is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc. (the “Holding Company”).

Set forth below is the subsidiary chart for the Holding Company:

Equitable Holdings, Inc. - Subsidiary Organization Chart  Q4-2022 is filed herewith to Registration Statement (File No. 333-248907) on Form N-4, filed on February 3, 2023.

 

C-8


Item 30. Indemnification

The By-Laws of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America (the “Corporation”) provide, in Article VI as follows:

SECTION 1. NATURE OF INDEMNITY. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to such an action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; except that in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor (1) such indemnification shall be limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in the defense or settlement of such action or suit, and (2) no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought or other court of competent jurisdiction shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity.

The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of no contest or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

SECTION 6. SURVIVAL; PRESERVATION OF OTHER RIGHTS. The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of Title 10, Arizona Revised Statutes are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. Such a “contract right” may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such director, officer, employee or agent.

The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

SECTION 7. INSURANCE. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this By-Law.

The directors and officers of the Corporation are insured under policies issued by X.L. Insurance Company, Arch Insurance Company, Endurance Specialty Insurance Company, U.S. Specialty Insurance, ACE, Chubb Insurance Company, AXIS Insurance Company, Zurich Insurance Company, AWAC (Allied World Assurance Company, Ltd.), Aspen Bermuda XS, CNA, AIG, One Beacon, Nationwide, Berkley, Berkshire, SOMPO, Chubb, Markel and ARGO RE Ltd. The annual limit on such policies is $300 million, and the policies insure the officers and directors against certain liabilities arising out of their conduct in such capacities.

 

C-9


Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification for such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expense incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will (unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent) submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

C-10


ITEM 31. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

(a) Equitable Advisors, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC are the principal underwriters for Separate Accounts 49, 70, A, FP, I and 45 of Equitable Financial, EQ Advisors Trust, and of Equitable America Variable Accounts A, K, L and 70A. In addition, Equitable Advisors is the principal underwriter of Equitable Financial’s Separate Account 301.

(b) Set forth below is certain information regarding the directors and principal officers of Equitable Advisors, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC.

 

(i)

EQUITABLE ADVISORS, LLC

 

NAME AND PRINCIPAL

BUSINESS ADDRESS

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH UNDERWRITER

*David Karr    Director, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
* William Auger    Director
*Nicholas B. Lane    Director
*Frank Massa    Director and President
*Aaron Sarfatti    Director
*Jessica Baehr    Director
*Ralph E. Browning, II    Chief Privacy Officer
*Mary Jean Bonadonna    Chief Risk Officer
*Alyssa Garrick    Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
*Patricia Boylan    Broker Dealer and Chief Compliance Officer
*Yun (“Julia”) Zhang    Senior Vice President and Treasurer
*Nia Dalley    Vice President and Chief Conflicts Officer
*Andrew Houston    Vice President, Investment Sales and Financial Planning
*Gina Jones    Vice President and Financial Crime Officer
*Dusten Long    Vice President
*Page Pennell    Vice President
*Sean Donovan    Assistant Vice President
*Alan Gradzki    Assistant Vice President
*Janie Smith    Assistant Vice President
*James Mellin    Chief Sales Officer

 

C-11


*Candace Scappator    Assistant Vice President, Controller and Principal Financial Officer
*James O’Boyle    Senior Vice President
*Prabha (“Mary”) Ng    Chief Information Security Officer
*Alfred Ayensu-Ghartey    Vice President
*Joshua Katz    Vice President
*Christopher LaRussa    Investment Advisor Chief Compliance Officer
*Christian Cannon    Vice President and General Counsel
*Samuel Schwartz    Vice President
*Dennis Sullivan    Vice President
* Michael Cole    Vice President and Assistant Treasurer
*Constance (Connie) Weaver    Vice President
*Tony Richardson    Principal Operations Officer
*Michael Brudoley    Secretary
*Christine Medy    Assistant Secretary
*Francesca Divone    Assistant Secretary

 

(ii)

EQUITABLE DISTRIBUTORS, LLC

 

NAME AND PRINCIPAL

BUSINESS ADDRESS

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH UNDERWRITER

*Nicholas B. Lane    Director, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
*Jessica Baehr    Director, Executive Vice President and Head of Group Retirement
*Hector Martinez    Director, Executive Vice President and Head of Life Business
*Eric Brown    Senior Vice President
*James Crimmins    Senior Vice President
*James Daniello    Senior Vice President
*Michael B. Healy    Senior Vice President
*Patrick Ferris    Senior Vice President

 

C-12


*Brett Ford    Senior Vice President
*Bernard Heffernon    Senior Vice President
*David Kahal    Senior Vice President
*Fred Makonnen    Senior Vice President
*Matthew Schirripa    Senior Vice President
*David Veale    Senior Vice President
*Alfred Ayensu-Ghartey    Vice President and General Counsel
*Alfred D’Urso    Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
*Mark Teitelbaum    Senior Vice President
*Candace Scappator   

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,

Principal Financial Officer and Principal Operations Officer

*Gina Jones    Vice President and Financial Crime Officer
*Yun (“Julia”) Zhang    Senior Vice President and Treasurer
*Francesca Divone    Secretary
*Karen Farley    Vice President
*Richard Frink    Senior Vice President
*Michael J. Gass    Vice President
*Kathi Gopie    Vice President
*Timothy Jaeger    Vice President
*Jeremy Kachejian    Vice President
*Laird Johnson    Vice President
*Enrico Mossa    Vice President
*James C. Pazareskis    Vice President
*Samuel Schwartz    Vice President
*Greg Seavey    Vice President
* Michael Cole    Assistant Treasurer
*Jonathan Zales    Senior Vice President
*Stephen Scanlon    Director, Executive Vice President and Head of Individual Retirement

 

C-13


*Prabha (“Mary”) Ng    Senior Vice President and Chief Information Security Officer
*Gregory C. Lashinsky    Assistant Vice President, Financial Operations Principal
*Michael Brudoley    Assistant Secretary
*Christine Medy   

Assistant Secretary

* Principal Business Address:

1290 Avenue of the Americas

NY, NY 10140

  

 

(c)

 

Name of Principal Underwriter

   Net Underwriting
Discounts
   Compensation on
Redemption
   Brokerage
Commission
   Other
Compensation

Equitable Advisors, LLC

   N/A    $0    $0    $0

Equitable Distributors, LLC

   N/A    $0    $0    $0

 

C-14


Item 32.

Location of Accounts and Records

This information is omitted as it is provided in Registrant’s most recent report on Form N-Cen.

 

Item 33.

Management Services

Not applicable.

 

Item 34.

Fee Representation

The Depositor represents that the fees and charges deducted under the contracts described in this Registration Statement, in the aggregate, are reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed by the Depositor under the respective contracts.

The Registrant hereby represents that it is relying on the November 28, 1988 no-action letter (Ref. No. IP-6-88) relating to variable annuity contracts offered as funding vehicles for retirement plans meeting the requirements of Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Registrant further represents that it will comply with the provisions of paragraphs (1)-(4) of that letter.

 

C-15


SIGNATURES

As required by the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf, in the City, and State of New York on the 3rd day of February, 2023.

 

Equitable America Variable Account No. 70A
  (Registrant)
Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America
  (Depositor)
By:  

/s/ Shane Daly

  Shane Daly
  Vice President and Associate General Counsel


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated:

 

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER:   
*Mark Pearson    Chief Executive Officer and Director
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER:   
*Robin Raju    Chief Financial Officer
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER:   
*William Eckert    Chief Accounting Officer

 

*DIRECTORS:          

Francis Hondal

Arlene Isaacs-Lowe

Daniel G. Kaye

Joan Lamm-Tennant

 

Craig MacKay

Kristi Matus

Mark Pearson

  

Bertram Scott

George Stansfield

Charles G.T. Stonehill

    

 

*By:  

/s/ Shane Daly

  Shane Daly
  Attorney-in-Fact
  February 3, 2023

ATTACHMENTS / EXHIBITS

AMENDMENT NO. 10 DATED OCTOBER 11, 2022 TO PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT EFFECTIVE SEPTEMBER 19, 2022

AMENDMENT NO. 5 EFFECTIVE SEPTEMBER 19, 2022 TO THE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

OPINION AND CONSENT OF SHANE DALY

POWERS OF ATTORNEY

SUBSIDIARY ORGANIZATION CHART Q4 2022



Serious News for Serious Traders! Try StreetInsider.com Premium Free!

You May Also Be Interested In





Related Categories

SEC Filings